2017 Cmaxenergi

User Manual: 2017-cmaxenergi

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 497 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

owner.ford.com ford.ca
2017 C-MAX HYBRID | C-MAX ENERGI Owner’s Manual
2017 C-MAX HYBRID | C-MAX ENERGI Owner’s Manual
October 2016
First Printing
Owner’s Manual
C-MAX Hybrid/C-MAX Energi
Litho in U.S.A.
HM5J 19A321 FA
Vehicles shown may not be representative of your actual vehicle.
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2016
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 20160909203749
Introduction
About This Manual...........................................7
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
Data Recording..................................................9
California Proposition 65..............................11
Perchlorate.........................................................11
Ford Credit..........................................................11
Replacement Parts
Recommendation.......................................12
Special Notices................................................12
Mobile Communications
Equipment.....................................................13
Export Unique Options..................................13
Environment
Protecting the Environment........................15
At a Glance
Instrument Panel Overview........................16
Child Safety
General Information.......................................18
Installing Child Restraints............................19
Booster Seats..................................................25
Child Restraint Positioning..........................27
Child Safety Locks.........................................28
Seatbelts
Principle of Operation..................................30
Fastening the Seatbelts................................31
Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................33
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime.............................................................33
Seatbelt Reminder........................................34
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance................................................36
Seatbelt Extension........................................36
Personal Safety System™
Personal Safety System™..........................37
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation..................................38
Driver and Passenger Airbags...................39
Front Passenger Sensing System............40
Side Airbags.....................................................42
Driver Knee Airbag.........................................43
Safety Canopy™............................................43
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......45
Airbag Disposal..............................................46
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies..................................................47
Remote Control...............................................47
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................51
MyKey™
Principle of Operation...................................52
Creating a MyKey............................................53
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................53
Checking MyKey System Status...............55
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems.........................................................55
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................55
Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking.................................57
Manual Liftgate................................................61
Power Liftgate.................................................62
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System........................66
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................67
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................68
Audio Control..................................................68
Voice Control...................................................69
1
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Cruise Control.................................................69
Information Display Control.......................70
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers..........................................71
Autowipers.........................................................71
Windshield Washers......................................72
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........73
Lighting
Lighting Control...............................................74
Autolamps........................................................74
Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................75
Headlamp Exit Delay.....................................75
Daytime Running Lamps.............................76
Front Fog Lamps............................................76
Direction Indicators........................................76
Interior Lamps.................................................76
Ambient Lighting.............................................77
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows..............................................78
Global Opening...............................................79
Exterior Mirrors................................................79
Interior Mirror....................................................81
Sun Visors.........................................................82
Sun Shades......................................................82
Instrument Cluster
Gauges...............................................................84
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................87
Audible Warnings and Indicators..............91
Information Displays
General Information......................................92
Information Messages.................................101
Climate Control
Automatic Climate Control......................109
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate...........................................................111
Heated Windows and Mirrors....................112
Cabin Air Filter.................................................113
Remote Start...................................................113
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position...................114
Head Restraints..............................................114
Manual Seats..................................................116
Power Seats.....................................................117
Rear Seats........................................................119
Heated Seats.................................................120
Rear Seat Armrest........................................120
Universal Garage Door
Opener
Universal Garage Door Opener.................121
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points................................126
Storage Compartments
Center Console..............................................128
Overhead Console........................................128
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information....................................129
Ignition Switch...............................................129
Keyless Starting............................................129
Starting a Gasoline Engine.......................130
Engine Block Heater.....................................132
Automatic Engine Shutdown...................133
Unique Driving Character-
istics
Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........................135
Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........137
EcoSelect........................................................139
2
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Questions....................................................140
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions.......................................142
Fuel Quality.....................................................143
Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................144
Running Out of Fuel....................................144
Refueling..........................................................145
Fuel Consumption.......................................148
Emission Control System..........................149
High Voltage Battery
General Information.....................................151
Charging the High Voltage Battery........153
High Voltage Battery Cut-Off
Switch...........................................................158
Transmission
Automatic Transmission...........................159
Brakes
General Information....................................162
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes...........................................................163
Parking Brake.................................................163
Hill Start Assist..............................................163
Traction Control
Principle of Operation.................................165
Using Traction Control................................165
Stability Control
Principle of Operation................................166
Using Stability Control................................167
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation................................168
Rear Parking Aid...........................................168
Front Parking Aid..........................................169
Active Park Assist.........................................170
Rear View Camera........................................174
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation..................................177
Using Cruise Control.....................................177
Driving Aids
Blind Spot Information System...............179
Cross Traffic Alert..........................................181
Steering............................................................184
Load Carrying
Rear Under Floor Storage.........................186
Luggage Covers.............................................186
Load Limit........................................................187
Towing
Towing a Trailer.............................................192
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......192
Driving Hints
Breaking-In.....................................................194
Economical Driving......................................194
Driving Through Water................................195
Floor Mats.......................................................195
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance...................................197
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................198
Fuel Shutoff...................................................198
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................199
Collision, Damage or Fire Event..............201
Post-Crash Alert System..........................203
Transporting the Vehicle...........................203
Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need..............204
In California (U.S. Only)............................205
3
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only).....................206
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only).......................207
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada........................................................207
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature....................................................208
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only)............................................................209
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only)............................................................209
Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart.............................211
Changing a Fuse..........................................220
Maintenance
General Information....................................222
Opening and Closing the Hood..............222
Under Hood Overview - Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV)............................................223
Under Hood Overview - Plug-In Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (PHEV).........................225
Engine Oil Dipstick......................................226
Engine Oil Check..........................................226
Oil Change Indicator Reset.......................227
Engine Coolant Check...............................228
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check............................................................232
Brake Fluid Check........................................232
Power Steering Fluid Check.....................232
Washer Fluid Check....................................232
Fuel Filter........................................................233
Changing the 12V Battery.........................233
Checking the Wiper Blades......................234
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................235
Adjusting the Headlamps.........................236
Removing a Headlamp..............................238
Changing a Bulb...........................................238
Bulb Specification Chart...........................242
Changing the Engine Air Filter................244
Vehicle Care
General Information....................................247
Cleaning Products.......................................247
Cleaning the Exterior..................................247
Waxing.............................................................248
Cleaning the Engine...................................249
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades..........................................................249
Cleaning the Interior...................................250
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens.........................251
Cleaning Leather Seats.............................252
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............252
Cleaning the Wheels..................................252
Vehicle Storage.............................................253
Body Styling Kits..........................................254
Wheels and Tires
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................255
Tire Care...........................................................261
Using Summer Tires....................................275
Using Snow Chains.....................................276
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........276
Technical Specifications..........................280
Capacities and Specific-
ations
Engine Specifications................................282
Motorcraft Parts...........................................283
Vehicle Identification Number................284
Vehicle Certification Label.......................285
Transmission Code Designation............285
Capacities and Specifications...............286
Audio System
General Information...................................289
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/
CD.................................................................290
4
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Premium AM/
FM/CD.........................................................293
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/FM/
CD..................................................................294
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Satellite Radio..........................................298
Digital Radio.................................................300
Satellite Radio..............................................303
USB Port.........................................................305
Media Hub......................................................305
SYNC™
General Information...................................306
Using Voice Recognition...........................308
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............310
SYNC™ Applications and Services.......322
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player............................................................327
SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................336
SYNC™ 3
General Information...................................344
Home Screen.................................................357
Using Voice Recognition...........................358
Entertainment..............................................365
Phone...............................................................375
Navigation......................................................380
Electric Vehicle Information....................389
Apps.................................................................409
Settings............................................................412
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................425
Accessories
Accessories....................................................437
Ford Protect
Ford Protect..................................................439
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information........441
Normal Scheduled Maintenance..........445
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance.............................................447
Scheduled Maintenance Record...........449
Appendices
End User License Agreement.................459
5
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
6
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
your vehicle, the greater the safety and
pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to the
vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may show features as used in
different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
vehicle.
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
E154903
Right-hand side.A
Left-hand side.B
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
E162384
Air conditioning system
E231157
Air conditioning system lubricant
type
Anti-lock braking system
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Battery
Battery acid
Brake fluid - non petroleum
based
Brake system
7
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
Cabin air filter
Check fuel cap
Child safety door lock or unlock
Child seat lower anchor
Child seat tether anchor
E71340
Cruise control
Do not open when hot
Engine air filter
Engine coolant
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil
Explosive gas
Fan warning
E71880
Fasten seatbelt
E231160
Flammable
E67017
Front airbag
Front fog lamps
Fuel pump reset
Fuse compartment
Hazard warning flashers
Heated rear window
Heated windshield
Interior luggage compartment
release
Jack
E161353
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Low tire pressure warning
Maintain correct fluid level
Note operating instructions
Panic alarm
8
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
E139213
Parking aid
Parking brake
Power steering fluid
Power windows front/rear
Power window lockout
E231159
Requires registered technician
Safety alert
See Owner's Manual
E231158
See Service Manual
Service engine soon
Side airbag
Shield the eyes
E138639
Stability control
Windshield wash and wipe
DATA RECORDING
Service Data Recording
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing
diagnostic information about your vehicle.
This potentially includes information about
the performance or status of various
systems and modules in the vehicle, such
as engine, throttle, steering or brake
systems. In order to properly diagnose and
service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company
(Ford of Canada in Canada), and service
and repair facilities may access or share
among them vehicle diagnostic
information received through a direct
connection to your vehicle when
diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford
of Canada, in Canada) may, where
permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic
information for vehicle improvement or
with other information we may have about
you, (for example, your contact
information), to offer you products or
services that may interest you. Data may
be provided to our service providers such
as part suppliers that may help diagnose
malfunctions, and who are similarly
obligated to protect data. We retain this
data only as long as necessary to perform
these functions or to comply with law. We
may provide information where required
in response to official requests to law
enforcement or other government
authorities or third parties acting with
lawful authority or court order, and such
information may be used in legal
proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if
you choose to use connected apps and
services, such as SYNC Vehicle Health
Report or MyFord Mobile App, you consent
that certain diagnostic information may
also be accessed electronically by Ford
Motor Company and Ford authorized
service facilities, and that the diagnostic
information may be used to provide
9
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
services to you, personalizing your
experience, troubleshoot, and to improve
products and services and offer you
products and services that may interest
you, where permitted by law. For Canada
only, for more information, please review
the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data
storage and use of service providers in
other jurisdictions who may be subject to
legal requirements in Canada, the United
States and other countries applicable to
them, for example, lawful requirements to
disclose personal information to
governmental authorities in those
countries. See SYNC™ (page 306).
Event Data Recording
This vehicle is equipped with an event
data recorder. The main purpose of an
event data recorder is to record, in
certain crash or near crash-like
situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle;
this data will assist in understanding
how a vehicle’s systems performed.
The event data recorder is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics
and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle
is designed to record such data as:
•How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
•Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
•How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
the brake pedal; and
•How fast the vehicle was traveling;
and
•Where the driver was positioning
the steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data
is recorded by the event data recorder
under normal driving conditions and no
personal data or information (e.g., name,
gender, age, and crash location) is
recorded (see limitations regarding 911
Assist and Traffic, directions and
Information privacy below). However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data
with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the event
data recorder is needed. In addition to
the vehicle manufacturer, other
parties, such as law enforcement, that
have such special equipment, can read
the information if they have access to
the vehicle or the event data recorder.
Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada do not access event data
recorder information without obtaining
consent, unless pursuant to court order
or where required by law enforcement,
other government authorities or other
third parties acting with lawful
authority. Other parties may seek to
access the information independently
of Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada.
10
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
Note: Including to the extent that any
law pertaining to Event Data Recorders
applies to SYNC or its features, please
note the following: Once 911 Assist (if
equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist
may, through any paired and connected
cell phone, disclose to emergency
services that the vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or, in certain vehicles, the
activation of the fuel pump shut-off.
Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist
may also be capable of being used to
electronically or verbally provide to 911
operators the vehicle location (such as
latitude and longitude), and/or other
details about the vehicle or crash or
personal information about the
occupants to assist 911 operators to
provide the most appropriate emergency
services. If you do not want to disclose
this information, do not activate the 911
Assist feature. See SYNC™ (page 306).
Additionally, when you connect to
Traffic, Directions and Information (if
equipped, U.S. only), the service uses
GPS technology and advanced vehicle
sensors to collect the vehicle’s current
location, travel direction, and speed
(“vehicle travel information”), only to
help provide you with the directions,
traffic reports, or business searches
that you request. If you do not want
Ford or its vendors to receive this
information, do not activate the
service. For more information, see
Traffic, Directions and Information,
Terms and Conditions. See SYNC™
(page 306).
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNINGS
Some constituents of engine
exhaust, certain vehicle components,
certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear
contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Batteries also contain
other chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer. Wash your
hands after handling.
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such
as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners
and remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling
may apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.
For more information visit:
Web Address
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazard-
ouswaste/perchlorate
FORD CREDIT
US Only
Ford Credit offers a full range of financing
and lease plans to help you acquire your
vehicle. If you have financed or leased your
vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for
your business.
11
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
We offer a number of convenient ways for
you to contact us, and to manage your
account.
Call 1-800-727-7000.
For more information about Ford Credit
and access to the Account Manager, go to
www.fordcredit.com.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit,
finish, structural integrity, corrosion
protection and dent resistance. During
vehicle development we validate that
these parts deliver the intended level of
protection as a whole system. A great way
to know for sure you are getting this level
of protection is to use genuine Ford
replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford
Warranty may not cover damage caused
to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts. For additional information,
refer to the terms and conditions of the
Ford Warranty.
SPECIAL NOTICES
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is
covered and what is not covered by your
vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
see the Warranty Manual that is provided
to you along with your Owner’s Manual.
Special Instructions
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted
with sophisticated electronic controls.
WARNINGS
You risk death or serious injury to
yourself and others if you do not
follow the instruction highlighted by
the warning symbol. Failure to follow the
specific warnings and instructions could
result in personal injury.
Never place front seat mounted
rear-facing child or infant seats in
front of an active passenger airbag.
12
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector
WARNING
Do not connect wireless plug-in
devices to the data link connector.
Unauthorized third parties could gain
access to vehicle data and impair the
performance of safety related systems.
Only allow repair facilities that follow our
service and repair instructions to connect
their equipment to the data link connector.
Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link
Connector (DLC) that is used in
conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for
vehicle diagnostics, repairs and
reprogramming services. Installing an
aftermarket device that uses the DLC
during normal driving for purposes such as
remote insurance company monitoring,
transmission of vehicle data to other
devices or entities, or altering the
performance of the vehicle, may cause
interference with or even damage to
vehicle systems. We do not recommend
or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in
devices unless approved by Ford. The
vehicle Warranty will not cover damage
caused by an aftermarket plug-in device.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS
For your particular global region, your
vehicle may be equipped with features and
options that are different from the features
and options that are described in this
Owner’s Manual. A market unique
supplement may be supplied that
complements this book. By referring to the
market unique supplement, if provided,
you can properly identify those features,
13
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
recommendations and specifications that
are unique to your vehicle. This Owner’s
Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and
Canadian Markets. Features or equipment
listed as standard may be different on units
built for export. Refer to this Owner’s
Manual for all other required
information and warnings.
14
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You must play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.
15
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Environment
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
E191856
Air vents.A
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 76). High beam. See
Lighting Control (page 74).
B
Steering wheel control. See Information Display Control (page 70).C
See Instrument Cluster (page 84). See Information Displays (page 92).D
Steering wheel control. See Information Display Control (page 70).E
Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 71).F
Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 198).G
Information and entertainment display.H
Audio unit. See General Information (page 289).I
Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 109).J
Keyless start button. See Keyless Starting (page 129).K
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 68).L
16
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
At a Glance
Horn.M
Steering wheel control. See Cruise Control (page 177).N
Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 74). Front fog lamps. See Front
Fog Lamps (page 76).
O
17
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
At a Glance
GENERAL INFORMATION
See the following sections for directions
on how to properly use safety restraints
for children.
WARNINGS
Always make sure your child is
secured properly in a device that is
appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
All children are shaped differently.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and other safety
organizations, base their recommendations
for child restraints on probable child height,
age and weight thresholds, or on the
minimum requirements of the law. We
recommend that you check with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
WARNINGS
Technician (CPST) to make sure that you
properly install the child restraint in your
vehicle and that you consult your
pediatrician to make sure you have a child
restraint appropriate for your child. To
locate a child restraint fitting station and
CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to
www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact
Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to
find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area.
Failure to properly restrain children in child
restraints made especially for their height,
age and weight, may result in an increased
risk of serious injury or death to your child.
On hot days, the temperature inside
the vehicle can rise very quickly.
Exposure of people or animals to
these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.
18
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Recommended restraint
type
Child size, height, weight, or ageChild
Use a child safety seat
(sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible
seat, or toddler seat).
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).
Infants or
toddlers
Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety seat (gener-
ally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in.
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four
and less than age 12, and between 40 lb
(18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to
100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your
child restraint manufacturer).
Small children
Use a vehicle safety belt
having the lap belt snug
and low across the hips,
shoulder belt centered
across the shoulder and
chest, and seatback
upright.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least
4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than
80 lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recom-
mended by child restraint manufacturer).
Larger children
•You are required by law to properly use
safety seats for infants and toddlers in
the United States and Canada.
•Many states and provinces require that
small children use approved booster
seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters)
tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local
and state or provincial laws for specific
requirements about the safety of
children in your vehicle.
•When possible, always properly
restrain children 12 years of age and
under in a rear seating position of your
vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seating positions
than in a front seating position. See
Front Passenger Sensing System
(page 40).
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS
Child Seats
E142594
19
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Use a child safety seat (sometimes called
an infant carrier, convertible seat, or
toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or
children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts
WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child restraint. Never place a
rear-facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
seat is installed all the way back.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child restraint. Properly restrain
children 12 and under in the rear seat
whenever possible.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
When installing a child safety seat with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
•Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that
seating position.
•Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle until you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
•Keep the buckle release button
pointing up and away from the safety
seat, with the tongue between the child
restraint and the release button, to
prevent accidental unbuckling.
•Place the vehicle seat upon which the
child restraint will be installed in the
upright position.
•Put the seatbelt in the automatic
locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle
does not require the use of a locking
clip.
Perform the following steps when
installing the child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
Note: Although the child restraint
illustrated is a forward facing child restraint,
the steps are the same for installing a rear
facing child restraint.
E142528
1. Position the child safety seat in a seat
with a combination lap and shoulder
belt.
E142529
20
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and
then grasp the shoulder belt and lap
belt together.
E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child restraint according
to the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions. Be sure the belt webbing
is not twisted.
E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
for that seating position until you hear
a snap and feel the latch engage. Make
sure the tongue is latched securely by
pulling on it.
E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder
portion of the belt and pull downward
until you pull all of the belt out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger and rear
seats.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove
slack. The belt clicks as it retracts to
indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode (you should
not be able to pull more belt out). If the
retractor is not locked, unbuckle the
belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.
E142533
21
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint while
pulling up on the shoulder belt in order
to force slack from the belt. This is
necessary to remove the remaining
slack that will exist once the extra
weight of the child is added to the child
restraint. It also helps to achieve the
proper snugness of the child restraint
to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight
lean toward the buckle will additionally
help to remove remaining slack from
the belt.
9. Attach the tether strap (if the child
restraint is equipped).
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and
back to make sure the seat is securely
held in place. To check this, grab the
seat at the belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and forward and
back. There should be no more than
1 in (2.5 cm) of movement for proper
installation.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician to make certain the child
restraint is properly installed. In Canada,
check with Transport Canada for referral
to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren (LATCH)
WARNINGS
Do not attach two child safety
restraints to the same anchor. In a
crash, one anchor may not be strong
enough to hold two child safety restraint
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
The LATCH system is composed of three
vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors
where the seatback and seat cushion meet
(called the seat bight) and one top tether
anchor behind that seating position.
LATCH compatible child safety seats have
two rigid or webbing mounted
attachments that connect to the two lower
anchors at the LATCH equipped seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
attachment method eliminates the need
to use seatbelts to attach the child
restraint. However, you can still use the
seatbelt to attach the child restraint. For
forward-facing child restraints, attach the
top tether strap to the proper top tether
anchor if a top tether strap has been
provided with your child restraint.
22
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
E142535
Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for
child restraint installation at the seating
positions marked with the child restraint
symbol.
E144054
The LATCH anchors are at the rear section
of the rear seat between the cushion and
seatback below the symbols as shown.
Follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions to properly install a child
restraint with LATCH attachments. Follow
the instructions on attaching child safety
seats with tether straps.
Attach LATCH lower attachments of the
child restraint only to the anchors shown.
Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the
Outboard Seating Positions (Center
Seating Use)
WARNING
The standardized spacing for LATCH
lower anchors is 11 in (280 mm)
center to center. Do not use LATCH
lower anchors for the center seating
position unless the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions permit and
specify using anchors spaced at least as
far apart as those in this vehicle.
The lower anchors at the center of the
second row rear seat are spaced 18 in
(46 cm) apart. You cannot install a child
restraint with rigid LATCH attachments at
the center seating position. Only use
LATCH compatible child restraints (with
attachments on belt webbing) at this
seating position provided that the child
restraint manufacturer's instructions
permit use with the anchor spacing stated.
Do not attach a child restraint to any lower
anchor if an adjacent child restraint is
attached to that anchor.
Each time you use the safety seat, check
that the seat is properly attached to the
lower anchors and tether anchor, if
applicable. Tug the child restraint from side
to side and forward and back where it is
secured to your vehicle. The seat should
move less than 1 in (2.5 cm) when you do
this for a proper installation.
If the safety seat is not anchored properly,
the risk of a child being injured in a crash
greatly increases.
23
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Combining Seatbelts and LATCH Lower
Anchors for Attaching Child Safety
Seats
When used in combination, attach either
the seatbelt or the LATCH lower anchors
first, provided a proper installation is
achieved. Attach the tether strap
afterward, if included with the child
restraint.
Using Tether Straps
Many forward-facing child safety
seats include a tether strap
which extends from the back of
the child safety seat and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether
anchor. Tether straps are available as an
accessory for many older safety seats.
Contact the manufacturer of your child
restraint for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether
strap if the tether strap on your safety seat
does not reach the appropriate top tether
anchor in your vehicle.
Once the child safety seat has been
installed using either the seatbelt, the
lower anchors of the LATCH system, or
both, you can attach the top tether strap.
The tether strap anchors in your vehicle
are in the following positions (shown from
top view):
E142537
Perform the following steps to install a
child safety seat with tether anchors:
Note: If you install a child restraint with rigid
LATCH attachments, do not tighten the
tether strap enough to lift the child restraint
off your vehicle seat cushion when the child
is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug
without lifting the front of the child restraint.
Keeping the child restraint just touching your
vehicle seat gives the best protection in a
severe crash.
1. Route the child safety seat tether strap
over the back of the seat. For outboard
seating positions, route the tether strap
under the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts. For the center
seating positions, route the tether strap
over the top of the head restraint. If
needed, you can also remove the head
restraints.
E161562
2. Locate the correct anchor on the back
panel of the rear seat for the selected
seating position. The anchors are
labeled with the tether strap symbol
and are partially covered by the gap
panel. Pull the panel back to fully
expose the anchors.
24
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
E161563
3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as
shown.
4. Tighten the child safety seat tether
strap according to the manufacturer's
instructions. If your child restraint
system is equipped with a tether strap,
and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, we also
recommend its use.
BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING
Never place, or allow a child to place,
the shoulder belt under a child's arm
or behind the back because it
reduces the protection for the upper part
of the body and may increase the risk of
injury or death in a crash.
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety seat (generally
children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches
(1.45 meters) tall, are greater than age four
(4) and less than age twelve (12), and
between 40 pounds (18 kilograms) and
80 pounds (36 kilograms) and upward to
100 pounds (45 kilograms) if
recommended by your child restraint
manufacturer). Many state and provincial
laws require that children use approved
booster seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall,
or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).
Booster seats should be used until you can
answer YES to ALL of these questions
when seated without a booster seat:
E142595
•Can the child sit all the way back
against their vehicle seat back with
knees bent comfortably at the edge of
the seat cushion?
•Can the child sit without slouching?
•Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
•Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
•Can the child stay seated like this for
the whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction
with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
25
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Types of Booster Seats
E68924
•Backless booster seats
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield. If a
vehicle seating position has a low seat
back or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head
(as measured at the tops of the ears)
above the top of the seat. In this case,
move the backless booster to another
seating position with a higher seat back or
head restraint and lap and shoulder belts,
or consider using a high back booster seat.
E70710
•High back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the
lap belt low and snug across the hips,
never up across the stomach, and lets you
adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest
and rest snugly near the center of the
shoulder. The following drawings compare
the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt
uncomfortably close to the neck and a
shoulder belt that could slip off the
shoulder. The drawings also show how the
lap belt should be low and snug across the
child's hips.
E142596
26
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
E142597
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle
seat upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet
liner under the booster seat may improve
this condition. Do not introduce any item
thicker than this under the booster seat.
Check with the booster seat
manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD RESTRAINT
POSITIONING
WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the vehicle seat
upon which the child seat is installed all
the way back. When possible, all children
age 12 and under should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position. If all
children cannot be seated and restrained
properly in a rear seating position, properly
restrain the largest child in the front seat.
Always carefully follow the
instructions and warnings provided
by the manufacturer of any child
restraint to determine if the restraint device
is appropriate for your child's size, height,
weight, or age. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions and warnings
WARNINGS
provided for installation and use in
conjunction with the instructions and
warnings provided by your vehicle
manufacturer. A safety seat that is
improperly installed or utilized, is
inappropriate for your child's height, age,
or weight or does not properly fit the child
may increase the risk of serious injury or
death.
Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while your vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash,
which may result in serious injury or death.
Never use pillows, books, or towels
to boost a child. They can slide
around and increase the likelihood
of injury or death in a crash.
Always restrain an unoccupied child
seat or booster seat. These objects
may become projectiles in a crash or
sudden stop, which may increase the risk
of serious injury.
Never place, or allow a child to place,
the shoulder belt under a child's arm
or behind the back because it
reduces the protection for the upper part
of the body and may increase the risk of
injury or death in a crash.
27
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
WARNINGS
To avoid risk of injury, do not leave
WARNINGS
children or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children
Use any attachment method as indicated below by X
Combined
weight of
child and
child seat
Restraint
Type
Safety belt
only
Safety belt
and LATCH
(lower
anchors
and top
tether
anchor)
Safety belt
and top
tether
anchor
LATCH
(lower
anchors
only)
LATCH
(lower
anchors
and top
tether
anchor)
XX
Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Rear facing
child seat
X
Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Rear facing
child seat
XXX
Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child seat
XX
Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child seat
Note: The child seat must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat upon which it is
installed. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Seats (page
114).
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
When these locks are set, the rear doors
cannot be opened from the inside.
28
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
E112197
The childproof locks are located on the
rear edge of each rear door and must be
set separately for each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock and
clockwise to unlock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock and
counterclockwise to unlock.
29
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap belt
snug and low across the hips.
To reduce the risk of injury, make
sure children sit where they can be
properly restrained.
Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while your vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash.
All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their safety belts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and using a safety belt properly.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a safety
belt.
Each seating position in your vehicle
has a specific safety belt assembly
which is made up of one buckle and
one tongue that are designed to be used
as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the
outside shoulder only. Never wear the
shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never
swing the safety belt around your neck over
the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single
belt for more than one person.
When possible, all children 12 years
old and under should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
WARNINGS
Safety belts and seats can become
hot in a vehicle that has been closed
up in sunny weather; they could burn
a small child. Check seat covers and
buckles before you place a child anywhere
near them.
Front and rear seat occupants,
including pregnant women, should
wear safety belts for optimum
protection in an accident.
All seating positions in this vehicle have
lap and shoulder safety belts. All
occupants of the vehicle should always
properly wear their safety belts, even when
an airbag supplemental restraint system
is provided.
The safety belt system consists of:
•lap and shoulder safety belts
•shoulder safety belt with automatic
locking mode, (except driver safety
belt)
•height adjuster at the front outboard
seating positions
•retractor and anchor pretensioner at
the front outboard seating positions
•belt tension sensor at the front
outboard passenger seating position
E71880
•safety belt warning light and chime
E67017
•crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator.
The safety belt pretensioners are designed
to activate in frontal, near-frontal and side
crashes, and in rollovers. The safety belt
pretensioners on the retractor and anchor
at the front seating positions are designed
to tighten the safety belts firmly against
30
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
the occupant's body when activated. This
helps increase the effectiveness of the
safety belts. In frontal crashes, the safety
belt pretensioners can be activated alone
or, if the crash is of sufficient severity,
together with the front airbags.
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
The front outboard and rear safety
restraints in the vehicle are combination
lap and shoulder belts.
E142587
1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
until you hear a snap and feel it latch.
Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
E142588
2. To unfasten, press the release button
and remove the tongue from the
buckle.
E142589
When in use, place the rear seatbelts in the
belt guides on the outboard seatbacks.
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING
Always ride and drive with your
seatback upright and properly fasten
your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of
the seatbelt snugly and low across the
hips. Position the shoulder portion of the
seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant
women must follow this practice. See the
following figure.
E142590
31
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt low
across the hips below the belly and worn
as tight as comfort allows. Position the
shoulder belt to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.
Seatbelt Locking Modes
WARNINGS
After a crash, have a qualified
technician check all the seatbelts to
make sure the seatbelts including
the automatic locking retractor feature for
child restraints operate properly. We
recommend replacing any system that has
damage or does not operate properly.
Failure to do so can result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
another crash.
You must replace the seatbelt if the
automatic locking retractor or any
other seatbelt function is not
operating correctly. Failure to replace the
seatbelt and retractor assembly could
increase the risk of injury in a crash.
All safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts. The
driver seatbelt has the first type of locking
mode, and the front outboard passenger
and rear seat seatbelts have both types of
locking modes described as follows:
Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which
allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and
locking in response to vehicle movement.
For example, if the driver brakes suddenly
or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle
receives an impact of about 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination
seatbelts lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passengers.
In addition, the retractor is designed to lock
if you pull the webbing out too quickly. If
this occurs, let the belt retract slightly and
pull the webbing out again in a slow and
controlled manner.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt
automatically pre-locks. The belt still
retracts to remove any slack in the
shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode
is not available on the driver seatbelt.
When to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
Use this mode any time a child safety seat,
except a booster, is installed in passenger
front or rear seating positions. Properly
restrain children 12 years old and under in
a rear seating position whenever possible.
See Child Safety (page 18).
How to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
E142591
1. Buckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until you pull the entire belt
out.
32
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
Allow the belt to retract. As the belt
retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This
indicates the seatbelt is now in the
automatic locking mode.
How to Disengage the Automatic
Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic
locking mode and activate the vehicle
sensitive (emergency) locking mode.
SEATBELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
WARNING
Position the seatbelt height adjusters
so that the belt rests across the
middle of your shoulder. Failure to
adjust the seatbelt correctly could reduce
the effectiveness of the seatbelt and
increase the risk of injury in a crash.
E87511
To adjust the shoulder belt height, squeeze
the button and slide the height adjuster up
or down. Release the button and pull down
on the height adjuster to make sure it is
locked in place.
SEATBELT WARNING LAMP
AND INDICATOR CHIME
E71880
This lamp illuminates and an
audible warning will sound if the
driver's safety belt has not been
fastened when the vehicle's ignition is
turned on.
33
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
Conditions of operation
Then...If...
The safety belt warning light illuminates 1-
2 minutes and the warning chime sounds
4-8 seconds.
The driver's safety belt is not buckled
before the ignition switch is turned to the
on position...
The safety belt warning light and warning
chime turn off.
The driver's safety belt is buckled while the
indicator light is illuminated and the
warning chime is sounding...
The safety belt warning light and indicator
chime remain off.
The driver's safety belt is buckled before
the ignition switch is turned to the on posi-
tion...
SEATBELT REMINDER
Belt-Minder™
This feature supplements the safety belt
warning function by providing additional
reminders that intermittently sound a tone
and illuminate the safety belt warning light
when you are in the driver seat or you have
a front seat passenger and a safety belt is
unbuckled.
The system uses information from the
front passenger sensing system to
determine if a front seat passenger is
present and therefore potentially in need
of a warning. To avoid activating the
Belt-Minder feature for objects you place
in the front passenger seat, only the front
seat passengers receive warnings as
determined by the front passenger sensing
system.
If the Belt-Minder warnings expire
(warnings for about five minutes) for one
passenger (driver or front passenger), the
other passenger can still cause the
Belt-Minder feature to turn on.
34
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
Then...If...
The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.You and the front seat passenger buckle
your safety belts before you switch the
ignition on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse
after you switch the ignition on...
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
safety belt warning light illuminates and a
warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your safety belts.
You or the front seat passenger do not
buckle your safety belts before your vehicle
reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2
minutes elapse after you switch the ignition
on...
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
safety belt warning light illuminates and a
warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your safety belts.
The safety belt for the driver or front
passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute
while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph
(9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes
elapse after you switch the ignition on...
Deactivating and Activating the
Belt-Minder Feature
WARNING
While the system allows you to
deactivate it, this system is designed
to improve your chances of being
safely belted and surviving an accident.
We recommend you leave the system
activated for yourself and others who may
use the vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch on and off independently.
When you perform this procedure for one
seating position, do not buckle the other
position as this will terminate the process.
Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before
proceeding with the programming
procedure.
Before following the procedure, make sure
that:
•The parking brake is set.
•The transmission is in park (P).
•The ignition is off.
•The driver and front passenger safety
belts are unbuckled.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
vehicle.
2. Wait until the safety belt warning light
turns off (about one minute). After
Step 2, wait an additional five seconds
before proceeding with Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete
the procedure within 60 seconds.
3. For the seating position being disabled,
buckle then unbuckle the safety belt
three times at a moderate speed,
ending in the unbuckled state. After
Step 3, the safety belt warning light
turns on.
35
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
4. While the safety belt warning light is
on, buckle and then unbuckle the
safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt
warning light flashes for confirmation.
•This will switch the feature off for that
seating position if it is currently on.
•This will switch the feature on for that
seating position if it is currently off.
CHILD RESTRAINT AND
SEATBELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child
safety seat systems periodically to make
sure they work properly and are not
damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child
seat safety belts to make sure there are no
nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary.
All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including
retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckle
assemblies, buckle support assemblies
(slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder
belt guide on seat back (if equipped), child
safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and
attaching hardware, should be inspected
after a crash. Read the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for additional
inspection and maintenance information
specific to the child restraint.
Ford Motor Company recommends that
all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles
involved in a crash be replaced. However,
if the crash was minor and an authorized
dealer finds that the belts do not show
damage and continue to operate properly,
they do not need to be replaced. Safety
belt assemblies not in use during a crash
should also be inspected and replaced if
either damage or improper operation is
noted.
Properly care for safety belts. See Vehicle
Care (page 247).
SEATBELT EXTENSION
WARNINGS
Persons who fit into the vehicle's
seatbelt should not use an extension.
Unnecessary use could result in
serious personal injury in the event of a
crash.
Only use extensions provided free of
charge by Ford Motor Company
dealers. The dealer will provide an
extension designed specifically for this
vehicle, model year and seating position.
The use of an extension intended for
another vehicle, model year or seating
position may not offer you the full
protection of your vehicle’s seatbelt
restraint system.
Never use seatbelt extensions to
install child restraints.
Do not use a seatbelt extension with
an inflatable seatbelt.
Do not use extensions to change the
fit of the belt across the torso, over
the lap or to make the seatbelt
buckle easier to reach.
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from
Ford Motor Company dealers. Only Ford
seatbelt extensions made by the original
equipment seatbelts manufacturer should
be used with Ford seatbelts. Ask your
authorized dealer if your extension is
compatible with your Ford vehicle restraint
system.
36
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
The Personal Safety System provides an
improved overall level of frontal crash
protection to front seat occupants and is
designed to help further reduce the risk of
airbag-related injuries. The system is able
to analyze different occupant conditions
and crash severity before activating the
appropriate safety devices to help better
protect a range of occupants in a variety
of frontal crash situations.
The Vehicle Personal Safety System
consists of:
•Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
•Front seat outboard safety belts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors and safety belt usage
sensors.
•Driver seat position sensor.
•Front passenger sensing system.
•Passenger airbag off and on indicator
lamp.
•Front crash severity sensors.
•Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
•Restraint system warning light and
backup tone.
•The electrical wiring for the airbags,
crash sensors, safety belt
pretensioners, front safety belt usage
sensors, driver seat position sensor,
front passenger sensing system and
indicator lights.
How Does the Personal Safety
System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the
deployment strategy of the safety devices
according to crash severity and occupant
conditions. A collection of crash and
occupant sensors provides information to
the restraints control module. During a
crash, the restraints control module may
deploy the safety belt pretensioners, one
or both stages of the dual-stage airbags
based on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
37
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Personal Safety System™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Airbags do not inflate slowly or
gently, and the risk of injury from a
deploying airbag is the greatest close
to the trim covering the airbag module.
All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their safety belts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your safety belt could seriously increase
the risk of injury or death.
Always transport children 12 years
old and under in the back seat and
always properly use appropriate
child restraints. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Never place your arm over the airbag
module as a deploying airbag can
result in serious arm fractures or
other injuries.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the seat upon which
the child seat is installed all the way back.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the airbag supplemental
restraint systems or its fuses as you
could be seriously injured or killed. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Several airbag system components
get hot after inflation. Do not touch
them after inflation as this may result
in serious injury.
If the airbag has deployed, the airbag
will not function again and must be
replaced immediately. If the airbag
is not replaced, the unrepaired area will
increase the risk of injury in a crash.
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
safety belts to help protect the driver and
right front passenger from certain upper
body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;
there is a risk of injury from a deploying
airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
upon activation. After airbag deployment,
it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder
(to lubricate the bag) or sodium
compounds (for example, baking soda)
that result from the combustion process
that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of
sodium hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.
While the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, contact with a
deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures,
facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that
occupants be properly restrained as far
away from the airbag module as possible
while maintaining vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.
38
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Never place your arm or any objects
over an airbag module. Placing your
arm over a deploying airbag can
result in serious arm fractures or other
injuries. Objects placed on or over the
airbag inflation area may cause those
objects to be propelled by the airbag into
your face and torso causing serious injury.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the seat upon which
the child seat is installed all the way back.
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags will
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag
system consists of:
•Driver and passenger airbag modules.
•Front passenger sensing system.
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 45).
Proper Driver and Front Passenger
Seating Adjustment
WARNING
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance
of at least 10 inches (25 centimeters)
between an occupant’s chest and the
driver airbag module.
To properly position yourself away from
the airbag:
•Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
•Recline the seat slightly (one or two
degrees) from the upright position.
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on safety belts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seat back, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
Children and Airbags
WARNING
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the seat upon which
the child seat is installed all the way back.
39
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
E142846
Children must always be properly
restrained. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly restrained
in the rear seating positions than in the
front seating position. Failure to follow
these instructions may increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WARNINGS
Even with Advanced Restraints
Systems, children 12 and under
should be properly restrained in a
rear seating position. Failure to follow this
could seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
Sitting improperly out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
can take off weight from the seat
cushion and affect the decision of the front
passenger sensing system, resulting in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright against your
seatback, with your feet on the floor.
Any alteration or modification to the
front passenger seat may affect the
performance of the front passenger
sensing system which could seriously
increase the risk of injury or death.
This system works with sensors that are
part of the front passenger seat and safety
belt to detect the presence of a
properly–seated occupant and determine
if the front passenger frontal airbag should
be enabled (may inflate) or not.
E183107
The front passenger sensing system uses
a passenger airbag off indicator which will
illuminate and stay lit to remind you that
the front passenger frontal airbag is
disabled. The indicator lamp is located in
the center stack of the instrument panel.
Note: When the ignition is first turned on,
the passenger airbag off light will illuminate
for a short period of time to confirm it is
functional.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag when the
front passenger seat is unoccupied, or a
rear facing infant seat, a forward-facing
child restraint, or a booster seat is
detected. Even with this technology,
parents are strongly encouraged to
always properly restrain children in the rear
seat. The sensor also turns off the
passenger front airbag and seat-mounted
side airbag when the passenger seat is
empty.
40
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
•When the front passenger sensing
system disables (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag, the
passenger airbag status indicator will
illuminate and stay lit to remind you
that the front passenger frontal airbag
is disabled.
•If the child restraint has been installed
and the passenger airbag status
indicator does not illuminate, then turn
the vehicle off, remove the child
restraint from the vehicle and reinstall
the restraint following the child
restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to enable (may inflate) the front
passenger frontal airbag anytime the
system senses that a person of adult size
is sitting properly in the front passenger
seat.
•When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag (may inflate), the
passenger airbag status indicator will
not illuminate.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the passenger airbag
status indicator lamp is lit, it is possible
that the person is not sitting properly in the
seat. If this happens:
•Turn the vehicle off and ask the person
to place the seatback in the full upright
position.
•Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person's legs comfortably extended.
•Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This will allow the system to
detect that person and enable the
passenger’s frontal airbag.
•If the passenger airbag status indicator
lamp remains lit even after this, the
person should be advised to ride in the
rear seat.
Passenger airbagPassenger airbag status
indicator
Occupant
DisabledUnlitEmpty
DisabledLitChild
EnabledUnlitAdult
Note: When the passenger airbag status
indicator lamp is illuminated, the passenger
side airbag (seat mounted) may be disabled
to avoid the risk of airbag deployment
injuries.
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on safety belts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seatback, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
41
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
If you think that the status of the passenger
airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect, check
for the following:
•Objects lodged underneath the seat.
•Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console.
•Objects hanging off the seatback.
•Objects stowed in the seatback map
pocket.
•Objects placed on the occupant's lap.
•Cargo interference with the seat
•Other passengers pushing or pulling on
the seat.
•Rear passenger feet and knees resting
or pushing on the seat.
The conditions listed above may cause the
weight of a properly seated occupant to
be incorrectly interpreted by the passenger
sensing system. The person in the front
passenger seat may appear heavier or
lighter due to the conditions described in
the list above.
E67017
Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 45).
If the airbag readiness lamp is lit, do
the following:
The driver or adult passengers should
check for objects that lodged underneath
the front passenger seat, or cargo
interfering with the seat.
If there are lodged objects, or cargo is
interfering with the seat, take the following
steps to remove the obstruction:
•Pull the vehicle over.
•Turn the vehicle off.
•Driver or adult passengers should
check for any objects lodged
underneath the front passenger seat
or cargo interfering with the seat.
•Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).
•Restart the vehicle.
•Wait at least two minutes and verify
that the airbag readiness lamp is no
longer illuminated.
•If the airbag readiness lamp remains
illuminated, this may or may not be a
problem due to the front passenger
sensing system.
Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle immediately to
an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced
front airbag system to accommodate a
person with disabilities, contact your
authorized dealer.
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the seatbacks
(of the front seats), or in front seat areas
that may come into contact with a
deploying airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
Do not use accessory seat covers.
The use of accessory seat covers
may prevent the deployment of the
side airbags and increase the risk of injury
in an accident.
Do not lean your head on the door.
The side airbag could injure you as it
deploys from the side of the
seatback.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the airbag, its fuses or the
seat cover on a seat containing an
airbag as you could be seriously injured or
killed. Contact your authorized dealer as
soon as possible.
42
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
WARNINGS
If the side airbag has deployed, the
airbag will not function again. The
side airbag system (including the
seat) must be inspected and serviced by
an authorized dealer. If the airbag is not
replaced, the unrepaired area will increase
the risk of injury in a crash.
The side airbags are located on the
outboard side of the seatbacks of the front
seats. In certain sideways crashes, the
airbag on the side affected by the crash
will be inflated. The airbag was designed
to inflate between the door panel and
occupant to further enhance the protection
provided occupants in side impact crashes.
E152533
The system consists of the following:
•A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted
to your vehicle.
•Side airbags located inside the driver
and front passenger seatbacks.
•Front passenger sensing system.
E67017
•Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page
45).
Note: The passenger sensing system will
deactivate the passenger seat-mounted
side airbag if it detects an empty passenger
seat.
The design and development of the side
airbag system included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
airbags.
DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG
A driver's knee airbag is located under the
instrument panel. During a crash, the
restraints control module may activate the
driver's knee airbag based on crash severity
and occupant conditions. Under certain
crash and occupant conditions, the driver’s
knee airbag may deploy but the driver’s
front airbag may not activate. As with front
and side airbags, it is important to be
properly seated and restrained to reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.
E67017
Make sure the knee airbag is
operating properly. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 45).
SAFETY CANOPY™
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the headliner
at the siderail that may come into
contact with a deploying curtain airbag.
Failure to follow these instructions may
increase the risk of personal injury in the
event of a crash.
43
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
WARNINGS
Do not lean your head on the door.
The curtain airbag could injure you
as it deploys from the headliner.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the curtain airbag
supplemental restraint system, its
fuses, the A, B, or C pillar trim, or the
headliner on a vehicle containing curtain
airbags as you could be seriously injured
or killed. Contact your authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your seatbelt could seriously increase the
risk of injury or death.
To reduce risk of injury, do not
obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
If the curtain airbags have deployed,
the curtain airbags will not function
again. The curtain airbags (including
the A, B and C pillar trim and headliner)
must be inspected and serviced as soon
as possible. If the curtain airbag is not
replaced, the unrepaired area will increase
the risk of injury in a crash.
The Safety Canopy deploys during
significant side crashes or when a certain
likelihood of a rollover event is detected
by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy
is mounted to the roof side-rail sheet
metal, behind the headliner, above each
row of seats. In certain sideways crashes
or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will
be activated, regardless of which seats are
occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed
to inflate between the side window area
and occupants to further enhance
protection provided in side impact crashes
and rollover events.
E75004
The system consists of the following:
•Safety Canopy curtain airbags located
above the trim panels over the front
and rear side windows identified by a
label or wording on the headliner or
roof-pillar trim.
•A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow air curtain
deployment
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with a readiness
indicator. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 45).
Properly restrain children 12 years old and
under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy
will not interfere with children restrained
using a properly installed child or booster
seat because it is designed to inflate
downward from the headliner above the
doors along the side window opening.
The design and development of the Safety
Canopy included recommended testing
procedures that were developed by a
group of automotive safety experts known
as the Side Airbag Technical Working
Group. These recommended testing
procedures help reduce the risk of injuries
related to the deployment of side airbags
(including the Safety Canopy).
44
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
CRASH SENSORS AND
AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING
Modifying or adding equipment to
the front end of your vehicle
(including hood, bumper system,
frame, front end body structure, tow hooks
and hood pins) may affect the
performance of the airbag system,
increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify
or add equipment to the front end of your
vehicle.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors which provide
information to the restraints control
module which deploys (activates) the
front seatbelt pretensioners, driver airbag,
passenger airbag, knee airbag(s), seat
mounted side airbags, and the Safety
Canopy. Based on the type of accident
(frontal impact, side impact or rollover)
the restraints control module will deploy
the appropriate safety devices.
The restraints control module also
monitors the readiness of the above safety
devices plus the crash and occupant
sensors. A warning indicator light in the
instrument cluster indicates the readiness
of the safety system. If this warning
indicator light is not functioning and there
is another fault within the system, the
message cluster could display an airbag
failure warning. You could hear five tones
that repeat periodically until you repair the
problem, the warning indicator light could
illuminate or both. Routine maintenance
of the airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:
E67017
The indicator light will not
illuminate immediately after the
ignition is turned on.
•The indicator light either flashes or
stays illuminated.
•You could hear five tones that repeat
periodically until you repair the
problem.
If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced at an authorized
dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the
system may not function properly in the
event of a crash.
The seatbelt pretensioners and the airbag
supplemental restraint system are
designed to activate when your vehicle
sustains frontal or sideways deceleration
sufficient to cause the restraints control
module to deploy a safety device or when
a certain likelihood of a rollover event is
detected by the rollover sensor.
The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners
or airbags did not activate for both front
seat occupants in a crash does not mean
that something is wrong with the system.
Rather, it means the restraints control
module determined the accident
conditions (for example, crash severity,
belt usage) were not appropriate to
activate these safety devices.
•The design of the front airbags is to
activate only in frontal and near-frontal
crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts) unless the crash causes
sufficient frontal deceleration.
•The seatbelt pretensioners are
designed to activate in frontal,
near-frontal, side and rollover crashes.
•The design of the side airbags is to
inflate in certain side crashes. Side
airbags could activate in other types of
crashes if the vehicle experiences
sufficient sideways motion or
deformation.
45
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
•The knee airbag(s) could deploy based
on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
•The design of the Safety Canopy is to
inflate in certain side impact crashes
and when a certain likelihood of
rollover is detected by the rollover
sensor. The Safety Canopy could
activate in other types of crashes if the
vehicle experiences sufficient sideways
motion or deformation, or a certain
likelihood of rollover.
AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
46
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term IC before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m).
Vehicles with the remote start feature will
have a greater range.
One of the following could cause a
decrease in operating range:
•Weather conditions.
•Nearby radio towers.
•Structures around the vehicle.
•Other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other radio
transmitters, for example amateur radios,
medical equipment, wireless headphones,
wireless remote controls, cell phones,
battery chargers and alarm systems. If the
frequencies are jammed, you will not be
able to use your remote control. You can
lock and unlock the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before
leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.
Note: The remote control contains sensitive
electrical components. Exposure to moisture
or impact may cause permanent damage.
Intelligent Access (If Equipped)
The system uses a radio frequency signal
to communicate with your vehicle and
authorize your vehicle to unlock when one
of the following conditions are met:
•You activate the front exterior door
handle switch.
•You press the luggage compartment
button.
•You press a button on the transmitter.
If excessive radio frequency interference
is present in the area or if the transmitter
battery is low, you may need to
mechanically unlock your door. You can
use the mechanical key blade in your
intelligent access key to open the driver
door in this situation. See Remote
Control (page 47).
REMOTE CONTROL
Integrated Keyhead Transmitters
(If Equipped)
E142585
Use the key blade to start your vehicle and
unlock or lock the driver door from outside
your vehicle. The transmitter portion
functions as the remote control.
47
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E138615
Note: Your vehicle’s keys came with a
security label that provides important
vehicle key cut information. Keep the label
in a safe place for future reference.
Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped)
E138616
Your intelligent access keys operate the
power locks and the remote start system.
The key must be in your vehicle to activate
the push-button start system.
Mechanical Key Blade
The intelligent access key also contains a
removable mechanical key blade that you
can use to unlock the driver door.
E142431
Slide the release on the back of the
transmitter to release the key blade, then
pull the blade out.
E138618
Note: Your vehicle’s back-up keys came
with a security tag that provides important
vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in
a safe place for future reference.
Replacing the Battery
Note: Refer to local regulations when
disposing of transmitter batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery does not delete
the transmitter from the vehicle. The
transmitter should operate normally.
48
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or
equivalent.
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
E138619
1. Twist a thin coin in the slot of the
transmitter near the key ring to remove
the battery cover.
2. Remove the old battery.
E138620
3. Insert the new battery. Refer to the
instructions inside the transmitter for
the correct orientation of the battery.
Press the battery down to make sure
it is fully in the housing.
4. Snap the battery cover back onto the
transmitter.
Intelligent Access Key
1. Remove the backup key from the
transmitter.
E142432
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden
behind the backup key head to remove
the battery cover. Do not use the
backup key to remove the cover or you
could damage the intelligent access
key.
E138622
3. Remove the old battery.
4. Insert a new battery with the + facing
downward. Press the battery down to
make sure it is fully in the housing.
5. Snap the battery cover back onto the
transmitter and install the backup key.
Car Finder
Press the lock button on the key twice
within three seconds. The horn sounds and
the turn signals flash. We recommend you
use this method to locate your vehicle,
rather than using the panic alarm.
49
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Note: If locking was not successful or if any
door or the liftgate is open, or if the hood is
open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or
remote start, the horn does sound twice and
the lamp does not flash.
Sounding a Panic Alarm (If Equipped)
Note: The panic alarm only operates when
the ignition is off.
E138624
Press the button to activate the
alarm. Press the button again or
switch the ignition on to
deactivate it.
Remote Start (If Equipped)
WARNING
To avoid exhaust fumes, do not use
remote start if your vehicle is parked
indoors or in areas that are not well
ventilated.
Note: Do not use remote start if your vehicle
is low on fuel.
E138625
The remote start button is on the
transmitter.
This feature allows you to start your
vehicle from outside the vehicle. The
transmitter has an extended operating
range.
Vehicles with automatic climate control
can be configured to operate when the
vehicle is remote started. See Automatic
Climate Control (page 109).
Many states and provinces have
restrictions for the use of remote start.
Check your local and state or provincial
laws for specific requirements regarding
remote start systems.
The remote start system does not work if
any of the following occur:
•The ignition is on.
•The alarm system triggers.
•You disable the feature.
•The hood is open.
•The transmission is not in P.
•The vehicle battery voltage is too low.
•The powertrain fault indicator was on
the last time your vehicle was driven.
Remote Starting the Vehicle
Note: You must press each button within
three seconds of each other. If you do not
follow this sequence, your vehicle does not
remote start, the exterior lamps do not flash
twice, and the horn does not sound.
E138626
The label on your transmitter details the
starting procedure.
To remote start your vehicle:
1. Press the lock button to lock all the
doors.
2. Press the remote start button twice.
The exterior lamps flash twice.
The horn sounds if the system fails to start,
unless quiet start is on. Quiet start runs the
blower fan at a slower speed to reduce
noise. You can switch it on or off in the
information display. See General
Information (page 92).
50
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Note: If you remote start your vehicle with
an intelligent access transmitter, you must
press the START/STOP button on the
instrument panel once while applying the
brake pedal before driving your vehicle.
The power windows do not work during
remote start and the radio does not turn
on automatically.
The parking lamps remain on and the
vehicle runs for 5, 10, or 15 minutes,
depending on the setting.
Extending the Vehicle Run Time
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still
running to extend the run time for another
remote start duration. If the duration is set
to last 10 minutes, the duration extends by
another 10 minutes. For example, if the
vehicle had been running from the first
remote start for five minutes, the vehicle
continues to run now for a total of 20
minutes. You can extend the remote start
up to a maximum of 30 minutes.
Wait at least five seconds before remote
starting after a vehicle shutdown.
Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote
Starting
E138625
Press the button once. The
parking lamps turns off.
You may have to be closer to the
vehicle than when starting due to ground
reflection and the added noise of the
running vehicle.
You can disable or enable the remote start
system through the information display.
See General Information (page 92).
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 66).
51
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits. All but one of the keys
programmed to the vehicle can be
activated with these restricted modes.
Any keys that have not been programmed
are referred to as administrator keys or
admin keys. These can be used to:
•Create a MyKey.
•Program configurable MyKey settings.
•Clear all MyKey features.
When you have programmed a MyKey, you
can access the following information using
the information display:
•How many admin keys and MyKeys are
programmed to your vehicle.
•The total distance your vehicle has
traveled using a MyKey.
Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the
same settings. You cannot program them
individually.
Note: For vehicles with push-button start,
when both a MyKey and an admin remote
transmitter are present, the admin remote
transmitter will be recognized by the vehicle
while switching the ignition on to start the
vehicle.
Non-configurable Settings
The following settings cannot be changed
by an admin key user:
•Seat belt reminder or Belt Minder. You
cannot disable this feature. The audio
system will mute when the front seat
passengers' safety belts are not
fastened.
•Early low fuel. The low-fuel warning
activates earlier, giving the MyKey user
more time to refuel.
•Driver assist features, if equipped on
your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid.
Configurable Settings
With an admin key, you can configure
certain MyKey settings when you first
create a MyKey and before you recycle the
key or restart the vehicle. You can also
change the settings afterward with an
admin key.
•A vehicle speed limit can be set.
Warnings will be shown in the display
followed by an audible tone when your
vehicle reaches the set speed. You
cannot override the set speed by fully
depressing the accelerator pedal or by
setting cruise control.
WARNING
Do not set MyKey maximum speed
limit to a limit that will prevent the
driver from maintaining a safe speed
considering posted speed limits and
prevailing road conditions. The driver is
always responsible to drive in accordance
with local laws and prevailing conditions.
Failure to do so could result in accident or
injury.
52
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey™
•Various vehicle speed minders can be
set. Once you select a speed, it will be
shown in the display, followed by an
audible tone when the preselected
vehicle speed is exceeded.
•Audio system maximum volume of
45%. A message will be shown in the
display when you attempt to exceed
the limited volume. Also, the
speed-sensitive or compensated
automatic volume control will be
disabled.
•Always on setting. When this is
selected, you will not be able to turn
off Advance Trac or traction control (if
your vehicle is equipped with this
feature).
CREATING A MYKEY
Use the information display to create a
MyKey:
1. Insert the key you want to program into
the ignition. If your vehicle is equipped with
a push-button start, hold the intelligent
access key next to the steering column.
Details on the correct fob placement and
position is in another chapter. See
Starting and Stopping the Engine (page
129).
2. Switch the ignition on.
3. Access the main menu on the
information display controls, and select
Settings and then MyKey by pressing OK
or the > button.
4. Press OK or the > button to select
Create MyKey.
5. When prompted, hold the OK button
until you see a message informing you to
label this key as a MyKey. The key will be
restricted at your vehicle's next start.
MyKey is successfully created. Make sure
you label it so you can distinguish it from
the admin keys.
You can also program configurable
settings for the key(s). Refer to
Programming/Changing Configurable
Settings.
Programming/Changing
Configurable Settings
Use the information display to access your
configurable MyKey settings:
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin
key or fob.
2. Access the main menu on the
information display controls, and select
Settings, then MyKey by pressing OK
or the > button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to get to a
configurable feature.
4. Press OK or > to make a selection.
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey
settings at any time during the same key
cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you
have switched the engine off, however, you
will need an admin key to change or clear
your MyKey settings.
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
You can clear or change your MyKey
settings using the information display
control on the steering wheel. See
Information Displays (page 92).
Switch the ignition on using an admin key.
53
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey™
To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, press the left arrow button to access
the main menu and scroll to:
Action and DescriptionMessage
Press the OK button or right arrow.Settings
Press the OK button or right arrow.MyKey
Press and hold the OK button until the following message
displays.
Clear MyKey
All MyKeys
Cleared
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to
their original admin key status.
54
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey™
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM
STATUS
You can find information about your
programmed MyKeys by using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 92).
MyKey Distance
Tracks the distance when drivers use a
MyKey. The only way to delete the
accumulated distance is by using an admin
key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does
not accumulate as expected, then the
intended user is not using the MyKey, or an
admin key user recently cleared and then
recreated a MyKey.
Number of MyKeys
Indicates the number of MyKeys
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to detect how many MyKeys you
have for your vehicle and determine when
all MyKeys have been deleted.
Number of Admin Keys
Indicates how many admin keys are
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to determine how many admin
keys you have for your vehicle, and detect
if an additional MyKey has been
programmed.
USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non
Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start
systems. If you choose to install a remote
start system, see an authorized dealer for
a Ford-approved remote start system.
MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING
Potential CausesCondition
I cannot create a MyKey. •The key or transmitter used to start the
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
•The key or transmitter used to start the
vehicle is the only admin key (there always
has to be at least one admin key).
55
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey™
Potential CausesCondition
•Vehicles with keyless start: The keyless
start transmitter is not placed in the backup
position. See Starting a Gasoline Engine
(page 130).
•SecuriLock passive anti-theft system is
disabled or in unlimited mode.
•The key or transmitter used to start your
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
•No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 53).
I cannot program the configurable
settings.
•The key or transmitter used to start your
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
•No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 53).
I cannot clear the MyKeys.
Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer.I lost the only admin key.
Program a spare key. See Passive Anti-Theft
System (page 66).
I lost a key.
MyKey distances do not accumulate. •The MyKey user is not using the MyKey.
•An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys
and created new MyKeys.
•The key system has been reset.
•An admin transmitter is present at vehicle
start.
•No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 53).
No MyKey functions with the keyless
entry transmitter.
56
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey™
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the power door lock control
or the remote control to lock and unlock
your vehicle.
Note: Always take your keys and lock all
doors when leaving your vehicle.
Power Door Locks
The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.
E162487
A
B
UnlockA
LockB
Door Lock Indicator
An LED on each power door lock control
will light when you lock the doors. It is not
a functional control.
Remote Control
Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)
Type 1
Press the button to unlock the
driver door.
Type 2
E138629
Press the button to unlock the
driver door.
Press the button again within three
seconds to unlock all doors. The turn
signals will flash.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for four
seconds to disable or enable two-stage
unlocking. Disabling two-stage unlocking
allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one
press of the button. The turn signals will
flash twice to indicate a change to the
unlocking mode. The unlocking mode
applies to the remote control and
intelligent access.
Intelligent access at the driver door will
unlock all doors when you disable
two-stage unlocking.
Locking the Doors
Type 1
Press the button to lock all the
doors. The turn signals will flash.
Type 2
E138623
Press the button to lock all the
doors. The turn signals will flash.
Press the button again within three
seconds to confirm that all the doors are
closed. The doors will lock again, the horn
will sound and the turn signals will flash if
all the doors and the luggage
compartment are closed.
Note: If locking was not successful or any
door or the liftgate is open, or if the hood is
open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or
remote start, the horn will sound twice and
the lamps will not flash.
Liftgate
WARNINGS
Make sure all persons are clear of the
power liftgate area before using the
power liftgate control.
57
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
WARNINGS
Make sure to close and latch the
liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust
fumes into your vehicle. This will also
prevent passengers and cargo from falling
out. If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the vents or windows open so outside
air comes into your vehicle. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
E138630
Press twice within three seconds
to:
•unlatch a manual liftgate
•open, close or stop the movement of
a power liftgate. See Power Liftgate
(page 62).
Mechanical Key
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle once to lock all doors.
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of
your vehicle once to unlock the driver door
only.
Locking the Doors Individually
If the power locks fail to operate, lock the
doors individually using the key in the
position shown.
E112203
Left-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock.
Opening a Rear Door from Inside
Pull the interior door release handle twice
to unlock and open a rear door. The first
pull unlocks the door and the second pull
will unlatch the door.
Activating Intelligent Access (If
Equipped)
The intelligent access key must be within
3 feet (1 meter) of your vehicle.
At the Front Doors
Pull a front exterior door handle to unlock
and open the door. The unlock sensor is on
the back of the handle. Make sure not to
touch the lock sensor area on the front of
the handle.
58
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
E185863
Press and hold the lock sensor area for
about a second to lock your vehicle. To
avoid unlocking the door inadvertently,
make sure you only touch the lock sensor
and not other areas of the door handle.
After locking the doors with the lock
sensor, there is a brief delay before you can
unlock your vehicle. This delay lets you pull
the handle to make sure it locked.
Note: Keep the door handle surface clean
to avoid issues with operation.
At the Liftgate
E138632
Press the exterior liftgate release button
on the top of the liftgate pull-cup handle.
Smart Unlocks For Integrated
Keyhead Transmitter
This feature helps to prevent you from
locking yourself out of your vehicle if your
key is still in the ignition.
When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle with the power door lock
control, all the doors will lock then unlock
if your key is still in the ignition.
You can still lock your vehicle with the key
in the ignition by pressing the lock button
on the transmitter even if the doors are not
closed.
If both front doors are closed, you can lock
your vehicle by any method, regardless of
whether the key is in the ignition or not.
Smart Unlocks For Intelligent
Access Keys (If Equipped)
This feature helps to prevent you from
unintentionally locking your intelligent
access key inside your vehicle’s passenger
compartment or rear cargo area.
When you lock your vehicle using the
power door lock control (with the door
open, vehicle in park and ignition off), your
vehicle will search for an intelligent access
key in the passenger compartment after
you close the door. If your vehicle finds a
key, all of the doors will immediately
unlock.
When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle using the power door lock
control, all doors will lock then unlock if
the ignition is on.
Autolock (If Equipped)
The autolock feature will lock all the doors
when:
•all doors are closed
•the ignition is on,
59
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
•you shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion, and
•your vehicle attains a speed greater
than 4 mph (7 km/h).
Autounlock (If Equipped)
The autounlock feature will unlock all the
doors when:
•the ignition is on, all the doors are
closed, and your vehicle has been in
motion at a speed greater than 4 mph
(7 km/h);
•your vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to accessory;
and
•you open the driver door within 10
minutes of the switching the ignition
off or to accessory.
Note: The doors will not autounlock if you
electronically lock your vehicle after you
switch the ignition off and before you open
the driver door.
Enabling or Disabling Autounlock
Note: Your authorized dealer can perform
this procedure, or you can do the procedure
yourself.
To enable or disable these features, do the
following:
Note: You will have 30 seconds to
complete the procedure.
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Press the power door unlock button
three times.
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Press the power door unlock button
three times.
5. Switch the ignition on. The horn will
sound indicating your vehicle is in
programming mode.
6. Press the power door lock button then
the unlock button. The horn will sound
once if disabled or twice (one short and
one long) if enabled.
After programming the feature, switch the
ignition off. The horn will sound once
indicating programming is complete.
Illuminated Entry
The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps will illuminate when you unlock the
doors with the remote entry system.
The illuminated entry system will turn off
the lights if:
•you start your vehicle,
•you press the remote control lock
button, or
•after 25 seconds of illumination.
The lights will not turn off if:
•you turn them on with the lamp control,
or
•any door is open.
Illuminated Exit
The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps will illuminate when all doors are
closed and you switch the ignition off.
The lamps will turn off if all the doors
remain closed and:
•25 seconds elapse, or
•you lock your vehicle from the outside.
Battery Saver
If you leave the courtesy lamps or dome
lamps on and switch the ignition off, the
battery saver shuts them off after some
time.
60
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
Accessory Mode Battery Saver for
Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped)
If you leave the ignition on after leaving
your vehicle, it will shut off 15 minutes after
you close all of the doors.
MANUAL LIFTGATE
WARNINGS
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and using a safety belt properly. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Make sure to close and latch the
liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust
fumes into your vehicle. This will also
prevent passengers and cargo from falling
out. If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the vents or windows open so outside
air comes into your vehicle. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
Opening the Liftgate
Manually
E138632
Press the button located in the top of the
liftgate pull cup handle to unlatch the
liftgate, and then pull on the outside
handle.
With the Remote Control
E138630
Press the button twice within
three seconds to unlock the
liftgate. Manually open the
liftgate.
Closing the Liftgate
E155976
A handle is located inside the liftgate to
help with closing.
61
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
POWER LIFTGATE (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Make sure to close and latch the
liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust
fumes into your vehicle. This will also
prevent passengers and cargo from falling
out. If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the vents or windows open so outside
air comes into your vehicle. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury.
Keep keys out of reach of children.
Do not allow children to operate or
play near an open or moving power
liftgate. You should supervise the
operation of the power liftgate at all times.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure, like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example
a bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
The liftgate only operates with the
transmission in park (P).
If there is a problem with the open or close
request, a tone will sound for one of the
following reasons:
•The ignition is on and the transmission
is not in park (P).
•The battery voltage is below the
minimum operating voltage.
•The liftgate is not fully closed and your
vehicle speed is at or above 3 mph
(5 km/h).
If the liftgate starts to close after it has
fully opened, this indicates there may be
excessive weight on the liftgate or a
possible strut failure. A repetitive tone
sounds and the liftgate closes under
control. Remove any excessive weight from
the liftgate. If the liftgate continues to
close after opening, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate
WARNING
Make sure all persons are clear of the
power liftgate area before using the
power liftgate control.
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
From the Instrument Panel
E159323
Press the button on the
instrument panel.
62
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
With the Remote Control
E138630
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
With the Outside Control Button
Opening the Liftgate
1. Unlock the liftgate with the remote
control or power door unlock control.
If an intelligent access key is within 3 ft
(1 m) of the liftgate, the liftgate unlocks
when you press the liftgate release
button.
E138632
2. Press the control button located in the
top of the liftgate pull-cup handle.
Note: Allow the power system to open the
liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the
liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle
detection feature and stop the power
operation or reverse its direction. Manually
interfering with the liftgate motion may also
replicate a strut failure.
Closing the Liftgate
WARNING
Keep clear of the liftgate when
activating the rear switch.
E138636
Press and release the liftgate control
button.
Stopping the Liftgate Movement
Note: Do not apply sudden excessive force
to the liftgate while it is in motion. This
could damage the power liftgate and its
components.
You can stop the liftgate movement by
doing any of the following:
•Pressing the liftgate control button.
•Pressing the liftgate button on the
remote control twice.
•Pressing the liftgate button on the
instrument panel.
•Moving your foot under and away from
the center rear bumper in a single-kick
motion.*
*This method only works for vehicles with
the hands-free liftgate feature.
Setting the Liftgate Open Height
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement by pressing
the control button on the liftgate when
it reaches the desired height.
Note: Once the liftgate has stopped
moving, you can also manually move it to
the desired height.
63
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
3. Press and hold the liftgate control
button on the liftgate until you hear a
tone, indicating programming is
complete.
Note: You can only use the liftgate control
button to program the height.
Note: You cannot program the height if the
liftgate position is too low.
The new open liftgate height is recalled
when the power liftgate is opened. To
change the programmed height, repeat the
above procedure. Once you open the
power liftgate, you can manually move it
to a different height.
Note: The system recalls the new
programmed height until you reprogram it,
even if you disconnect the battery.
When operating the power liftgate after
you have programmed a lower height than
fully open, you can fully open the liftgate
by manually pushing it upward to the
maximum open position.
Obstacle Detection
When Closing
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle. A tone sounds and the system
reverses to open. Once you remove the
obstacle, you can power close the liftgate.
Note: Entering your vehicle while the
liftgate is closing can cause your vehicle to
bounce and activate obstacle detection. To
prevent this, let the power liftgate close
completely before you enter your vehicle.
Before driving off, check the instrument
cluster for a liftgate or door ajar message or
warning indicator. Failure to do this could
result in unintentionally leaving the liftgate
open while driving.
When Opening
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle and a tone sounds. Once you
remove the obstacle, you can continue to
operate the liftgate.
Hands-Free Feature (If Equipped)
Make sure you have an intelligent access
transmitter within 3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate.
E174120
1. Move your foot under and away from
the rear bumper detection area in a
single-kick motion. Do not move your
foot sideways or the sensors may not
detect the motion.
2. The liftgate will power open or close.
64
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
Note: Allow the power system to open the
liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the
liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle
detection feature and stop the power
operation or reverse its direction. Manually
interfering with the liftgate motion may also
replicate a strut failure.
Note: Splashing water may cause the
hands-free liftgate to open. Keep the
intelligent access key away from the rear
bumper detection area when washing your
vehicle.
65
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
SecuriLock®
The system helps prevent your vehicle
from starting unless you use a coded key
programmed to your vehicle. Using the
wrong key may prevent your vehicle from
starting. A message may appear in the
information display.
If you are unable to start your vehicle with
a correctly coded key, a malfunction has
happened. A message may appear in the
information display.
Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Use of these systems may result in vehicle
starting problems and a loss of security
protection.
Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices
or a second coded key on the same key
chain may cause vehicle starting issues if
they are too close to the key when starting
your vehicle. Prevent these objects from
touching the coded key while starting the
engine. Switch the ignition off, move all
objects on the key chain away from the
coded key and restart your vehicle if a
problem occurs.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take your keys and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.
Automatic Arming
Your vehicle arms immediately after you
switch the ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
Switching the ignition on with a coded key
disarms your vehicle.
Replacement Keys
Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with
two integrated keyhead transmitters or two
intelligent access keys.
The integrated keyhead transmitter
functions as a programmed ignition key
that operates all the locks and starts your
vehicle, as well as a remote control.
The intelligent access key functions as a
programmed key that operates the driver
door lock and activates the intelligent
access with push button start system, as
well as a remote control.
If your programmed transmitters or
standard SecuriLock coded keys
(integrated keyhead transmitters only) are
lost or stolen and you do not have an extra
coded key, you will need to have your
vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You
need to erase the key codes from your
vehicle and program new coded keys.
Store an extra programmed key away from
your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent
any inconveniences. See your authorized
dealer to purchase additional spare or
replacement keys.
Programming a Spare Integrated
Keyhead Transmitter
Note: You can program a maximum of eight
coded keys to your vehicle. All eight can be
integrated keyhead transmitters.
You can program your own integrated
keyhead transmitter or standard
SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. This
procedure will program both the vehicle
immobilizer keycode and the remote entry
portion of the remote control to your
vehicle
Only use integrated keyhead transmitters
or standard SecuriLock keys.
66
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Security
You must have two previously
programmed coded keys and the new
unprogrammed key readily accessible. See
your authorized dealer to have the spare
key programmed if two previously
programmed coded keys are not available.
Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.
1. Insert the first previously programmed
coded key into the ignition.
2. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least three
seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.
3. Switch the ignition off and remove the
first coded key from the ignition.
4. After three seconds but within 10
seconds of switching the ignition off,
insert the second previously coded key
into the ignition.
5. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least three
seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.
6. Switch the ignition off and remove the
second previously programmed coded
key from the ignition.
7. After three seconds but within 10
seconds of switching the ignition off
and removing the previously
programmed coded key, insert the new
unprogrammed key into the ignition.
8. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least six seconds.
9. Remove the newly programmed coded
key from the ignition.
If the key has been successfully
programmed it will start your vehicle and
operate the remote entry system (if the
new key is an integrated keyhead
transmitter).
If programming was not successful, wait
10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8.
If you are still unsuccessful, take your
vehicle to your authorized dealer.
Programming a Spare Intelligent
Access Key
See your authorized dealer to have
additional keys programmed to your
vehicle.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM (If Equipped)
The system warns you of an unauthorized
entry to your vehicle. It triggers if any door,
the luggage compartment or the hood
opens without using the key or remote
control.
The direction indicators flash and the horn
sounds if unauthorized entry is attempted
while the alarm is armed.
Take all remote controls to an authorized
dealer if there is any potential alarm
problem with your vehicle.
Arming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is
not a key in the ignition. Electronically lock
the vehicle to arm the alarm.
Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following
actions:
•Unlock the doors or luggage
compartment with the remote control
or keyless entry keypad.
•Switch the ignition on or start the
vehicle.
•Use a key in the driver’s door to unlock
the vehicle, then switch the ignition on
within 12 seconds.
Note: Pressing the panic button on the
remote control will stop the horn and signal
indicators, but will not disarm the system.
67
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Security
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 114).
1
2
2
E95178
1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
3
E95179
3. Lock the steering column.
AUDIO CONTROL (If Equipped)
Select the required source on the audio
unit.
You can operate the following functions
with the control:
68
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Steering Wheel
C
D
A
B
E129463
Volume up.A
Seek up or next.B
Volume down.C
Seek down or previous.D
Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
•Tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset.
•Play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
•Tune the radio to the next station up
or down the frequency band.
•Seek through a track.
VOICE CONTROL (If Equipped)
E129464
Pull the control to select or deselect voice
control.
CRUISE CONTROL
E142437
See Using Cruise Control (page 177).
69
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Steering Wheel
INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL
E130248
See Information Displays (page 92).
Multimedia Controls
E145434
Use the arrows on the right side of the
steering wheel to navigate through the
information display menus. Press OK to
make a selection.
70
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Steering Wheel
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers and vehicle power off before using
an automatic car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper
Blades (page 234). If that does not resolve
the issue, install new wiper blades. See
Changing the Wiper Blades (page 235).
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
Note: When wiping on dry glass, the wipers
may switch to the next lower operating
mode (low-speed or intermittent). The
previous operation mode may resume after
the windshield becomes wet again.
E197525
Single wipe.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Normal wipe.C
High-speed wipe.D
Note: Move to position O marked on the
wiper lever to switch off.
Intermittent Wipe
E197526
Short-wipe interval.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Long-wipe interval.C
Push the wiper lever up to switch the
wipers on, and then use the rotary control
to adjust the intermittent wipe interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers (If Equipped)
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes decreases.
AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped)
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers and ignition off before using an
automatic car wash.
Autowipers uses a rain sensor located in
the area around the interior mirror. The rain
sensor monitors the amount of moisture
on the windshield and automatically turns
the wipers on. It will adjust the wiper speed
by the amount of moisture that the sensor
detects on the windshield.
71
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
E215460
Highest sensitivity.A
On.B
Lowest sensitivity.C
Switch the autowipers on by moving the
wiper lever up to the first position.
Switch the autowipers off by moving the
wiper lever down.
Use the rotary control to adjust the
sensitivity of the autowipers. When you
select low sensitivity, the wipers will
operate when the sensor detects a large
amount of water on the windshield. When
you select high sensitivity, the wipers will
operate when the sensor detects a small
amount of water on the windshield.
The autowipers feature is active and ready
when the wiper lever is in the first position
and selected in the information display.
You can change the autowipers feature to
intermittent wipers through the
information display. See General
Information (page 92).
Note: Check your wiper function in the
information display. See General
Information (page 92). The autowipers
feature functions only when you select the
menu choice in the information display and
you move the wiper lever up to the first
position. The autowipers feature then
remains on in the information display menu
until you change it to intermittent wipe.
Note: If you switch autolamps on in
conjunction with autowipers, your low beam
headlamps turn on automatically when the
rain sensor activates the windshield wipers
continuously. See General Information
(page 92).
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive and the
wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects
hit the windshield.
Wet or winter driving conditions with ice,
snow or salty road mist can cause
inconsistent and unexpected wiping or
smearing. In these conditions, you can do
the following to help keep your windshield
clear:
•Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
to reduce the amount of smearing.
•Switch to normal or high-speed wipe
by moving the wiper lever up.
•Switch the autowipers off and switch
intermittent mode on through the
information display. See General
Information (page 92).
•Switch the autowipers off by moving
the wiper lever down.
Note: Clean the windshield and wiper
blades if they begin to leave streaks or
smears. If that does not resolve the issue,
install new wiper blades. See Changing
the Wiper Blades (page 235).
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.
72
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
E197528
To operate the washers and spray the
windshield, pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, the wipers will
operate for a short time.
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHERS
Rear Window Wiper
Note: Make sure you switch the rear
window wiper and ignition off before using
an automatic car wash.
E197647
Intermittent wipe.A
Low speed wipe.B
Off.C
Press the top of the button to switch
intermittent wipe on. Press the top of the
button again to switch low speed wipe on.
Press the bottom of the button to switch
the rear window wiper off.
When you shift into reverse (R) and the
front wipers are on, the rear wiper may
automatically turn on to intermittent wipe.
Rear Window Washer
E197529
Push the lever away from you to operate
the rear window washer. When you release
the lever, wiping continues for a short
period of time.
73
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
LIGHTING CONTROL
E142449
Off.A
Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
tail lamps.
B
Headlamps.C
High Beams
E162679
Push the lever away from you to switch
the high beam on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beams
off.
Headlamp Flasher
E162680
Slightly pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the headlamps.
AUTOLAMPS (If Equipped)
WARNING
The autolamps switch position may
not activate the headlamps in all low
visibility conditions, such as daytime
fog. Always ensure that your headlamps
are switched to auto or on, as appropriate,
during all low visibility conditions. Failure
to do so may result in a collision.
E142451
When the lighting control is in the
autolamps position, the headlamps
automatically turn on in low light situations
or when the wipers activate.
74
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
If equipped, the following also activate
when the lighting control is in the
autolamps position and you switch them
on in the information display:
•Configurable daytime running lamps.
•Automatic high beam control.
•Adaptive headlamp control.
The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
the period of time that the headlamps
remain on. See Information Displays
(page 92).
Note: With the headlamps in the
autolamps position, you cannot switch the
high beam headlamps on until the
autolamps system turns the low beam
headlamps on.
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps
The windshield wiper activated headlamps
turn on within 10 seconds when you switch
the windshield wipers on and the lighting
control is in the autolamps position. They
turn off approximately 60 seconds after
you switch the windshield wipers off.
The headlamps will not turn on by wiper
activation:
•During a mist wipe.
•When the wipers are on to clear washer
fluid during a wash condition.
•If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: If you switch autolamps and
autowipers on, the headlamps will
automatically turn on when the windshield
wipers continuously operate.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
Note: If the battery is disconnected,
discharged, or a new battery is installed, the
dimmer will set the illuminated components
to the maximum setting automatically.
E161902
Press repeatedly or press and hold until
the desired level is reached.
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can
switch the headlamps on by pulling the
direction indicator lever toward you. You
will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
switch off automatically after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door has been closed. You
can cancel this feature by pulling the
direction indicator toward you again or
switching the ignition on.
75
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (If
Equipped)
WARNING
The autolamps switch position may
not activate the headlamps in all low
visibility conditions, such as daytime
fog. Always ensure that your headlamps
are switched to auto or on, as appropriate,
during all low visibility conditions. Failure
to do so may result in a crash.
To switch the system on:
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Switch the lighting control to the off or
autolamp position.
FRONT FOG LAMPS
E142453
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the
lighting control is in any position except
Off and the high beams are not on.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
E162681
Push the lever up or down to use the
direction indicators.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times to
indicate a lane change.
INTERIOR LAMPS
The lamps will switch on when one of the
following conditions have been met:
•You open any door.
•You press a remote control button.
•You press switch B on the front interior
lamp.
Front Interior Lamp (If Equipped)
E161163
D
C
AB
76
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
E160819
(A) Door function switch. Press
this switch to disable the interior
lamps. The door function
indicator lamp will illuminate yellow with
lamps disabled. Press the switch again to
turn interior lamps back on. The indicator
lamp will illuminate blue.
E160816
(B) All lamps on and off switch.
E160817
(C) Passenger individual lamp
on and off switch.
E160818
(D) Driver individual lamp on and
off switch.
Front Interior Lamp - With
Panorama Roof (If Equipped)
Driver Side Lamp
E142454
B
A
C
E160819
(A) Door function switch. Press
this switch to disable the interior
lamps. The door function
indicator lamp will illuminate yellow with
lamps disabled. Press the switch again to
turn interior lamps back on. The indicator
lamp will illuminate blue.
E160816
(B) All lamps on and off switch.
E160818
(C) Individual lamp on and off
switch.
Passenger Side Lamp
A
E142455
E160818
(A) Individual lamp on and off
switch.
Rear Interior Lamp (If Equipped)
E190496
BA
E160817
(A) Passenger side lamp on and
off switch.
E160818
(B) Driver side lamp on and off
switch.
AMBIENT LIGHTING (If Equipped)
You can adjust the ambient lighting and
intensity using the SYNC system. See your
SYNC information.
77
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
POWER WINDOWS
WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the power windows. They may
seriously injure themselves.
When closing the power windows,
you should verify they are free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the window openings.
E70848
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
just one of the windows is open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
Press the switch to open the window.
Lift the switch to close the window.
One-Touch Down
Press the switch fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Up
Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or
lift it again to stop the window.
Window Lock
E70850
Press the control to lock or unlock the rear
window controls. It illuminates when you
lock the rear window controls.
Bounce-Back (If Equipped)
The window will stop automatically while
closing. It will reverse some distance if
there is an obstacle in the way.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
When you override the bounce-back
feature the window will not reverse
if it detects an obstacle. Take care
when closing the windows to avoid
personal injury or damage to your vehicle.
Proceed as follows to override this
protection feature when there is a
resistance, for example in winter:
1. Close the window twice until it reaches
the point of resistance and let it
reverse.
78
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
2. Close the window a third time to the
point of resistance. The bounce-back
feature is now disabled and you can
close the window manually. The
window will go past the point of
resistance and you can close it fully.
See an authorized dealer as soon as
possible if the window does not close after
the third attempt.
Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
The bounce-back feature remains
turned off until you reset the
memory.
If you have disconnected the battery, you
must reset the bounce-back memory
separately for each window.
1. Lift and hold the switch until the
window is fully closed.
2. Release the switch.
3. Lift the switch again for one more
second.
4. Press and hold the switch until the
window is fully open.
5. Release the switch.
6. Lift and hold the switch until the
window is fully closed.
7. Open the window and then try to close
it automatically.
8. Reset and repeat the procedure if the
window does not close automatically.
Accessory Delay (If Equipped)
You can use the window switches for
several minutes after you switch the
ignition off or until you open either front
door.
GLOBAL OPENING
You can use the remote control to operate
the windows with the ignition off.
Note: To operate this feature, accessory
delay must not be active.
Opening the Windows
You can use the global opening feature to
open the windows only for a short time
after you unlock your vehicle by using the
remote control.
To use the global opening feature:
1. Press and release the remote control
unlock button.
2. Press the remote control unlock button
again and hold it for approximately
three seconds. Release the control
when the windows begin to open.
3. Press the lock or unlock button on your
remote control to stop the window
opening function.
Note: Contact an authorized Ford dealer to
deactivate this feature.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving. This could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
79
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
E70846
AC
B
Left-hand mirrorA
OffB
Right-hand mirrorC
E70847
Press the arrows to adjust the mirror.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.
Signal Indicator Mirrors
The outer portion of the appropriate mirror
housing blinks when you activate the turn
signal.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page
112).
Puddle Lamps (If Equipped)
The lamps on the bottom part of the mirror
housing light when you use your
transmitter to unlock the doors or when
you open a door.
Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors (If
Equipped)
WARNING
Objects in the blind spot mirror are
closer than they appear.
Blind spot mirrors have an integrated
convex mirror built into the upper outboard
corner of the exterior mirrors. They are
designed to increase your visibility along
the side of your vehicle.
Check the main mirror first before a lane
change, then check the blind spot mirror.
If no vehicles are present in the blind spot
mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane
is at a safe distance, signal that you intend
to change lanes. Glance over your shoulder
to verify traffic is clear and carefully
change lanes.
80
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
A
B
C
E138665
The image of the approaching vehicle is
small and near the inboard edge of the
main mirror when it is at a distance. The
image becomes larger and begins to move
outboard across the main mirror as the
vehicle approaches (A). The image will
transition from the main mirror and begin
to appear in the blind spot mirror as the
vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle will
transition to your peripheral field of view
as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).
Blind Spot Information System (If
Equipped)
See Blind Spot Information System
(page 179).
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirror when your
vehicle is moving.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. Some mirrors also have a
second pivot point. This lets you move the
mirror head up or down and from side to
side.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce glare at night.
Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
Note: Do not block the sensors on the front
and back of the mirror. Mirror performance
may be affected. A rear center passenger or
raised rear center head restraint may also
block light from reaching the sensor.
The mirror will dim automatically to reduce
glare when bright lights are detected from
behind your vehicle. It will automatically
return to normal reflection when you select
reverse gear to make sure you have a clear
view when backing up.
81
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
SUN VISORS
Illuminated Vanity Mirror (If Equipped)
E162197
Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.
SUN SHADES (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Do not let children play with the sun
shade or leave them unattended in
the vehicle. They may seriously hurt
themselves.
When closing the sun shade, you
should verify that it is free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the sunshade.
The control is located in the overhead
console.
The sun shade has a one-touch open and
close feature. To stop motion during
one-touch operation, press the control a
second time.
Opening and Closing the Sun
Shade
E138668
Fully press and release the front of the
control to open the sun shade.
Fully press and release the rear of the
control to close the sun shade.
Bounce-Back
The sun shade will stop automatically
while closing. It will reverse some distance
if there is an obstacle in the way.
Sun Shade Relearning
WARNING
The bounce-back function is not
active during this procedure. Make
sure that there are no obstacles in
the way of the moving sun shade.
Note: You must start the relearning process
within 30 seconds of switching the ignition
on.
In case the sun shade no longer opens or
closes properly, follow this relearning
procedure:
1. Press the front of the control to the first
action point twice and release it within
two seconds.
2. Press the rear of the control to the first
action point twice and release it within
two seconds.
82
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
3. Press and hold the front of the control
to the first action point, until the sun
shade fully opens.
4. Press and hold the rear of the control
to the first action point, until the sun
shade fully closes.
If you do not complete Step 2 within 15
seconds of Step 1, the relearning function
end. Switch the ignition off, wait for
another 30 seconds and then switch the
ignition back on again. Start the procedure
again from the beginning.
Confirm that relearning was successful by
opening and closing the sun shade.
83
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
GAUGES
A C
B
E162393
Left Information Display.A
Speedometer.B
Right Information Display.C
Left Information Display
Odometer
Located in the bottom of the information
display. Registers the accumulated
distance your vehicle has traveled.
Battery Gauge:
For Energi vehicles, a large battery gauge
is provided when the vehicle operates in
Plug-In Power Mode only. See Plug-In
Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137).
The fill level indicates the amount of
energy stored in the high voltage battery
that is available for Plug-in Power Mode.
A full fill represents the total amount of
energy you can get from an external charge
(plugging your vehicle in). When the fill
reaches empty, your vehicle automatically
enters Hybrid Mode and the large battery
gauge will no longer be shown.
An optional small battery gauge is provided
for Hybrid vehicles and for Hybrid Mode
only in Energi vehicles. You can switch this
feature on in the Settings menu under
Battery Display. See General Information
(page 92). The fill level, or State of Charge,
indicates the amount of energy stored in
the high voltage battery as a percent of
total energy capacity. The level increases
or decreases as the battery charges and
discharges during normal operation.
84
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Regen Display:
A circular arrow symbol displays when
energy is being recaptured through the
regenerative braking system. You can
switch the Regen Display off in the Settings
menu. See General Information (page
92).
Fuel Gauge:
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient.
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
indicate approximately how much fuel is
left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to
the fuel pump symbol indicates on which
side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is
located.
The needle should move toward F when
you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points
to E after adding fuel, this indicates your
vehicle needs service soon.
After refueling some variability in needle
position is normal:
•It may take a short time for the needle
to reach F after leaving the gas station.
This is normal and depends upon the
slope of pavement at the gas station.
•The fuel amount dispensed into the
tank is a little less or more than the
gauge indicated. This is normal and
depends upon the slope of pavement
at the gas station.
•If the gas station nozzle shuts off
before the tank is full, try a different
gas pump nozzle.
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel
gauge needle is at 1/16th.
Variations:
Distance-to-emptyFuel gauge positionDriving type (fuel economy
conditions)
35–80 mi (56–129 km)1/16thHighway driving
35 mi (56 km)1/16thSevere duty driving (trailer
towing, extended idle)
Vehicle Settings and Personalization
Display/Trip
See General Information (page 92).
Information
See General Information (page 92).
Settings
See General Information (page 92).
Brake Coach Display:
The Brake Coach appears after the vehicle
has come to a stop. It coaches you to brake
in a manner which maximizes the amount
of energy returned through the
regenerative braking system. The percent
displayed is an indication of the
regenerative braking efficiency with 100%
representing the maximum amount of
energy recovery.
This feature can be switched on or off in
the information displays settings menu.
See General Information (page 92).
85
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Trip Summary:
The Trip Summary displays upon shutting
off your vehicle. The information is
cumulative over the last trip. A new trip
begins each time you start your vehicle
(when the Ready to Drive message comes
on).
•Distance - Displays the total distance
traveled, distance traveled on battery
power only (EV distance) and Regen
distance. Regen distance is the
estimated range gained from energy
recaptured through regenerative
braking.
•Energy Use - Displays the average fuel
economy. In addition for Energi,
displays the total electrical energy used
while in Plug-in Power Mode in kilowatt
hours (kWh).
•Brake Score - The percent displayed is
an indication of the regenerative
braking efficiency for the trip.
Note: Corresponding trip efficiency leaves
appear on the right information display upon
shutting off your Hybrid vehicle. On Energi
vehicles the trip efficiency leaves are shown
on the right information display when the
vehicle operates in Hybrid Mode for the
entire trip. For trips with Plug-in Power Mode
operation an estimate of your EV Range/Full
Charge is provided along with a listing of
factors and their contributions to this
estimate. See Next Full Charge under Right
Information Display in this chapter.
Right Information Display
Entertainment
See your SYNC information.
Navigation or Compass
See your SYNC information.
Phone
See your SYNC information.
Fuel Economy
See General Information (page 92).
Vehicle Range
Vehicle range indicates the estimated
distance your vehicle will travel with the
energy currently onboard. The range is
displayed at the bottom of the screen with
gasoline range shown in white and electric
range (Energi only) shown in blue.
•Gasoline Range: Is the estimated
distance to empty based on the fuel
remaining in the tank.
•Electric Range: Is the estimated
distance you can travel in Plug-In
Power Mode with the engine off. This
range is based on a calculation
determined by the amount of energy
stored in the high voltage battery as a
result of charging while plugged in and
the energy being used while driving.
The amount of energy being used while
driving is affected by:
•Mild or aggressive acceleration or
braking.
•Your vehicle speed.
•Your use of accessories such as climate
control.
•The ambient temperature and other
weather conditions.
•City or highway driving.
•Road grades.
Note: It is normal for vehicle range
estimates to vary due to changes in average
energy usage. This is why you will typically
see different range estimates each time you
fill up your fuel tank or fully charge your
battery.
86
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Trip Efficiency Leaves
Trip Efficiency Leaves display upon
shutting off your Hybrid vehicle. For Energi
vehicles the trip efficiency leaves are
displayed only when the vehicle operates
in Hybrid for the entire trip. The number of
leaves represent the average for the last
trip. A new trip begins each time you start
your vehicle (when the Ready to Drive
message comes on). Corresponding Trip
Summary data displays on the left
information display.
Next Full Charge
The Next Full Charge display is shown
upon shutting off your Energi vehicle
whenever your vehicle operates in Plug-in
Power Mode for a portion of your trip.
Miles or kilometers per full charge
This is an estimate of the EV Range you
would see if you plugged in and fully
charged your vehicle right now. The
estimate is based on your energy usage
while driving. Energy usage is affected by
your driving style and route, climate control
use, outside temperature and other factors.
Energy usage effects (+/-)
A green bar indicates a positive effect on
your EV range per full charge estimate. An
amber bar indicates a negative effect. The
bigger the bar the bigger the effect on your
estimate.
•Driving style/route – This includes
energy used to propel your vehicle
based on your driving style and route.
Your driving style includes how fast you
drive and whether your acceleration
and braking is mild or aggressive. Your
route includes factors such as the
amount of city or highway driving and
road grades.
•Climate control use – This includes
energy used by your vehicle’s high
voltage climate control components
such as the electric A/C compressor
and the electric heater.
•Outside temp./other – This includes
energy losses due to outside
temperature and other conditions
which reduce vehicle system efficiency.
Energy used for low voltage
accessories such as cabin fans, heated
seats, headlights, etc. is also included.
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and
indicators will alert you to a vehicle
condition that may become serious. Some
lamps will light when you start your vehicle
to make sure they work. If any lamps
remain on after starting your vehicle, refer
to the respective system warning lamp for
further information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and function the
same as a warning lamp but do not display
when you start your vehicle.
87
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Anti-Lock Braking System
If it lights when you are driving,
this indicates a malfunction. You
will continue to have normal
braking (without anti-lock braking system)
unless the brake system warning lamp also
lights. Have the system checked by an
authorized dealer.
Battery
If it lights while driving, this
indicates a malfunction. Switch
off all unnecessary electrical
equipment and have the system checked
by an authorized dealer immediately.
Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)
It illuminates when you switch
this feature off or in conjunction
with a message. See Blind Spot
Information System (page 179). See
Information Messages (page 101).
Brake System
E144522
Lights when you engage the
parking brake with the ignition
on.
If it lights when you are driving, check that
you do not have the parking brake
engaged. If you do not have the parking
brake engaged, this indicates low brake
fluid level or a brake system malfunction.
Have the system checked immediately by
an authorized dealer.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle with the warning
lamp on is dangerous. A significant
decrease in braking performance
may occur. It may take you longer to stop
your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible. Driving extended
distances with the parking brake engaged
can cause brake failure and the risk of
personal injury.
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
E71340
Lights when you switch on this
feature.
Direction Indicator
Lights when you switch on the
left or right direction indicator or
hazard warning flasher. If the
indicators stay on or flash faster, check for
a burned out bulb. See Changing a Bulb
(page 238).
Door Ajar
Displays when the ignition is on
and any door is not completely
closed.
EcoSelect
E194390
Lights when you switch on this
feature. See EcoSelect (page
139).
Engine and Motor Coolant
Temperature
Lights when the engine or motor
coolant temperature is high.
Stop the vehicle as soon as
possible, switch off the engine and let cool.
88
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Engine Oil
If it lights with the engine running
or while you are driving, this
indicates a malfunction. Stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so
and switch off the engine. Check the engine
oil level. See Engine Oil Check (page 226).
Note: Do not resume your journey if it lights
despite the level being correct. Have the
system checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
EV Now
E144814
Lights when you select this
feature on. See Plug-In Hybrid
Vehicle Operation (page 137).
EV Later
E151263
Lights when you select this
feature on. See Plug-In Hybrid
Vehicle Operation (page 137).
Fasten Seatbelt
E71880
It will light and a tone will sound
to remind you to fasten your
seatbelt. See Seatbelt
Reminder (page 34).
Front Airbag
E67017
If it fails to light when you start
your vehicle, continues to flash
or remains on, this indicates a
malfunction. Have the system checked by
an authorized dealer.
Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped)
Lights when you switch the front
fog lamps on.
Grade Assist (If Equipped)
Lights when you switch on grade
assist.
High Beam
Lights when you switch the high
beam headlamps on. It will flash
when you use the headlamp
flasher.
Liftgate Ajar
Lights when the liftgate is not
completely closed.
Low Battery (If Equipped)
E144691
Lights when the battery level is
low. You may also see a
message suggesting you reduce
your usage of the climate system.
Low Fuel Level
Lights when the fuel level is low
or the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Refuel as soon as possible.
Low Tire Pressure Warning
Lights when your tire pressure is
low. If the lamp remains on with
the engine running or when
driving, check your tire pressure as soon as
possible.
It also lights momentarily when you switch
on the ignition to confirm the lamp is
functional. If it does not light when you
switch on the ignition, or begins to flash at
any time, have the system checked by an
authorized dealer.
89
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Parking Lamps
Lights when you switch the
parking lamps on.
Powertrain Fault
Lights when the system detects
a powertrain or high-voltage
charge system fault. If the
indicator stays on or continues to come on,
contact an authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
Note: If your vehicle detects certain faults,
it will not allow you to operate the
accelerator pedal. If this happens, press the
brake pedal and release it. This will activate
limp home vehicle operation. In limp home
vehicle operation, your vehicle will
accelerate in a controlled manner up to a
maximum speed of 35 mph (56 km/h) on
a flat surface. If you apply the brake pedal
or move the transmission to neutral (N) you
can override your vehicle’s acceleration.
Ready to Drive
E144692
Lights after your switch your
vehicle on and it is ready to drive.
A corresponding message may
display stating ready to drive.
Service Engine Soon
If the service engine soon
indicator light stays on after you
switch on the engine, this
indicates that the On-Board Diagnostics
system (OBD) has detected a malfunction
of the vehicle emissions control system.
Refer to On-Board diagnostics (OBD) in
the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more
information about having your vehicle
serviced. See Emission Control System
(page 149).
If the light is blinking, engine misfire is
occurring which could damage your
catalytic converter. Drive in a moderate
fashion (avoid heavy acceleration and
deceleration) and have your vehicle
serviced immediately.
WARNING
Under engine misfire conditions,
excessive exhaust temperatures
could damage the catalytic
converter, the fuel system, interior floor
coverings or other vehicle components,
possibly causing a fire. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
The service engine soon indicator lights
when you first switch on the ignition prior
to engine start to check the bulb and to
indicate whether the vehicle is ready for
Inspection and Maintenance testing.
Normally, the service engine soon light will
stay on until you switch on the engine, then
turn itself off if no malfunctions are
present. However, if after 15 seconds the
service engine soon light blinks eight times,
it means that the vehicle is not ready for
Inspection and Maintenance testing. See
Emission Control System (page 149).
Stability Control
E138639
Lights when the system is active.
If it remains on or does not light
when you switch the ignition on,
this indicates a malfunction. During a
malfunction, the system will turn off. Have
the system checked by an authorized
dealer immediately. See Using Stability
Control (page 167).
90
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Stability Control Off
E130458
Lights when you switch the
system off. It will go out when
you switch the system back on
or when you switch the ignition off. See
Using Stability Control (page 167).
Stop Safely
E144693
Indicates an electrical
component fault or failure that
will cause the vehicle to
shutdown or enter into a limited operating
mode. A message may also display.
Vehicle Plugged in (If Equipped)
E144694
Lights after you plug in your
vehicle. A corresponding
message may display after
attempting to start the vehicle.
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you open the driver's door
and you have left the key in the ignition.
Engine On Warning Chime
A warning chime will sound when any door
is opened if the vehicle exceeds a relatively
low speed.
Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped)
Sounds the horn twice when you exit the
vehicle and the keyless vehicle is in RUN,
indicating the vehicle is still on.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver's door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have the
system checked by your authorized dealer
immediately.
Automatic Transmission Warning
Chime
Sounds when you have not moved the
transmission selector lever to position P.
A message will be shown in the display.
91
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Various systems on your vehicle can be
controlled using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
Corresponding information is displayed in
the information display.
Left Information Display Controls
E162394
•Press the up and down arrow buttons
to scroll through and highlight the
options within a menu.
•Press the right arrow button to enter a
sub-menu.
•Press the left arrow button to exit a
menu.
•Press and hold the left arrow button at
any time to return to the main menu
display (escape button).
•Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.
Main menu
From the main menu bar on the left side
of the information display, you can choose
from the following categories:
E144639
Display/Trip
E144642
Information
E100023
Settings
Scroll up or down to highlight one of the
categories, and then press the right arrow
key or OK to enter into that category. Press
the left arrow key as needed to exit back
to the main menu.
Display/Trip
E144639
Use the up or down arrow
buttons to choose between the
following display options.
Note: The cluster will remember the menu
level 2 state when you change the key state
from the RUN to the OFF position.
92
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Display/Trip
Menu level 5Menu level 4Menu level 3Menu level 2
——HelpEngage
(Split Power + Avg
Fuel Economy +
Battery Gauge + Fuel
Gauge)
——HelpEmpower
(Power (with engine
on/off threshold) +
Avg Fuel Economy +
Battery Gauge + Fuel
Gauge)
Vehicle RangeVehicle RangeChange MyViewMyView
(MyView + Battery
Gauge + Fuel Gauge)
Average FuelAverage Fuel
Instantaneous FuelSplit Power
Coolant Temp.Power + Threshold
Accessory PowerTach rpm x1000
Trip 1Accessory Power
Trip 2Trip 1
Fuel HistoryTrip 2
CoachFuel History
BlankCoach
—Blank
——Help
——HelpMiles (or km)/Full
Charge (Energi only)
Shown in Plug-in
Power Mode
93
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Display/Trip
(avg miles(or km)/full
charge + instant
miles(or km)/full
charge gauge + battery
gauge + fuel gauge)
HelpFuel Economy
(Energi only)
Shown in Hybrid Mode
(avg fuel economy +
instant fuel economy
gauge + battery gauge
+ fuel gauge)
——HelpTrip 1: Trip Data +
Battery Gauge + Fuel
Gauge
Trip 2: Trip Data +
Battery Gauge + Fuel
Gauge
Engage
Engage provides separate gauges for
engine power and high voltage battery
power in kilowatts (kW). The engine power
gauge fill is white and the high voltage
battery power gauge fill is blue. You can
also see an instantaneous fuel economy
gauge. When your vehicle is operating on
battery power only, you will see EV
displayed and the gauges will appear in
blue.
Empower
Empower provides a power demand gauge
in kilowatts (kW) which includes an engine
on or off threshold.
•When your vehicle is operating with
battery power only (below the
threshold), you will see EV displayed
and the gauge fill is blue.
•When your vehicle is operating with
both the engine and the high voltage
battery providing power the gauge fill
is white.
•When power demand surpasses the
amber indicator, this level of demand
and associated fuel economy displays
in amber.
•When the engine is on, reducing power
demand to less than the threshold will
allow the engine to turn off.
You can also see an instantaneous fuel
economy gauge.
Note: You can reset your average fuel
economy by pressing and holding the OK
button on the left hand steering wheel
controls.
94
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
MyView
You can choose what to display in this
view. Selecting Change MyView in the
options menu allows you to scroll through
two columns of content choices.
•Press the up or down arrow to view
content.
•Press OK to save your selected
content.
•You must select content in both
columns before you can save your new
MyView.
Unique content available in MyView:
•Vehicle Range (Energi vehicles only) –
Indicates the estimated distance your
vehicle will travel with the energy
currently onboard. Separately displays
range available in Hybrid Mode fueled
by gasoline, electric range available in
Plug-in Power Mode, and total range.
Gasoline range and electric range are
also shown on the bottom of the right
information display. Changes in driving
pattern and climate control use will
cause the values to vary.
•Accessory Power— Indicates electrical
power demands from your vehicle’s
accessory systems. Accessories use
power but do not contribute to
propelling your vehicle. The gauge
separately displays power demand in
kilowatts (kW) for climate and other
accessories. Climate includes the
power being used by high voltage
climate control components such as
the electric A/C compressor and the
electric heater (Energi vehicles only).
Other includes all power being used by
the low voltage accessories (cabin
fans, headlights, heated seats, etc.).
•Coolant Temp – Indicates engine
coolant temperature. At normal
operating temperature, the level
indicator will be white and will be in the
normal range (between H and C). If the
engine coolant temperature exceeds
the normal range, the level indicator
will change to red to indicate that the
engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle
as soon as safely possible, turn your
vehicle off and let the engine cool.
•Tach rpm x 1000 — When the gasoline
engine is running, the tachometer
gauge displays the engine speed in
revolutions per minute (RPM). When
your vehicle is operating on battery
power only with the engine off, EV
displays and the tachometer is greyed
out.
Note: The trip data, and average fuel
economy cannot be reset in MyView.
Miles (or km)/Full Charge (Energi only)
In Hybrid Mode the display changes to Fuel
Economy. Miles or Kilometers per Full
Charge is an estimate of your EV Range
with a fully charged battery.
This display is only available in Plug-in
Power Mode.
Average Miles or Kilometers per Full
Charge is provided along with an
Instantaneous gauge. This information is
based on your energy usage while driving.
Energy usage is affected by your driving
style and route, climate control use,
outside temperature and other factors. For
more information refer to Next Full Charge.
See Gauges (page 84).
When you select EV Now operation this
screen will automatically be shown. You
can press OK to enable the engine when
viewing this screen during EV Now
operation. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle
Operation (page 137).
95
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Fuel Economy (Energi only)
This display is only available in Hybrid
Mode. In Plug-in Power Mode the display
changes to Miles (or km)/Full Charge.
An Instant Fuel Economy gauge is provided
along with Avg Fuel Economy. While
viewing this screen you can reset your
average fuel economy by pressing and
holding the OK button on the left hand
steering wheel controls. For more
information see Common Displays in this
chapter.
Trip 1 & 2
Provides trip odometer, trip average fuel
economy and trip timer.
Distance traveled on battery power only
with the engine off is shown in blue next
to total trip distance.
For Energi vehicles total plug-in electricity
used in kilowatt hours (kWh) is shown in
blue next to trip average fuel economy.
Info
E144642
In this mode, you can view
different vehicle system
information and perform a
system check.
Information
Displays a number of different system tutorials. Use the up/down
arrows to scroll through the tutorials. Then press OK to view.
Tutorial
MyKeys (Number of MyKeys programmed)MyKey
MyKey Miles (km) (Distance traveled using a programmed MyKey)
Admin Keys (Number of admin keys)
All active warnings will display first if applicable. The system check
menu may appear different based upon equipment options and
current vehicle status. Use the up/down arrow buttons to scroll
through the list.
System Check
Settings
E100023
In this mode, you can configure
different driver setting choices.
Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.
Note: Some MyKey items will only appear if a MyKey is set.
96
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Settings
Menu level 6Menu level 5Menu level 4Menu level 3Menu level 2
—On or OffTraction CtrlDriver Assist
—On or OffBlindspot
—On or OffCross Traffic
—On or Off
ECO Cruise 1
—On or OffEV+ Mode
—On or OffRear Park Aid
—Hold OK to
Reset
Tire Monitor
—On or OffAuto Engine
Off
Vehicle
On or OffAuto Light
Rain
Lighting
On or OffDaytime
Lights
Select time intervalHome Light
Auto or Last
Settings
Heater - A/CClimate
Control
Remote Start
Auto or OffFront Defrost
Auto or OffRear Defrost
Auto or OffDriver Seat
Auto or OffPassenger Seat
5, 10 or 15 minutesDuration
On or OffQuiet Start
Enable or DisableSystem
—Select
number of
years
Tire Mobility
Kit
—Hold OK to
Create MyKey
Create MyKeyMyKey
97
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Settings
—Always On or
User Select-
able
Traction
Control
—Choose
desired speed
or off
Max Speed
—Choose
desired speed
or off
Speed
Warning
—On or OffVolume
Limiter
—Hold OK to
Clear All
MyKeys
Clear MyKeys
—Select the
desired
language
LanguageDisplay
Select the desired units of measureDistanceUnits
Fahrenheit (°F) or Celsius (°C)Temperature
—On or OffBrake Coach
—On or OffBattery
Display
—On or OffRegen Display
—Hold OK to
Reset
Driving History
1 Energi only.
98
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Right Information Display Controls
E179398
•Press the up and down arrow buttons
to scroll through and highlight the
options within a menu.
•Press the right arrow button to enter a
sub-menu.
•Press the left arrow button to exit a
menu.
•Press the OK button to choose and
confirm your selection.
Main menu
From the main menu bar on the right side
of the information display, you can choose
from the following categories:
Entertainment
See your SYNC information.
Navigation or Compass
See your SYNC information.
Phone
See your SYNC information.
Fuel Economy
Use the up or down arrow buttons to
choose between the following display
options.
Note: The information display will remember the menu level 2 state when you change the
individual key state from the RUN to the OFF position.
Fuel Economy
Menu level 5Menu level 4Menu level 3Menu level 2
——HelpEfficiency Leaves
—5, 10 or 30 minutesDurationFuel History
(Instantaneous Fuel
Economy + Fuel
Economy History + Avg
Fuel Economy)
——Help
——HelpCoach
99
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Efficiency Leaves
Efficiency leaves indicate short term driving
efficiency measured over the last few
minutes. The more leaves and vines that
appear on the display, the better your fuel
economy. Leaves and vines will
occasionally appear and disappear to
indicate a change in your driving efficiency.
Fuel History
From left to right this view includes an
instantaneous fuel economy gauge,
historical fuel economy data and average
fuel economy. The historical data
represents an average over time intervals
of either 1, 2 or 6 minutes, with the leftmost
interval being the most recent. Shown at
the bottom of the view is the total time
duration for the 5 intervals. You can select
total duration in the options menu.
Intervals shown in grey color are from the
previous drive. The blue horizontal line
represents the average fuel economy value
shown to the right.
Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and
average fuel economy.
Coach
This view provides a comparison of your
recent acceleration, braking and cruising
behavior, then recommends the most
efficient use of energy under present
conditions. The horizontal bars fill from left
to right with best behavior and appear blue
when at least half full. When the bars are
less than half full, the color is amber,
suggesting that you need a change in your
driving behavior to achieve better energy
efficiency.
Note: Fuel Economy will be impacted by
your use of brakes, accelerator and
accessories, as well as environmental
conditions such as hills and weather.
Note: Fuel economy is not always a
measure of appropriate driving behavior. For
example, when driving uphill and
maintaining an appropriate speed, your
instant fuel economy may not be good
(losing leaves) but the Coach may show a
blue bar for Acceleration and Cruising.
Common Displays
Both Average fuel economy and an
instantaneous fuel economy gauge are
included in Engage, Empower, MyView (if
selected) and Fuel Economy (shown in
Hybrid Mode) on the left information
display. They are also included in Fuel
History on the right information display.
Average Fuel Economy
Average Fuel Economy is continuously
averaged since the last reset. You can reset
your average fuel economy by pressing and
holding the OK button on the
corresponding steering wheel controls. For
Energi vehicles both Hybrid and Plug-in
Power mode operation will be included in
the calculation.
Note: Average fuel economy cannot be
reset in MyView.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
If your instantaneous fuel economy is
greater than the maximum value
displayed, a + sign will be shown next to
the maximum scale number. When your
vehicle is operating on battery power only,
EV will display and the gauge fill will show
in blue.
100
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on the vehicle options
equipped with your vehicle, not all of the
messages display or are available. Certain
messages may be abbreviated or shortened
depending upon which cluster type you
have.
E130248
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. Other messages are
be removed automatically after a short
time.
Certain messages need to be confirmed
before you can access the menus.
AdvanceTrac®
ActionMessage
Displayed when the system has detected a condition that
requires service. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
Service AdvanceTrac
Alarm
ActionMessage
Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthor-
ized entry. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page 67).
Vehicle Alarm To Stop
Alarm, Start Vehicle.
101
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Battery and Charging System (High Voltage)
ActionMessage
Your vehicle needs confirmation it is unplugged before
allowing a start. You must make sure your vehicle is unplugged
and you respond to the message prompt before starting your
vehicle.
Vehicle Plugged In ? Yes
No
Your vehicle detects it is still plugged in and you attempt to
start it.
Unplug Prior to Starting
Vehicle
Your vehicle is ready to drive.Ready to Drive
Your vehicle is ready to drive. You have XXX% plug-in energy
available.
Ready to Drive XXX%
Charged
You selected EV Now mode with the EV button.EV Now Battery
Powered
You selected EV Later mode with the EV button.EV Later XX% Plug-in
Energy Reserved
You selected Auto EV mode with the EV button.Auto EV Normal Opera-
tion
EV Now is unavailable.EV Now Not Available
Your vehicle enables the engine due to the climate control
defrost setting. This is normal operation.
Engine Enabled Due to
Defrost Setting
Your vehicle enables the engine for system performance. This
is normal operation.
Engine Enabled for
System Performance
You can press OK to enable the engine temporarily for
increased performance when in EV Now mode.
Press OK to Enable
Engine
102
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System
ActionMessage
A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Blindspot System Fault
The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Informa-
tion System (page 179).
Blindspot Not Available
Sensor Blocked See
Manual
The system detects a vehicle. See Blind Spot Information
System (page 179).
Vehicle Coming From X
The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert
system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information
System (page 179).
Cross Traffic Not Avail-
able Sensor Blocked See
Manual
A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Cross Traffic System
Fault
Doors
ActionMessage
Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed and
the vehicle is moving.
X Door Ajar
Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed.
Displays when the liftgate is not completely closed.Liftgate Ajar
Fuel
ActionMessage
An early reminder of a low fuel condition.Fuel Level Low
Displays if the fuel fill inlet is not properly closed.Check Fuel Fill Inlet
EV functionality is disabled and the engine is running to
maintain fuel freshness. See Fuel Quality (page 143).
Fuel Freshness Engine
may run to maintain fuel
freshness
Wait for up to 15 seconds while the fuel system depressurizes.Fuel Door Opening
103
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The fuel system has finished depressurizing and you can begin
to refuel.
Fuel Door Open
A reminder to close the fuel door.Close Fuel Door
There is an error in attempting to refill your vehicle.Refuel Error See Manual
Hill Start Assist
ActionMessage
Displays when hill start assist is not available. Contact your
authorized dealer. See Hill Start Assist (page 163).
Hill Start Assist Not
Available
Keys and Intelligent Access
ActionMessage
This message is displayed when there is a problem with your
vehicle’s starting system. See your authorized dealer for
service.
Starting System Fault
Displays to remind you that the key is in the luggage
compartment.
Key Inside vehicle
Displays if the key is not detected by the system.Key Not Inside vehicle
Displayed if the key is not detected by the system.No Key Detected
Displayed when the start/stop button is pressed to shut off
the engine and a Intelligent Access Key is not detected inside
the vehicle.
Restart Now or Key is
Needed
Displayed when the vehicle is in the Accessory ignition state.Accessory Power is
Active
Displayed as a reminder to press the brake while starting the
vehicle.
To START Press Brake
Displayed as a reminder to apply the brake and push the start
button to start the vehicle.
Press Brake + Start
Button
Displayed as needed by the system for proper function.Place Key in Backup
Location
104
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
Displayed during spare key programming, when an intelligent
access key is programmed to the system.
Key Programmed x Keys
Total
Displayed during spare key programming when the maximum
number of keys have been programmed.
Max Number of Keys
Learned
Displayed when an attempt is made to program a spare key
using two existing MyKeys.
Could Not Program
Integrated Key
Informs you that upon exiting your vehicle that the vehicle is
still on.
Vehicle is ON
Maintenance
ActionMessage
Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible, turn off the engine.
Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to
come on with your engine running, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Low Engine Oil Pressure
Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10% or less.
See Engine Oil Check (page 226).
Change Engine Oil Soon
Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0%. See Engine Oil
Check (page 226).
Oil Change Required
Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system
should be inspected immediately. See Brake Fluid Check
(page 232).
Brake Fluid Level Low
Displays when the brake system needs servicing. Stop the
vehicle in a safe place. Contact your authorized dealer.
Check Brake System
Displays when the engine coolant temperature is excessively
high.
Engine Coolant Over
Temperature
Displays when the motor coolant temperature is excessively
high.
Motor Coolant Over
Temperature
Displayed when the kit needs service. See your authorized
dealer.
Service Tire Mobility Kit
Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due to a
powertrain malfunction.
See Manual
Displays when EV functionality is disabled and the engine is
running to maintain oil quality.
Engine ON Due to Low
Use Normal Operation
105
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
MyKey
ActionMessage
Displayed during key programming when MyKey cannot be
programmed.
MyKey not Created
Displays when MyKey is active.MyKey Active Drive
Safely
Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is
on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph (130 km/h).
Near Vehicle Top Speed
Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is
reached.
Vehicle at Top Speed of
MyKey Setting
Displays when MyKey is active.Check Speed Drive
Safely
Displays when a MyKey is in use and Belt-Minder is activated.Buckle Up to Unmute
Audio
Displays when a MyKey is in use and Traction control is
activated.
Traction Control On -
MyKey Setting
Displays when a MyKey is in use and park aid is activated.MyKey Park Aid Cannot
be Deactivated
Park Aid
ActionMessage
Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires service. Contact your authorized dealer. See Prin-
ciple of Operation (page 168).
Check Park Aid
Displays the park aid status.Rear Park Aid On Off
Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires attention. See Principle of Operation (page 168).
Check Rear Park Aid
Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires attention. See Principle of Operation (page 168).
Check Front Park Aid
Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires service. Contact your authorized dealer. See Prin-
ciple of Operation (page 168).
Park Aid Fault
106
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Park Brake
ActionMessage
Displays when the parking brake is set, the engine is running
and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the
warning stays on after the parking brake is released, contact
your authorized dealer.
Park Brake Engaged
Power Steering
ActionMessage
The power steering system has detected a condition that
requires service. See your authorized dealer.
Steering Fault Service
Now
The power steering system is not working. Stop the vehicle a
safe place. Contact your authorized dealer.
Steering Loss Stop
Safely
Remote Start
ActionMessage
Displayed when the remote start system is active.Remote Start Active
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
ActionMessage
Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire
pressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 276).
Tire Pressure Low
Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is
malfunctioning. If the warning stays on or continues to come
on, contact your authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 276).
Tire Pressure Monitor
Fault
Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning, or
your spare tire is in use. See Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (page 276). If the warning stays on or continues to
come on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Tire Pressure Sensor
Fault
107
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Transmission
ActionMessage
Displays as a reminder to shift into park.Transmission Not in Park
108
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
E222398
AUTO: Press to switch on automatic operation. Adjust to select the desired
temperature. Fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and outside
or recirculated air are automatically adjusted to heat or cool the vehicle to
maintain the desired temperature. You can also switch off dual zone mode by
pressing and holding for more than two seconds.
A
Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.B
Climate control display: Shows the temperature settings and fan speed.C
Air distribution control: Press to switch airflow from the windshield,
instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. You can distribute air through any
combination of these vents.
D
Heated rear window: Press to switch the heated rear window on and off. See
Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 112).
E
A/C: Press to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning cools your
vehicle using outside air. Use A/C with recirculated air to improve performance
and efficiency.
F
Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is
switched off.
Passenger temperature control: Adjust the temperature setting on the
passenger side.
G
Recirculated air: Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The
air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the
time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and reduce unwanted
odors from entering your vehicle.
H
109
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
Note: Recirculated air may turn on and off automatically (or prevent you from
switching on) in all modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk of fogging or to
improve cooling efficiency.
Heated seats: Press to switch the heated seats on and off. See Heated Seats
(page 120).
I
MAX A/C: Press for maximum cooling. The driver and passenger settings set
to LO, recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning
automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
J
MAX Defrost: Press to switch on defrost. The driver and passenger settings
set to HI, outside air flows through the windshield vents, and fan automatically
adjusts to the highest speed. You can also use this setting to defrost and clear
the windshield of a thin covering of ice. The heated rear window also
automatically turns on when you select maximum defrost.
K
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.
Power: Press to switch the system on and off. When the system is off, it
prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.
L
Driver temperature control: Adjust the temperature setting on the driver side.
This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when you switch off
dual zone mode.
M
Temperature Control
E183686
You can set a temperature between 60°F
(15.5°C) and 85°F (29.5°C). If you select
LO, the system is set to permanent cooling.
If you select HI, the system is set to
permanent heating.
Note: If you select LO or HI, the system
does not maintain a stable temperature.
Single Zone Temperature Control
In this mode, the climate control system
links the temperature settings for both the
driver’s side and passenger’s side. If you
adjust the setting using the rotary control
on the driver’s side, the system adjusts the
temperature to the same setting on the
passenger’s side.
To switch back to single zone control from
dual zone, press and hold AUTO for a few
seconds. The passenger’s side temperature
switches to the driver’s side temperature
setting.
110
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
Dual Zone Temperature Control
Select a temperature for the passenger’s
side using the rotary control on the
passenger’s side. Single zone temperature
control automatically switches off. The
temperature on the driver’s side remains
unchanged. You can now adjust the driver’s
side and passenger’s side temperatures
independently. The display shows the
temperature settings for each side.
Smart Zone
If there is not an occupant in the front
passenger seat, the climate control system
may default to single zone in order to
improve fuel economy (if you were
previously in dual zone operation). When
this occurs, dual zone turns off and the
passenger set point changes to match the
driver's set point.
Press the dual zone button or adjust the
passenger set point normally if dual zone
operation is desired without a passenger
present. The system remains in dual zone
operation until you switch the vehicle off.
The Smart Zone feature can be disabled
(and re-enabled) by pressing and holding
the dual zone button. Both set point
displays begin flashing to signify that the
feature is disabled. The system returns to
previous state after the dual zone button
is released.
To re-enable the Smart Zone feature:
Press and hold the dual zone button for
more than four seconds. Only the driver's
set point display will begin flashing to
signify that the feature is re-enabled. The
climate control system returns to the
previous state after the dual zone button
is released.
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE
General Hints
WARNING
Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up. If the
windows fog up, follow the settings
for demisting the windshield.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.
Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from
the air intake area at the base of the
windshield.
Note: To improve the time to reach a
comfortable temperature in hot weather,
drive with the windows open until you feel
cold air through the air vents.
Note: Clean the inside glass surfaces
regularly using recommended glass cleaner.
Small dirt particles on the glass may
increase the incidence of fog.
In mild weather, you can improve your fuel
economy when using the climate control
system by using outside air instead of air
conditioning:
•Turn the temperature control knob so
the interior temperature is set to LO.
•Set the air distribution to instrument
panel or floor (or both).
•Press A/C to turn the air conditioning
off.
111
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
•Press the recirculated air button so
fresh air enters the vehicle.
•Press the fan button until the fan is at
its lowest setting.
Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your
vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
not necessary. The system automatically
adjusts to heat or cool the interior to your
selected temperature as quickly as possible.
For the system to function efficiently, the
instrument panel and side air vents should
be fully open.
Note: If you select AUTO during cold
outside temperatures, the system directs
airflow to the windshield and side window
vents. In addition, the fan may run at a
slower speed until the engine warms up.
Note: If you select AUTO during hot outside
temperatures, or when the inside of the
vehicle is hot, the system automatically uses
recirculated air to maximize interior cooling.
When the interior reaches the selected
temperature, the system automatically
switches to using outside air.
Heating the Interior Quickly
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.
Defrosting and Defogging the
Windows Quickly
Press the MAX defrost button.
Recommended Settings for
Heating
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
Cooling the Interior Quickly
Press the MAX A/C button.
Recommended Settings for
Cooling
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather
1. Press the defrost and panel buttons.
2. Select A/C.
3. Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
4. Adjust the fan speed to a high speed
setting.
5. Direct the outer instrument panel air
vents toward the side windows.
6. To increase the airflow to the outer
instrument panel vents, close the air
vents in the middle of the instrument
panel and in the rear of the center
console.
HEATED WINDOWS AND
MIRRORS
Heated Rear Window
Note: Make sure the vehicle is running
before operating the heated windows.
E72507
Press the button to clear the
heated rear window of thin ice
and fog. The heated rear
window will automatically turn off after a
short period of time.
112
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
E72507
When you switch the heated rear
window on, the heated exterior
mirrors will automatically turn
on.
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.
CABIN AIR FILTER
The cabin air filter is under the instrument
panel in the passenger footwell area.
The system filters airborne particles such
as dust, spores and pollen in the air
supplied to and recirculated in the interior
of your vehicle.
Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. Running the system
without a filter in place could degrade or
damage the system.
Your vehicle cabin air filter gives you and
your passengers the following benefits:
•It improves your driving comfort by
reducing particle concentration.
•It improves the interior compartment
cleanliness.
•It protects the climate control
components from particle deposits.
Change the air filter element at the proper
intervals.
For additional cabin air filter information,
or to replace the filter, see an authorized
dealer.
REMOTE START (If Equipped)
You can switch this feature on or off and
adjust the settings using the information
display.
The system adjusts the interior
temperature depending on your chosen
settings during remote start.
You cannot adjust the climate control
setting during remote start operation.
When you switch the ignition on, the
climate control system will return to the
previous settings. You can now make
adjustments.
You can switch on certain
vehicle-dependent features when needed,
such as:
•Heated seats.
•Cooled seats.
•Heated steering wheel.
•Heated mirrors.
•Heated rear window.
Automatic Settings
In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). The cooled seats are set to high
(if available, and selected to AUTO in the
information display).
In moderate weather, the system either
heats or cools (based on previous
settings). The rear defroster, heated
mirrors and heated or cooled seats do not
automatically turn on.
In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). The heated seats are set to high
(if available, and selected to AUTO in the
information display). The heated rear
window and heated mirrors automatically
turn on.
113
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNINGS
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
Do not recline the seatback as this
can cause the occupant to slide
under the safety belt, resulting in
serious injury in the event of a crash.
Do not place objects higher than the
seatback to reduce the risk of serious
injury in the event of a crash or during
heavy braking.
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, safety belt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
•Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
•Do not recline the seatback more than
30 degrees.
•Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
•Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in
(25 cm) between your breastbone and
the airbag cover.
•Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
•Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
•Position the shoulder strap of the
safety belt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS
Fully adjust the head restraint before
you sit in or operate your vehicle. This
will help minimize the risk of neck
injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust
the head restraint when your vehicle is
moving.
The head restraint is a safety device.
Whenever possible it should be
installed and properly adjusted when
the seat is occupied. An improperly
adjusted head restraint may not
adequately protect an occupant during an
impact from the rear.
114
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
WARNINGS
Install the head restraint properly to
help minimize the risk of neck injury
in the event of a crash.
Note: Adjust the seatback to an upright
driving position before adjusting the head
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that
the top of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to
its highest position.
Front seat head restraint
E138642
Rear center seat head restraint
E138645
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and unlock
button.
C
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
D
Adjusting the Head Restraint
Raising the Head Restraint
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Pull the head restraint up until it
reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D.
3. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
115
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
Rear Seat Outboard Head Restraints
E162605
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
C
Fold button.D
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold buttons C.
2. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
Folding the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button D.
2. Pull it back up to reset.
Tilting Head Restraints
The front head restraints tilt for extra
comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the
following:
E144727
1. Adjust the seatback to an upright
driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward
your head to the desired position.
After the head restraint reaches the
forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward
again to release it to the rearward, un-tilted
position.
MANUAL SEATS
WARNING
Do not adjust the driver seat or seat
backrest when your vehicle is
moving. This may result in sudden
seat movement, causing the loss of control
of your vehicle.
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
WARNING
Make sure that the seats and the
seat backrests are secure and fully
locked in their catches.
116
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
E162375
Recline Adjustment
WARNING
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seat backrest before
returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure that
it has fully latched after returning the seat
backrest to its original position. An
unlatched seat may become dangerous if
you stop suddenly or have a crash.
E163872
POWER SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver's seat or
seatback when your vehicle is
moving. Adjusting your seatback
while your vehicle is in motion may cause
loss of control of your vehicle.
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seatback before returning
it to the original position.
117
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
E138647
118
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
Power Lumbar (If Equipped)
E138648
REAR SEATS
E155554
Folding the Seatback
1. With the seat empty, press the button
on the outboard side of each rear
outboard headrest to fold them. Make
sure the rear center headrest is in the
full down position.
2. Pull the lever up on the outboard side
of the seat to fold the seat.
Unfolding the Seatback
Rotate the seatback upward until the
seatback latches to return the seat to the
upright position.
119
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
HEATED SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain
to their skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal
cord injury, medication, alcohol use,
exhaustion or other physical conditions,
must exercise care when using the heated
seat. The heated seat may cause burns
even at low temperatures, especially if
used for long periods of time. Do not place
anything on the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This
may cause the heated seat to overheat.
Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles
or other pointed objects. This may damage
the heating element which may cause the
heated seat to overheat. An overheated
seat may cause serious personal injury.
Do not do the following:
•Place heavy objects on the seat.
•Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow
the seat to dry thoroughly.
•Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. Doing so can cause
the battery to lose charge.
E146941
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
Warmer settings are indicated by more
indicator lights.
REAR SEAT ARMREST (If Equipped)
E138656
Fold the armrest down to use the armrest
and cupholder.
120
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
HomeLink Wireless Control
System
WARNINGS
Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from
obstruction when you are
programming. Do not program the system
with the vehicle in the garage.
Do not use the system with any
garage door opener that does not
have the safety stop and reverse
feature as required by U.S. Federal Safety
Standards (this includes any garage door
opener manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door opener which cannot detect
an object, signaling the door to stop and
reverse, does not meet current federal
safety standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features increases
the risk of serious injury or death.
Note: Make sure you keep the original
remote control transmitter for use in other
vehicles as well as for future system
programming.
Note: We recommend that upon the sale
or lease termination of your vehicle, you
erase the programmed function buttons for
security reasons. See Erasing the Function
Button Codes.
Note: You can program a maximum of
three devices. To change or replace any of
the three devices after it has been initially
programmed, you must first erase the
current settings. See Erasing the Function
Button Codes.
E142657
The universal garage door opener replaces
the common hand-held garage door
opener with a three-button transmitter
that is integrated into the driver’s sun visor.
The system includes two primary features,
a garage door opener and a platform for
remote activation of devices within the
home. As well as being programmed for
garage doors, the system transmitter can
be programmed to operate entry gate
operators, security systems, entry door
locks and home or office lighting.
Additional system information can be
found online at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or
by calling the toll-free help line on
1-800-355-3515.
In-Vehicle Programming
This process is to program your hand-held
transmitter and your in-vehicle HomeLink
button.
Note: The programming steps below
assume you will be programming HomeLink
that was not previously programmed.
Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held
transmitter. This will ensure quicker training
and accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
121
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
E142658
1. With your vehicle parked outside of the
garage, turn your ignition to the on
position, but do not start your vehicle.
2. Hold your hand-held garage door
transmitter 2–6 in (5–14 cm) away
from the HomeLink button you want
to program.
3. Using both hands, simultaneously,
press and hold the desired HomeLink
button and the hand-held transmitter
button. DO NOT release either one until
the HomeLink indicator light flashes
slowly and then rapidly. When the
indicator light flashes rapidly, both
buttons may be released. The rapid
flashing indicates successful training.
Note: You may need to use a different
method if you live in Canada or have
difficulties programming your gate operator
or garage door opener. See Gate Operator
/ Canadian Programming.
4. Press and hold the HomeLink button
you programmed for two seconds, then
release. You may need to do this twice
to activate the door. If your garage door
does not operate, watch the HomeLink
indicator light.
If the indicator light stays on, the
programming is complete. No further
action is needed.
If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2
seconds and then turns to a constant light,
the HomeLink button is not programmed
yet. See Programming Your Garage Door
Opener Motor.
To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1 – 4.
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or
1-800-355-3515.
Programming Your Garage Door
Opener Motor
Note: You may need a ladder to reach the
unit and you may need to remove the cover
or lamp lens on your garage door opener.
E142659
1. Press the learn button on the garage
door opener motor and then you have
30 seconds to complete the next two
steps.
2. Return to your vehicle.
E142658
3. Press and hold the function button you
want to program for 2 seconds, then
release. Repeat this step. Depending
on your brand of garage door opener,
you may need to repeat this sequence
a third time.
122
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
Gate Operator / Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission –
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian law,
some U.S. gate operators are designed to
“time-out” in the same manner.
Note: If programming a garage door opener
or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the
device during the “cycling” process to
prevent possible overheating.
1. Press and hold the HomeLink button
while you press and release,every two
seconds, your hand-held transmitter
until the HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapidly
blinking light.
2. Release both the HomeLink and
hand-held transmitter buttons.
3. Continue programing HomeLink. See
In-Vehicle Programming.
Erasing the Function Button Codes
Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.
E142660
1. Press and hold the outer two function
buttons simultaneously for
approximately 20 seconds until the
indicator lights above the buttons flash
rapidly.
2. When the indicator lights flash, release
the buttons. The codes for all buttons
are erased.
Reprogramming a Single Button
To program a device to a previously trained
button, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired button. Do
NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
button, follow Step 1 in the
Programming section.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or
1-800-355-3515.
Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2
Garage Door Opener
Note: The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter
must already be programmed to operate
with the garage door opener.
Note: To program HomeLink to the
transmitter you must first put the
transmitter into programming mode.
123
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
BA
E142661
Red indicator lightA.
Green indicator lightB.
1. Press and hold one of the buttons on
the hand-held transmitter for 10
seconds. The indicator light will change
from green to red and green.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm
the change to programming mode. If
done properly the indicator light will
appear red.
3. Hold the transmitter within 1–3 inches
(2–8 centimeters) of the button on the
visor you want to program.
4. Press and hold both the programmed
Genie button on the hand-held
transmitter and the button you want
to program. The indicator light on the
visor will flash rapidly when the
programming is successful.
Note: The Genie transmitter will transmit
for up to 30 seconds. If HomeLink does not
program within 30 seconds the Genie
transmitter will need to be pressed again. If
the Genie transmitter indicator light displays
green and red, release the button until the
indicator light turns off before pressing the
button again.
Once HomeLink has been programmed
successfully, the Genie transmitter must
be changed out of program mode. To do
this:
1. Press and hold the previously
programmed Genie button on the
hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds.
The indicator light will change from red
to red and green.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm
the change. If done correctly the
indicator light will turn green.
Programming HomeLink to the Genie
Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor
Note: You may need a ladder to access the
garage door opener motor.
E142662
1. Press and hold the program button on
the garage door opener motor until
both blue indicator lights turn on.
2. Release the program button. Only the
smaller round indicator light should be
on.
3. Press and release the program button.
The larger purple indicator light will
flash.
Note: The next two steps must be
completed in 30 seconds.
4. Press and release the Genie Intellicode
2 hand-held transmitter’s previously
programmed button. Both indicator
lights on the garage door opener motor
unit should now flash purple.
124
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
5. Press and hold the previously
programmed button on the visor for 2
seconds. Repeat this step up to 3 times
until the garage door moves.
Programming is now complete.
Clearing a HomeLink Device
To erase programming from the three
HomeLink buttons press and hold the two
outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator
light begins to flash. The indicator light will
begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds, at which
time both buttons should be released.
Programming has now been erased, and
the indicator light should blink slowly to
indicate the device is in train mode when
any of the three HomeLink buttons are
pressed.
FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada
Compliance
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Changes or modifications to your device
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance can void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
125
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNINGS
Do not plug optional electrical
accessories into the cigar lighter
socket. Incorrect use of the cigar
lighter can cause damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire
or serious injury.
Do not use a power point for
operating a cigar lighter. Incorrect
use of the power points can cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty, and can result in fire or serious
injury.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 15 amps.
If the power supply does not work after you
switch the ignition off, switch the ignition
on.
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the
accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or
a fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
will damage the power point and blow the
fuse.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
•Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is not
running.
•Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
Locations
Power points may be in the following
locations:
•On the front of the center console.
•Inside the center console.
•Inside the luggage compartment.
110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped)
WARNING
Do not keep electrical devices
plugged in the power point whenever
the device is not in use. Do not use
any extension cord with the 110 volt AC
power point, since it will defeat the safety
protection design. Doing so may cause the
power point to overload due to powering
multiple devices that can reach beyond
the 150 watt load limit and could result in
fire or serious injury.
Note: The power point will turn off when
the ignition is switched off or the battery
voltage drops below 11 volts.
Use the power point for powering electric
devices that require up to 150 watts. It is
on the rear of the center console.
E193395
Note: Depending on your vehicle, the power
point cover may open to the right or upward.
126
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
When the indicator light on the power point
is:
•On: The power point is working, the
ignition is on and a device is plugged
in.
•Off: The power point is off, the ignition
is off or no device is plugged in.
•Flashing: The power point is in fault
mode.
The power outlet temporarily turns off
power when in fault mode if the device
exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your
device and switch the ignition off. Switch
the ignition back on, but do not plug your
device back in. Let the system cool off and
switch the ignition off to reset the fault
mode. Switch the ignition back on and
make sure the indicator light remains on.
Do not use the power point for certain
electric devices, including:
•Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions.
•Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
electric saws and other electric power
tools or compressor-driven
refrigerators.
•Measuring devices, which process
precise data, such as medical
equipment or measuring equipment.
•Other appliances requiring an
extremely stable power supply such as
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets or touch-sensor lamps.
127
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
CENTER CONSOLE
Stow items in the cup holder carefully as
items may become loose during hard
braking, acceleration or crashes, including
hot drinks which may spill.
Available console features include:
AB
C
E142433
Cup holder.A
Storage compartment with
auxiliary power point, USB port
and media hub.
B
Auxiliary power point.C
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
E131605
Press near the rear edge of the door to
open it.
128
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Storage Compartments
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine
speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or
other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
Do not start the vehicle in a closed
garage or in other enclosed areas.
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
vehicle.
If you smell exhaust fumes inside
your vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer
immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if
you smell exhaust fumes.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 mi
(8 km) after you reconnect it. This is
because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You can
disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start your vehicle, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal until the ready to
drive indicator illuminates. Only use the
accelerator pedal when you have difficulty
starting your vehicle.
IGNITION SWITCH
E72128
0 (off) - The ignition is off.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and
leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in
the ignition. This could cause your vehicle
battery to lose charge.
I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
accessories, such as the radio, to operate
while the engine is not running.
Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this
position for too long. This could cause your
vehicle battery to lose charge.
II (on) - All electrical circuits are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
III (start) - starts the vehicle into Ready to
Drive mode (indicated by the green "Ready
to Drive" icon on the instrument cluster).
KEYLESS STARTING (If Equipped)
Note: The keyless starting system may not
function if the key is close to metal objects
or electronic devices such as cellular
phones.
Note: A valid key must be located inside
your vehicle to switch the ignition on and
start the vehicle.
129
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Ignition Modes
E142555
The keyless starting system has three
modes:
•Off: Turns the ignition off.
•Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once
when the ignition is in the on mode,
or when the vehicle is on but not
moving.
•On: All electrical circuits are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
•Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
•Start: Starts the vehicle into Ready to
Drive mode (indicated by the green
"Ready to Drive" icon on the instrument
cluster). The engine may not start
when the vehicle starts.
•Press the brake pedal, and then
press the button until the vehicle
turns on.
STARTING A GASOLINE
ENGINE
When the engine starts for the first time
on your drive, the idle speed increases, this
helps to warm up the engine. If the engine
idle speed does not slow down
automatically, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized dealer.
Before starting your vehicle, check the
following:
•Make sure all occupants have fastened
their seatbelts.
•Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
•Make sure the parking brake is on.
•Make sure the transmission is in park
(P) or neutral (N).
•Switch the ignition key to position II. If
your vehicle is equipped with a keyless
ignition, see the following instructions.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully press the brake pedal. If your
vehicle is equipped with a manual
transmission, fully press the clutch
pedal.
2. Turn the key to position III to start the
engine.
Note: The engine may continue cranking
for up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: If the engine does not start within 10
seconds, wait for a short period and try
again.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Press the button.
130
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: The green ready indicator illuminates
letting you know that the vehicle is ready
for driving. Since your vehicle is equipped
with a silent key start, the engine may not
start at the time of the vehicle start. See
Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 135).
The system does not function if:
•The key frequencies are jammed.
•The key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start the vehicle, do
the following:
3-button remote
E145988
5-button remote
E142874
1. Hold the key next to the steering
column as shown.
2. With the key in this position, you can
use the start button to switch the
ignition on and start your vehicle.
Fast Restart
The fast restart feature allows you to
restart the vehicle within 20 seconds of
switching it off, even if a valid key is not
present.
Within 20 seconds of switching the vehicle
off, press the brake pedal and press the
button. After 20 seconds have expired, you
can no longer restart the vehicle without
the key present inside your vehicle.
Once the vehicle has started, it remains
running until you press the button, even if
the system does not detect a valid key. If
you open and close a door while the vehicle
is running, the system searches for a valid
key. You cannot restart the vehicle if the
system does not detect a valid key within
20 seconds.
Switching Off the Vehicle When It
Is Stationary
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. For vehicles with automatic
transmission, shift into park (P). For
vehicles with manual transmission,
shift into neutral (N).
2. Turn the key to position 0.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Move the transmission selector lever
to position P.
2. Press the button once.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: This switches off the ignition, all
electrical circuits, warning lamps and
indicators.
131
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Switching Off the Vehicle When It
Is Moving
WARNING
Switching off the engine when the
vehicle is still moving will result in a
loss of brake and steering assistance.
The steering will not lock, but higher effort
will be required. When the ignition is
switched off, some electrical circuits,
including air bags, warning lamps and
indicators may also be off. If the ignition
was turned off accidentally, you can shift
into neutral (N) and re-start the engine.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, shift
into park (P) or neutral (N) and switch
the ignition off.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Move the transmission selector lever
to position N and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, move
the transmission selector lever to
position P.
3. Press and hold the button for one
second, or press it three times within
two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes
WARNING
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and leave it idling
for long periods, we recommend that you
do one of the following:
•Open the windows at least 1 in
(2.5 cm).
•Set your climate control to outside air.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If
Equipped)
WARNINGS
Failure to follow engine block heater
instructions could result in property
damage or serious personal injury.
Do not use your heater with
ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk
of electrical shock.
Do not fully close the hood, or allow
it to drop under its own weight when
using the engine block heater. This
could damage the power cable and may
cause an electrical short resulting in fire,
injury and property damage.
Note: The heater is most effective when
outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).
132
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
The heater acts as a starting aid by
warming the engine coolant. This allows
the climate control system to respond
quickly. The equipment includes a heater
element (installed in the engine block) and
a wire harness. You can connect the
system to a grounded 120-volt AC
electrical source.
We recommend that you do the following
for a safe and correct operation:
•Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by
Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or
Canadian Standards Association
(CSA). This extension cord must be
suitable for use outdoors, in cold
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
•Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
•Do not use multiple extension cords.
•Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could cause an electric
shock or fire.
•Make sure your vehicle is parked in a
clean area, clear of combustibles.
•Make sure the heater, heater cord and
extension cord are firmly connected.
•Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup once the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.
•Make sure the system is unplugged and
properly stowed before starting and
driving your vehicle. Make sure the
protective cover seals the prongs of the
block heater cord plug when not in use.
•Make sure the heater system is
checked for proper operation before
winter.
Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are
clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with
a dry cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
of energy per hour of use. The system does
not have a thermostat. It achieves
maximum temperature after
approximately three hours of operation.
Using the heater longer than three hours
does not improve system performance and
unnecessarily uses electricity.
AUTOMATIC ENGINE
SHUTDOWN
For vehicles with a keyless ignition, this
automatically shuts down your vehicle if
it has been idling for an extended period.
The ignition also turns off to save battery
power. Before your vehicle shuts down, a
message appears in the information
display showing a timer counting down. If
you do not intervene within 30 seconds,
your vehicle shuts down. Start your vehicle
as normal.
Automatic Engine Shutdown Override
Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic shutdown. When you switch
it off temporarily, it turns on at the next
ignition cycle.
133
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
You can stop the shutdown, or reset the
timer, at any point before the 30-second
countdown has expired by doing any of the
following:
•Interacting with your vehicle, for
example pressing the brake or
accelerator pedal.
•Disabling the shutdown using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 92).
•Pressing the OK or RESET button
during the 30-second countdown.
134
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION
This hybrid vehicle combines electric and
gasoline propulsion to provide
breakthrough performance and improved
efficiency.
Familiarizing yourself with these unique
characteristics will provide an optimal
driving experience from your new vehicle.
Note: You may notice higher engine speeds
upon start-up. This temporary condition is
normal and necessary to heat up the cabin
and minimize emissions.
Starting:
E144692
When you start your vehicle, a
green ready indicator light will
appear in the lower right portion
of the instrument cluster and a ready to
drive message will appear in the middle of
the left cluster screen, letting you know
that your vehicle is ready for driving.
The engine may not start because this
vehicle is equipped with silent key start.
This fuel saving feature allows your vehicle
to be ready–to–drive without requiring the
gas engine to be running. This indicator will
remain on while your vehicle is on, whether
the engine is running or not to indicate your
vehicle is capable of movement (using its
electric motor, engine, or both). Typically,
the engine will not start unless the vehicle
is cold, a climate control change is
requested, or the accelerator is pressed.
Driving:
The gas engine automatically starts and
stops to provide power when needed and
to save fuel when not needed. While
coasting at low speeds, coming to a stop,
or standing, the gas engine normally shuts
down and your vehicle operates in
electric-only mode.
Conditions that may cause the engine to
start up or remain running include:
•Considerable vehicle acceleration.
•Vehicle speed above 85 mph
(137 km/h). However, the maximum
speed for electric-only operation may
be lower while driving in hot
temperatures or on hilly terrain.
•Ascending a hill.
•Charge level of high voltage battery is
low.
•Very high or low outside temperature
(to provide system cooling or heating).
For Energi vehicles, climate control
demands by passengers may not
directly cause the engine to run. This
only occurs when the high voltage
battery charge is low, or if the outside
temperature is cold enough to require
the engine to provide additional heat
for the cabin.
•Engine not warm enough to provide
passenger requested cabin
temperature.
Stopping:
The gas engine may shut off to conserve
fuel as you come to a stop. Restarting your
vehicle is not required. Simply step on the
accelerator when you are ready to drive.
Transmission Operation:
Due to the technologically advanced,
electronically-controlled continuously
variable transaxle, you will not feel shift
changes like those of a non-hybrid vehicle.
Note: Since engine speed is controlled by
the transmission, it may seem elevated at
times. This is normal hybrid operation and
helps deliver fuel efficiency and
performance.
135
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Neutral:
It is not recommended to idle the vehicle
in neutral (N) for an extended period of
time because this will discharge your high
voltage battery and decrease fuel
economy. The engine will not start or stop,
and cannot provide power to the hybrid
system in neutral (N).
Low:
Low (L) is designed to mimic the enhanced
engine braking available in non-hybrid
vehicles. Low gear will produce high engine
speeds to provide necessary engine
braking. This is normal and will not damage
your vehicle. In low gear, the gas engine
will remain on more often than in drive (D).
Reverse:
In reverse (R), vehicle speed is limited to
22 mph (35 km/h).
Battery:
Your hybrid is equipped with a high voltage
battery. A cool battery maintains battery
life and provides the best possible
performance. The high voltage battery is
cooled by cabin air drawn from vent holes
in the trim panels behind the rear seats.
Avoid placing objects at the vent holes that
block airflow to the high voltage battery.
Engine:
The engine speed in your hybrid is not
directly tied to your vehicle speed. Your
vehicle's engine and transmission are
designed to deliver the power you need at
the most efficient engine speed. During
heavy accelerations, your hybrid may reach
high engine speeds (up to 6000 RPM).
In prolonged mountainous driving, you may
see the engine speed changing without
your input. This is intentional and maintains
the battery charge level. You may also
notice during extended downhill driving
that your engine continues to run instead
of shutting off.
During this engine braking, the engine stays
on, but it is not using any fuel. You may also
hear a slight whine or whistle when
operating your vehicle. This is the normal
operation of the electric generator in the
hybrid system.
During certain events (such as vehicle
servicing) your low voltage 12-volt battery
may become disconnected or disabled.
Once the battery is reconnected and after
driving the vehicle, the engine may
continue to operate for three to five
seconds after the key is turned to off. This
is a normal condition.
Braking:
Your hybrid is equipped with standard
hydraulic braking and regenerative braking.
Regenerative braking is performed by your
transmission and it captures brake energy
and stores it in your high voltage battery.
Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy
Note: Having your engine running is not
always an indication of inefficiency. In some
cases, it is actually more efficient than
driving in electric mode.
Your fuel economy should improve
throughout your hybrid's break-in period.
As with any vehicle, your driving habits and
accessory usage can significantly impact
your fuel economy. For best results, keep
in mind these tips:
136
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
•Keep the tires properly inflated and
only use the recommended size.
•Aggressive driving increases the
amount of energy required to move
your vehicle. In general, you can
achieve better fuel economy with mild
to moderate acceleration and
deceleration. Moderate braking is
particularly important since it allows
you to maximize the energy captured
by the regenerative braking system.
Additional Tips:
•Do not carry extra loads.
•Be mindful of adding external
accessories that may increase
aerodynamic drag.
•Observe posted speed limits.
•Perform all scheduled maintenance.
•There is no need to wait for your engine
to warm up. The vehicle is ready to
drive immediately after starting.
PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE
OPERATION
Plug-in Power Mode and Hybrid
Mode
You must plug in your Energi vehicle
regularly for optimal use of the high
voltage battery's extended range
capability. Charging your vehicle adds
electrical energy. This energy is used to
propel the vehicle in plug-in power mode.
Estimated electric range is shown in blue
next to gasoline range at the bottom of the
right information display. You can also
configure MyView to include detailed
vehicle range information. See Gauges
(page 84).
The system maximizes the use of
electric-only operation in plug-in power
mode. System conditions may require
engine operation; however, the system
uses plug-in power whenever possible.
When your plug-in power is depleted, the
powertrain system will automatically
switch to hybrid mode. Hybrid mode uses
both the gasoline engine and electric
motor to power your vehicle and maximize
fuel economy.
EV Modes
E144814
Your vehicle contains selectable
EV modes through the EV button
located on the center of the
instrument panel, below the climate
controls.
These modes are available when your
vehicle can run under high voltage battery
power. With your vehicle in driving mode,
you can change EV modes with each press
of the EV button. The current mode will be
displayed in the left-hand instrument
cluster screen.
Auto EV
E155152
This mode provides an
automatic use of high voltage
battery power during the drive,
staying in electric mode when possible and
running the engine when needed. This
mode will be the only one available if the
plug-in power has been depleted.
EV Now
E144814
This mode provides an electric
only driving experience. The
left-hand information display
changes to a screen displaying your
average miles or kilometers per charge
along with EV specific tools and functions.
137
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Your vehicle may accelerate more slowly
and the top speed may be lower in EV Now
mode than in Auto EV mode.
You can enable your engine at any time by
using one of the following methods:
1. Press the OK button on the left 5–way
steering wheel control while viewing
the miles or kilometers per charge
screen. Your vehicle will enable the
engine as needed, and will
automatically return to EV Now after
eight seconds or when the engine is no
longer needed.
2. Press the accelerator pedal fully. A pop
up message will appear. Press OK on
the left-hand steering wheel button to
activate as needed. The message will
disappear if you release the accelerator
pedal.
3. Press the EV button. This will change
the mode to EV Later and permit
engine operation.
Your vehicle may automatically enter
Engine Enabled mode if system conditions
require it. A engine enabled message will
display if this occurs. This is normal
function, and your vehicle will return to EV
Now when possible.
Your vehicle may enter Enable Engine
mode if the climate control is in a defrost
mode and the outside temperature is cold.
A engine enabled message will display if
this occurs. If defrost is not needed, select
a different climate control mode to permit
EV Now.
When you enable EV Now, a blue EV icon
displays in the left-hand information
display. If your vehicle is in the Engine
Enabled mode, the EV icon will be yellow.
EV Now will automatically exit when the
Plug in power has been depleted.
EV Later
E151263
This mode saves most of the
high voltage battery plug in
power for future use (for
example, your initial drive is at high speeds
on open roads, but later your drive will be
at low speeds in an urban area where
plug-in power usage is most efficient).
Your vehicle will run the engine as needed
and keep most of the high voltage battery
plug in power for later use in Auto Mode or
EV Now mode.
When you enable EV Later, a white EV
Later icon appears on the left-hand
information display.
The EV Later mode will automatically reset
to EV Auto mode when you power your
vehicle off. You may press the EV button
twice during the next drive to return to EV
Later mode, if desired.
ECO Cruise
Note: ECO Cruise is available as a separate
feature on Energi vehicles only. On non
plug-in vehicles it is included in EcoSelect.
This feature saves vehicle energy by
relaxing acceleration compared to
standard cruise control. For example, your
vehicle may temporarily lose speed when
going uphill. When set to on, ECO appears
in the information display when cruise
control is on.
You can switch it on or off in through the
information display. See General
Information (page 92).
138
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Settings
ECO CruiseDriver Assist
Low Engine Use
The low engine use mode is equipped on
Energi models only. The Low Engine Use
mode maintains proper engine lubrication
at sufficient temperature, and will activate
automatically when you drive your vehicle
with limited engine operation. When your
vehicle is in low engine use mode, your
vehicle will automatically run the engine
as necessary.
Note: If your vehicle is in low engine use
mode when you start your vehicle, a
message will appear in the information
display. See General Information (page
92).
If you select the EV Now mode while the
vehicle is in the low engine use mode, EV
Now mode will be suspended for as long
as you are in low engine use mode. The low
engine use mode will resume the next time
you start your vehicle and will
automatically stop when no longer needed.
Note: Cold temperatures will affect the
engine warm up time and the low engine
use mode may operate more frequently.
Note: An oil change is not required but gives
you the option of not running a low engine
use cycle. Resetting the oil life monitoring
system will suspend the low engine use
mode.
Fuel Freshness
See Fuel Quality (page 143).
ECOSELECT
EcoSelect is a drive mode for non plug-in
vehicles designed to offer the best possible
fuel economy with tradeoffs in vehicle
performance and comfort.
E198654
To switch EcoSelect on, press
the ECO button.
A graphic displays on your information
display when EcoSelect is on.
Your vehicle will remember the last
selected mode whenever you start your
vehicle.
EcoSelect allows your vehicle to operate
more efficiently. You will notice:
•Less aggressive cooling.
•Softer acceleration.
•Increased deceleration when coasting.
•Changes in engine behavior.
•ECO cruise control activation.
139
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
HYBRID VEHICLE FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
AnswerQuestion
The high voltage battery is electrically isol-
ated from the rest of the vehicle when the
key is off. When you switch the key on, high
voltage contactors inside the battery are
closed to make the electricity available to
the motor and generator and enable the
vehicle to drive. The clicks are the sound of
these contactors as they close and open
during start up and shut down.
What are the series of clicks from the cargo
area when I first turn the key in the ignition?
The vehicle's computer will determine if an
engine start is required at key-on. Silent key
start will start the engine if it is necessary
for cabin heating, windshield defrost, or if
the outside temperature is low. (For C-MAX
Energi vehicles, the engine may not be
required to operate these functions.)
Why does the engine sometimes start at
key-on?
There are several reasons the engine stays
on for an extended amount of time when
you first start it. One common reason is to
make sure that the emissions components
are warm enough to minimize tailpipe
emissions. As the climate gets cooler, this
engine-on time is extended.
Why does it take a long time before the
engine shuts down?
The engine is required to turn on above this
speed to protect the transmission hard-
ware.
Why does my engine never shut down
above 85 mph (137 km/h)
In order to make sure that the climate
control system can begin heating the cabin
or defrosting the windshield as soon as a
driver requests it, the engine coolant
temperature has to be kept sufficiently hot.
Keeping the engine on is required to main-
tain the correct coolant temperature.
Why does my engine stay on when it is
extremely cold outside?
140
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
AnswerQuestion
Your vehicle's engine and transmission are
designed to deliver the power you need at
the most efficient engine speed. This may
be higher than expected during heavy
accelerations, and may fluctuate when
driving at a steady speed. These are charac-
teristics of the Atkinson engine cycle and
the transmission technology that help
maximize your hybrid's fuel economy.
Why does my engine rev up so high some-
times when I accelerate?
The fan noise comes from a fan located
next to the high voltage battery pack. This
fan turns on when the battery requires
cooling air. The fan speed, and associated
noise level, will change according to the
amount of cooling required to maintain
good performance. Maintaining the battery
temperature at optimal conditions also
prolongs the useful life of the battery and
helps to achieve better fuel economy.
What is the fan noise I hear from the rear
of my hybrid?
Change the engine oil every 10000 miles
(16000 kilometers) or once per year under
normal operating conditions.
What is the engine oil change service
interval?
Your hybrid vehicle can use E15 (15%
ethanol, 85% gasoline) fuel, but you may
notice slightly reduced fuel economy
because ethanol contains less energy per
gallon than gasoline. Your hybrid vehicle is
not designed to use E85 (85% ethanol).
Can I put E15 or E85 in my vehicle, and how
will it affect my fuel economy?
The high voltage battery system is designed
to last the life of the vehicle and requires
no maintenance.
How long will my high voltage battery last?
Does it need maintenance?
There are no provisions for charging the
high voltage battery from a power supply
external to the vehicle. (For C-MAX Energi
vehicles, the vehicle can be plugged into a
110-volt outlet with charge cord provided.)
Can you charge the battery with a plug into
an A/C outlet?
Yes. Your hybrid vehicle can be flat towed
without modification. See Towing (page
192).
Can I tow the hybrid behind my motor home
with all four wheels down?
141
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may
spray out, which could cause serious
personal injury.
Fuels can cause serious injury or
death if misused or mishandled.
Flow of fuel through a fuel pump
nozzle can produce static electricity.
This can cause a fire if you are filling
an ungrounded fuel container.
Fuel may contain benzene, which is
a cancer-causing agent.
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
Observe the following guidelines when
handling automotive fuel:
•Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
•Always turn off the vehicle before
refueling.
•Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as
gasoline is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed,
call a physician immediately, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
visible for hours.
•Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too
much fuel vapor of any kind can lead
to eye and respiratory tract irritation.
In severe cases, excessive or prolonged
breathing of fuel vapor can cause
serious illness and permanent injury.
•Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If
fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove
contact lenses (if worn), flush with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Failure to seek proper
medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
•Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If fuel is splashed on
the skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes
skin irritation.
•Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing gasoline vapors could cause
an adverse reaction, serious personal
injury or sickness. If fuel is splashed on
the skin, wash the affected areas
immediately with plenty of soap and
water. Consult a physician immediately
if you experience any adverse reactions.
142
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL QUALITY
Choosing the Right Fuel
E161513
Your vehicle is designed to operate on
regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum
pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87.
Some fuel stations, particularly those in
high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as
regular unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating below 87. We do not recommend
these fuels.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather.
Do not use any fuel other than those
recommended because they could lead to
engine damage that will not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Use of any fuel other than those
recommended can impair the emission
control system and cause a loss of vehicle
performance.
Do not use:
•Diesel fuel.
•Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
•Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
•Fuels containing methanol.
•Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
•Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
•Leaded fuel (using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law).
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact
an authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
Fuel Freshness Mode (If Equipped)
This helps keep the fuel system functional
and the fuel fresh.
If you mainly use your vehicle in electric
power mode without refueling, the gasoline
in the fuel tank may become stale due to
aging. Stale gasoline can damage the
engine and fuel system.
Your vehicle automatically switches to fuel
freshness mode if you do not refuel your
vehicle with fresh fuel within an 18-month
period. Fuel freshness mode protects your
vehicle from potential engine and fuel
system damage caused by using stale fuel.
Note: If you do not add new fuel during an
18-month period, fuel freshness mode will
use fuel until approximately 1.2 gal (4.5 L)
of fuel remains in the fuel tank.
143
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
During fuel freshness mode:
•The information display will indicate
fuel freshness mode is active.
•The vehicle will only run in hybrid mode.
EV Now mode will not be available.
•Most of the plug-in power will be
stored until fuel freshness mode is
completed.
Note: EV Now mode resumes when less
than 1.2 gal (4.5 L) of fuel remains in the fuel
tank.
Note: When the fuel level is less than
one-quarter full, refueling your vehicle will
end fuel freshness mode.
Note: We recommend you use a fuel
stabilizer if you use less than a full tank of
fuel during an 18-month period.
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL
LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is under the luggage
compartment floor covering.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Running out of fuel can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
•Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel
to restart the engine. If your vehicle is
out of fuel and on a steep slope, more
fuel may be required.
•You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after
refueling to allow the fuel system to
pump the fuel from the tank to the
engine. When restarting, cranking time
takes a few seconds longer than
normal.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an
ungrounded fuel container:
•Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
•Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
•Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
•Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNINGS
Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel
container or an aftermarket funnel
into the fuel system filler neck. This
may damage the fuel system filler neck or
its seal and cause fuel to run onto the
ground.
Do not try to pry open or push open
the capless fuel system with foreign
objects. This could damage the fuel
system and its seal and cause injury to you
or others.
Do not dispose of fuel in the
household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
Funnel Location (page 144).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
they will not work with the capless fuel
system and can damage it.
144
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, do the following:
1. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until
it engages.
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel tank filler pipe opening.
E157452
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel from the
fuel tank filler pipe opening.
5. Fully close the fuel tank filler door.
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
REFUELING
WARNINGS
Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel
fire can cause severe injuries.
Read and follow all the instructions
on the pump island.
WARNINGS
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
Stay outside your vehicle and do not
leave the fuel pump unattended
when refueling your vehicle.
Keep children away from the fuel
pump. Never let children pump fuel.
Wait at least 10 seconds before
removing the fuel pump nozzle to
allow any residual fuel to drain into
the fuel tank.
Stop refueling after the fuel pump
nozzle automatically shuts off for the
second time. Failure to follow this
will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank
and could lead to fuel overflowing.
Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle
from its fully inserted position when
refueling.
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may
spray out, which could cause serious
personal injury.
Easy Fuel™ Capless System
Your vehicle has an auto-sealing feature
that locks the fuel tank refueling valve and
the fuel filler door. Before you can refuel
your vehicle, you must press the fuel filler
door release button on the instrument
panel. Pressing the button unlocks the fuel
tank refueling valve and opens the fuel
filler door.
Note: It can take up to fifteen seconds for
the fuel filler door to open.
145
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank, do
the following:
1. When your vehicle has stopped, shift
into park (P) and switch the ignition
off.
1. When you stop your vehicle, shift into
park (P) or neutral (N) and switch the
ignition off.
E146221
2. Press the button on the driver door to
open the fuel filler door. The fuel filler
door can take up to 15 seconds to open
before you can insert a fuel filler nozzle.
E139202
A
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the
first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it
resting on the cover of the fuel tank
filler pipe opening.
E139203
A
B
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
nozzle in position A can affect the flow
of fuel and shut off the fuel nozzle
before the fuel tank is full.
E206912
A B
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.
E119081
6. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and
then slowly remove it.
146
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
7. Fully close the fuel tank filler door.
Note: Do not overfill the fuel tank to the
point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel
filler nozzle. The overfilled fuel may run
down the drain hole which is below the fuel
filler inlet.
System Warnings
If the fuel filler door fails to open, an
information message appears in the
information display.
Description and ActionMessage
A warning message appears
in the information display
when the fuel system fails
to depressurize or the fuel
filler door fails to open. You
may have to use the fuel
filler door manual override
lever.
Refuel
Error See
Manual
If the information message appears, do the
following:
1. Check the fuel filler door for anything
that may be obstructing its movement,
for example ice or snow.
2. Remove any obstruction from the fuel
filler door.
3. Press the button on the driver door to
open the fuel filler door.
4. If the fuel filler door fails to open and
the information message remains in
the information display, use the fuel
filler door manual override lever.
Fuel Filler Door Manual Override Lever
The manual fuel filler door release lever is
in the luggage compartment on the right
side behind a panel.
When using the manual fuel filler door
release lever to access the fuel filler inlet,
do the following:
1. When your vehicle has stopped, shift
into park (P) and switch the ignition on.
E162486
2. Remove the panel located in luggage
compartment on the right side.
E154767
3. Locate the manual fuel filler door
release lever.
E162484
147
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
4. Pull the manual fuel filler door release
lever.
5. Switch the ignition off and refuel your
vehicle within 20 minutes. If more than
20 minutes is required, fully close the
fuel filler door and repeat the
procedure.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank after running out of fuel. Included in
the advertised capacity is an empty
reserve. The empty reserve is an
unspecified amount of fuel that remains
in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge
indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
Filling the Fuel Tank
For consistent results when refueling:
•Turn the ignition off before fueling; an
inaccurate reading results if the engine
is left running.
•Use the same fill rate
(low-medium-high) each time the tank
is filled.
•Allow no more than one automatic
shut-off when refueling.
Results are most accurate when the filling
method is consistent.
Calculating Fuel Economy
Do not measure fuel economy during the
first 1,000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is
your engine’s break-in period). A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
2,000 mi (3,200 km) to 3,000 mi
(4,800 km). Also, fuel expense, frequency
of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not
accurate ways to measure fuel economy.
1. Fill the fuel tank completely and record
the initial odometer reading.
2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record
the amount of fuel added.
3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel
tank and record the current odometer
reading.
4. Subtract your initial odometer reading
from the current odometer reading.
To calculate L/100 km (liters per 100
kilometers) fuel consumption, multiply the
liters used by 100, then divide by kilometers
traveled. To calculate MPG (miles per
gallon) fuel consumption, divide miles
traveled by gallons used.
Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving (city or highway).
This provides an accurate estimate of your
vehicle's fuel economy under current
driving conditions. Keeping records during
summer and winter will show how
temperature impacts fuel economy.
Conditions
•Heavily loading your vehicle reduces
fuel economy.
•Carrying unnecessary weight in your
vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
•Adding certain accessories to your
vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars
or light bars, running boards and ski
racks may reduce fuel economy.
•Using fuel blended with alcohol may
lower fuel economy.
•Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures.
•Fuel economy may decrease when
driving short distances.
•You will get better fuel economy when
driving on flat terrain than when driving
on hilly terrain.
148
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
WARNINGS
Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle
in dry grass or other dry ground cover.
The emission system heats up the
engine compartment and exhaust system,
which can start a fire.
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your dealer inspect your
vehicle immediately. Do not drive if you
smell exhaust fumes.
Your vehicle is equipped with various
emission control components and a
catalytic converter that will enable your
vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust
emission standards.
To make sure that the catalytic converter
and other emission control components
continue to work properly:
•Use only the specified fuel listed.
•Avoid running out of fuel.
•Do not turn off the ignition while your
vehicle is moving, especially at high
speeds.
•Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use anything other than Ford,
Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for
maintenance replacements or for service
of components affecting emission control,
such non-Ford parts should be equivalent
to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in
performance and durability.
Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.
An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement.
Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle has a computer known as the
on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
monitors the engine’s emission control
system. The system protects the
environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
emission standards. The OBD-II system
also assists a service technician in properly
servicing your vehicle.
When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate. Examples are:
1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly.
149
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 145).
4. Driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.
You can correct these temporary
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
out. After three driving cycles without these
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator
should stay off the next time you start the
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold
engine startup followed by mixed city and
highway driving. No additional vehicle
service is required.
If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness and
lead to more costly repairs.
Readiness for Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state and provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.
If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, your vehicle may need
service. See On-Board Diagnostics.
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
or if the OBD-II system has determined
that some of the emission control systems
have not been properly checked. In this
case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M
testing.
If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
just been serviced, or the battery has
recently run down or been replaced, the
OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that your vehicle is ready
for I/M testing.
The OBD-II system checks the emission
control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days.
If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing,
you can perform the following driving cycle
consisting of mixed city and highway
driving:
1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an
expressway or highway followed by 20
minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
least four 30-second idle periods.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least
eight hours with the ignition off. Then,
start the vehicle and complete the
above driving cycle. The vehicle must
warm up to its normal operating
temperature. Once started, do not turn
off the vehicle until the above driving
cycle is complete.
If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M
testing, you need to repeat the above
driving cycle.
150
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Have the battery pack serviced only
by an authorized electric vehicle
technician. Improper handling can
result in personal injury or death.
Note: The high-voltage battery does not
require regular service maintenance.
Your vehicle consists of various
high-voltage components and wiring. All
of the high-voltage power flows through
specific wiring assemblies labeled as such
or covered with a solid orange convolute,
orange striped tape or both. Do not come
in contact with these components.
The high-voltage battery system is a
high-voltage, lithium-ion battery system.
The pack is located in the rear cargo area.
The high-voltage battery system uses an
air cooled system to regulate the
high-voltage battery temperature and help
maximize high-voltage battery life.
E163462
Note: The high-voltage battery is equipped
with air vents in the package tray that help
to regulate its temperature. It is important
to keep these openings free of obstructions.
Do not block the flow of cabin air to this
area.
HIGH-VOLTAGE SERVICE
DISCONNECT
The high-voltage service disconnect turns
off power from the high-voltage battery.
Note: There is a disconnect circuit in your
vehicle. Disconnecting the circuit will
automatically disable the high-voltage
battery.
To disable the battery and stop all
high-voltage electric activity in the vehicle
you can access high-voltage disconnect
circuit. To do this, you must unplug the
circuit from the circuit port connected to
the battery.
151
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
Note: The service disconnect has an outer
lever to aid in the proper seating of the
service disconnect lever. Remove this to
disconnect the high-voltage service
disconnect.
The high-voltage service disconnect is
located behind the rear fold down seats.
Service disconnect location for non-Energi
vehicles.
E163537
Service disconnect location for Energi
vehicles.
E163538
Disabling the High-Voltage Battery
1. Fold down the rear seats and remove
the cover panel.
2. Locate the access door and remove
the plastic cover.
E171514
3. Pull the outer cover off to expose the
service disconnect lever.
E147234
4. Slide the handle on the service
disconnect outboard to the right. For
Energi vehicles, slide the handle
outboard and to the left.
E146133
152
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
5. Pull the handle toward you and remove
the service disconnect from the vehicle
to disable the high-voltage battery.
Reactivating the High-Voltage Battery
Note: If you have manually disconnected
your high-voltage shut off circuit, you will
need to reconnect the circuit before you can
reactivate it. The system will detect if the
electrical system is safe and turn on
automatically.
CHARGING THE HIGH
VOLTAGE BATTERY
WARNINGS
Do not use the 120 volt convenience
cord with an extension cord,
two-prong adapter, surge protector,
timer or other adapter.
In Canada, do not use the 120 volt
convenience cord in commercial
garages.
This equipment has arcing or
sparking parts. Do not expose to
flammable vapors. Position this
equipment at least 18 in (450 mm) above
the floor.
The AC wall plug must fit firmly into
the AC outlet. If the connection feels
loose, worn or the AC outlet is
damaged, please have a qualified
electrician replace the AC outlet. Using a
convenience cord with a worn outlet may
cause burns, property damage and
increase the risk of electric shock.
Charging Equipment
E78097
Your vehicle is equipped with a standard
120 volt convenience cord located in the
floor compartment behind the driver seat.
Note: The 120 volt convenience cord allows
you to charge the high voltage battery using
a standard 120 volt household outlet. It
takes approximately seven hours to
completely charge an empty battery using
the standard 120 volt convenience cord.
We recommend upgrading to the optional
240 volt charging station for faster more
efficient charging. It takes approximately
2.5 hours to completely charge an empty
battery using a 240 volt charging station.
Your electrical source must meet certain
requirements for the high voltage batteries
to charge:
•The AC outlet must be a three-prong
110-120 volt AC outlet that is properly
grounded, 15–20 amps (or greater),
and in good condition.
•You must use a dedicated line, which
means you cannot have other
appliances connected to the same
circuit.
153
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
Note: If you do not have a dedicated circuit,
contact a licensed professional electrician
for proper installation.
Make sure that the 120 volt convenience
cord is completely unwound before
charging. Always plug the cord into the AC
outlet before connecting the charging
coupler into the charge port on your
vehicle.
120 Volt Convenience Cord
E197446
A
B
C
D
Power.A.
Check outlet.B.
Fault.C.
Vehicle.D.
Note: When the convenience cord is plugged into an outlet, use the following table to
determine your vehicle charge status. If the POWER indicator light is off after plugging in
the convenience cord, use a different outlet.
154
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
StatusConvenience Cord LED Indicators
VehicleFaultCheck
Outlet
The convenience cord is not connected to your
vehicle.
OffOffOff
The convenience cord is connected, but your
vehicle is not charging.
OnOffOff
Your vehicle is charging.BlinkOffOff
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Fault
Detected.
OffBlinkOff
The convenience cord is retrying to charge.
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Fault
Detected.
OffOnOff
The convenience cord has exhausted its retry
attempts. Your vehicle is not charging, or there is
an internal fault in the charging equipment.
The convenience cord detected a high temper-
ature at the AC plug and is waiting for the AC plug
to return to a normal operating temperature. *
OffOffBlink
The convenience cord detected a high temper-
ature at the AC plug. The AC plug has returned to
a normal operating temperature. Your vehicle is
ready to charge at a reduced current. *
OnOffBlink
The convenience cord detected a high temper-
ature at the AC plug. The AC plug has returned to
a normal operating temperature. Your vehicle is
charging at a reduced current. *
BlinkOffBlink
The convenience cord detected a high temper-
ature at the AC plug. Your vehicle is not charging.
The convenience cord has exhausted its retry
attempts. *
OffOnBlink
*Have the outlet checked by a qualified electrician and make sure the AC plug fits firmly
into the outlet. Contact an authorized EV certified dealer if problem persists.
155
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
Charge Port
The charge port is located between the
front left-hand side door and the front
left-hand side wheel well. Press the
indentation on the charge port door to
open and close it.
E144779
Note: Do not force the charge port door
open or closed. Forcing the door open or
closed damages the charge port.
You can modify the light ring illumination
settings. The light ring located around the
charge port indicates the charge status of
the high voltage battery in your vehicle.
Divided into four quadrants, the charge
port light ring displays the state of charge
in 25 percent increments.
You can press the unlock button on your
key fob to view the charge status of your
vehicle. Based on which quadrants light,
you can determine the current state of
charge. If the charge is below 25 percent,
the light ring does not light. Do not forget
to press the lock button on your key fob to
re-lock your vehicle.
The light ring also displays the current
state of charge when opening the doors.
The cord acknowledgment feature
activates when you initiate a charge cycle.
The four light quadrants each individually
flash in a clockwise motion, starting with
the top right-hand side light and ending
with the top left-hand side, two times
confirming that the system detects the
charging coupler.
Charging
Note: Your vehicle must be in park (P) to
charge.
To charge your high voltage battery:
1. Put your vehicle in park (P) and switch
off your vehicle.
2. Press the indentation on the charge
port door to open it.
3. Plug the charging coupler into the
charge port on your vehicle. Make sure
the button clicks confirming you have
completely engaged the coupler.
E144780
4. Verify that the cord acknowledgment
feature activates. The cord
acknowledgment feature activates
when you initiate a charge cycle.
5. If using a 240 volt charging station,
follow the instructions on the charge
station to begin the charging process.
156
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
The light ring located around the charge
port indicates the charge status of the high
voltage battery in your vehicle:
•When the top right-hand side quadrant
is pulsing, the charge is between 0-25
percent.
•When the top right-hand side quadrant
is on and the bottom right-hand
quadrant is pulsing, the charge is
between 25-50 percent.
•When both right-hand side quadrants
are on and the bottom left-hand side
quadrant is pulsing, the charge is
between 50-75 percent.
•When three quadrants are on and the
top left-hand side quadrant is pulsing,
the charge is between 75-100 percent.
•When all the lights on the light ring are
on, the charge is complete.
Note: The light ring will turn off one minute
after reaching a full charge.
Locking the Charging Coupler
Note: To lock the charging coupler, you
need a padlock or a combination lock with
a shackle diameter of 0.2 in (5 mm) or less.
Also, the straight portion of the shackle
must be 1.0 in (25.4 mm) or longer.
E172036
1. Insert the lock through the hole in the
charging coupler button.
2. Lock the padlock or combination lock.
Waiting to Charge
When you select Value Charge, charging
may not begin upon plugging in. The
vehicle may delay charging to take
advantage of off-peak electricity rates. The
vehicle will optimize the charge schedule
to be complete by the next GO Time.
When waiting to charge (not actively
charging), the light ring will indicate the
present state of charge of the high voltage
battery as follows:
•When the top right quadrant light is off,
the charge is between 0–25 percent.
•When the top right quadrant light is on
and the bottom right quadrant is off,
the charge is between 25–50 percent.
•When both right side quadrant lights
are on and the bottom left quadrant is
off, the charge is between 50–75
percent.
•When three quadrant lights are on and
the top left quadrant is off, the charge
is between 75–100 percent.
•When all lights on the entire ring are
on, the charge is 100 percent.
Note: When the vehicle is waiting to charge,
the light ring will turn off one minute after
displaying the present state of charge. When
the vehicle automatically begins charging,
the light ring will turn on and display how
far along the charge is per the section above.
Note: If the system detects a vehicle
charging system fault at any point in a
charge cycle, the entire light ring will flash
continuously for one minute and then turn
off. If this happens, unplug the charging
coupler and then plug it back into the charge
port receptacle. If the problem persists,
contact an authorized dealer.
You can modify the light ring lighting
conditions by using the touchscreen
system.
157
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
Disconnecting the Charging
Coupler
Note: Do not pull the wall plug from the
wall while the vehicle is charging. Doing so
may damage the outlet and the cord.
1. Remove the lock from the charging
coupler button.
2. Press the button on the charging
coupler.
3. While holding the button, remove the
charging coupler from the charge port
receptacle on your vehicle.
E144781
4. Close the charge port door by pressing
the indentation on the charge port
door. Continue pressing the indentation
while the door rotates
counterclockwise and closes.
HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY CUT-
OFF SWITCH
The high-voltage shut off operation shuts
off power from the high-voltage battery
after a collision, or if your vehicle receives
a substantial physical jolt.
To reactivate your vehicle after either
event, perform the following steps:
1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Turn the ignition on.
3. If your vehicle is not powered after this
sequence, repeat steps 1 and 2 up to
two more times.
For vehicles equipped with a push button
start system:
1. Press the START/STOP button to
turn ignition off.
2. Press the brake pedal and press the
START/STOP button.
3. If your vehicle is not powered after this
sequence, repeat steps 1 and 2 up to
two more times.
Note: During this process, your vehicle will
detect if the electrical system is safe and
reactivate. Once your vehicle determines
the electrical system safe, you can start your
vehicle as you would normally by either
turning the ignition key or by pressing the
brake in combination with the
START/STOP button.
Note: In the event your vehicle does not
reactivate after the third key cycle, contact
an authorized dealer.
158
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
Always apply the parking brake fully
and make sure you shift into park (P).
Switch the ignition off and remove
the key whenever you leave your vehicle.
Do not apply the brake pedal and
accelerator pedal simultaneously.
Applying both pedals simultaneously
for more than a few seconds will limit
engine performance, which may result in
difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and
could lead to serious injury.
Note: Do not leave your vehicle with the
transmission in neutral (N). Leaving your
vehicle with the transmission in neutral (N)
will drain the battery and you may not be
able to start your vehicle.
Understanding the Shift Positions
of your Automatic Transmission
E241455
1. Fully press down the brake pedal.
2. Move the gearshift lever to the desired
gear.
3. Come to a complete stop.
4. Move the gearshift lever and securely
latch it in park (P).
Park (P)
This position locks the transmission and
prevents the front wheels from turning.
Come to a complete stop before putting
your vehicle into and out of park (P).
Reverse (R)
With the gearshift lever in reverse (R), your
vehicle will move backward. Always come
to a complete stop before shifting into and
out of reverse (R).
Neutral (N)
With the gearshift lever in neutral (N), your
vehicle can be started and is free to roll.
Hold the brake pedal down while in this
position.
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for
the best fuel economy.
Low (L)
•Provides maximum engine braking.
•The transmission may be shifted into
low (L) at any vehicle speed.
•Is not intended for use under extended
or normal driving conditions and results
in lower fuel economy.
Grade assist:
Press the transmission control switch on
the side of the gearshift lever to activate
grade assist.
159
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Transmission
E146092
•Provides additional grade braking with
a combination of engine motoring and
high-voltage battery charging to help
maintain vehicle speed when
descending a grade.
•As your vehicle determines the amount
of engine motoring and high-voltage
battery charging, you may notice the
engine speed increasing and
decreasing to help maintain your
vehicle speed when descending a
grade.
•The grade assist lamp in the instrument
cluster is illuminated.
E144523
The grade assist lamp will
appear in the instrument cluster
when grade assist is turned on.
Press the transmission control switch
again to return to normal drive (D).
Brake-Shift Interlock
WARNINGS
Do not drive your vehicle until you
verify that the brake lamps are
working.
WARNINGS
When doing this procedure, you need
to take the transmission out of park
(P) which means your vehicle can
roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle
movement, always fully apply the parking
brake prior to doing this procedure. Use
wheels chocks if appropriate.
If the parking brake is fully released,
but the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working properly. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Note: See your authorized dealer as soon
as possible if this procedure is used.
Note: For some markets this feature will be
disabled.
Use the brake shift interlock lever to move
the gearshift lever from the park position
in the event of an electrical malfunction or
if your vehicle has a dead battery.
Apply the parking brake and turn the
ignition off before performing this
procedure.
E223576
1. Remove the shifter boot using a
suitable tool
160
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Transmission
E223577
2. Using a screwdriver or similar tool,
depress the brake shift interlock
override until the blocker moves.
3. Move the transmission selector from
park (P) to neutral (N).
4. Install the shifter boot.
5. Apply the brake pedal, start the vehicle
and release the parking brake.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud
or Snow
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more
than a minute or damage to the
transmission and tires may occur, or the
engine may overheat.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
it may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
161
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Transmission
GENERAL INFORMATION
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out. Have the
system checked by an authorized dealer. If
the vehicle has continuous vibration or
shudder in the steering wheel while braking,
have it checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels
(page 252).
E144522
See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 87).
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Move the transmission to park (P),
switch the engine off and apply the parking
brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for
any interference. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.
Brake Assist
Brake assist detects when you brake
heavily by measuring the rate at which you
press the brake pedal. It provides
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
press the pedal. Brake assist can reduce
stopping distances in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.
This lamp momentarily
illuminates when you turn the
ignition on. If the light does not
illuminate during start up, remains on or
flashes, the system may be disabled. Have
the system checked by an authorized
dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is
disabled, normal braking is still effective.
E144522
If the brake warning lamp
illuminates when you release the
parking brake, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.
Regenerative Braking System
This feature is used to simulate the engine
braking of an internal combustion engine
and assist the standard brake system while
recovering some of the energy of motion
and storing it in the battery to improve the
range of your vehicle. The standard brake
system is designed to fully stop the car if
regenerative braking is not available.
During regenerative braking, the motor is
spun as a generator to create electrical
current. This recharges the battery and
slows the vehicle. In effect, once the
accelerator pedal is released, the motor
changes from an energy user to an energy
producer.
When the accelerator pedal is released or
the brake pedal is applied, the brake
controller automatically detects the
amount of deceleration requested and
optimizes how much of the deceleration
will be produced by regenerative braking.
The remaining portion is generated by
162
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Brakes
standard friction braking. When the battery
is almost fully charged, the amount of
regenerative braking is limited to avoid
overcharging, and the requested
deceleration is produced by standard
friction braking alone.
Regenerative braking does not take the
place of the standard friction brakes; it only
assists them. Regenerative braking has
also been designed to interact with the
anti-lock brake system. Regenerative
braking is disabled when the anti-lock
brake system is activated or the battery is
fully charged.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
Note: When the system is operating, the
brake pedal may pulse and may travel
further. Maintain pressure on the brake
pedal. You may also hear a noise from the
system. This is normal.
The anti-lock braking system will not
eliminate the risks when:
•You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
•Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
•You take corners too fast.
•The road surface is poor.
PARKING BRAKE
WARNING
Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure you shift the gearshift
lever to park (P). Switch the ignition
off and remove the key whenever you leave
your vehicle.
Note: Do not press the release button while
pulling the lever up.
To apply the parking brake:
1. Press the foot brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its
fullest extent.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing uphill, shift the gearshift lever to park
(P) and turn the steering wheel away from
the curb.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing downhill, shift the gearshift lever to
park (P) and turn the steering wheel toward
the curb.
To release the parking brake:
1. Press the brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the lever up slightly.
3. Press the release button and push the
lever down.
HILL START ASSIST
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
parking brake. When you leave your
vehicle, always apply the parking
brake and shift the transmission into park
(P) (automatic transmission) or first gear
(1) (manual transmission).
You must remain in your vehicle once
you have activated the system.
During all times, you are responsible
for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and
intervening, if required.
If the engine is revved excessively, or
if a malfunction is detected, the
system will be deactivated.
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
163
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Brakes
When the system is active, your vehicle will
remain stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows you time to move your
foot from the brake to the accelerator
pedal. The brakes release automatically
when the engine has sufficient torque to
prevent your vehicle from rolling down the
grade. This is an advantage when pulling
away on a slope, for example from a car
park ramp, traffic lights or when reversing
uphill into a parking space.
The system will activate automatically on
any slope that will cause significant vehicle
rollback. For vehicles with a manual
transmission, you can switch this feature
off using the information display. See
Information Displays (page 92). The
system will remain on or off depending on
how it was last set.
Note: There is no warning lamp to indicate
the system is either on or off.
Note: If your vehicle is equipped with Auto
Hold, Hill Start Assist will not be available
while Auto Hold is active.
Using Hill Start Assist
1. Bring your vehicle to a complete
standstill. Keep the brake pedal
pressed and select an uphill gear (for
example, first (1) when facing uphill or
reverse (R) when facing downhill).
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system will activate
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
about two or three seconds. This hold
time will automatically be extended if
you are in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes will release automatically.
Switching the System On and Off
You can switch this feature on or off if your
vehicle is equipped with a manual
transmission and an information display.
See General Information (page 92). The
system remembers the last setting when
you start your vehicle.
If your vehicle is not equipped with a
manual transmission and an information
display, you cannot turn the system on or
off. When you switch the ignition on, the
system automatically turns on.
164
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Brakes
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
WARNING
The stability and traction control
light illuminates steadily if the
system detects a failure. Make sure
you did not manually disable the traction
control system using the information
display controls or the switch. If the
stability control and traction control light
is still illuminating steadily, have the
system serviced by an authorized dealer
immediately. Operating your vehicle with
the traction control disabled could lead to
an increased risk of loss of vehicle control,
vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Note: When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off
When you switch the system off or on, a
message appears in the information
display showing system status.
You can switch the system off by either
using the information display controls or
the switch.
Using the Information Display
Controls
You can switch this feature off or on in the
information display. See General
Information (page 92).
Using a Switch (If Equipped)
Use the traction control switch on the
instrument panel to switch the system off
or on.
System Indicator Lights and
Messages
E138639
The stability and traction control
light:
•Temporarily illuminates on engine
start-up.
•Flashes when a driving condition
activates either of the systems.
•Illuminates if a problem occurs in either
of the systems.
E130458
The stability and traction control
off light temporarily illuminates
on engine start-up and stays on
when you switch the traction control
system off.
165
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Vehicle modifications involving
braking system, aftermarket roof
racks, suspension, steering system,
tire construction and wheel and tire size
may change the handling characteristics
of your vehicle and may adversely affect
the performance of the electronic stability
control system. In addition, installing any
stereo loudspeakers may interfere with
and adversely affect the electronic stability
control system. Install any aftermarket
stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from
the front center console, the tunnel, and
the front seats in order to minimize the risk
of interfering with the electronic stability
control sensors. Reducing the
effectiveness of the electronic stability
control system could lead to an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death.
Remember that even advanced
technology cannot defy the laws of
physics. It’s always possible to lose
control of a vehicle due to inappropriate
driver input for the conditions. Aggressive
driving on any road condition can cause
you to lose control of your vehicle
increasing the risk of personal injury or
property damage. Activation of the
electronic stability control system is an
indication that at least some of the tires
have exceeded their ability to grip the road;
this could reduce the operator’s ability to
control the vehicle potentially resulting in
a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death. If your electronic
stability control system activates, SLOW
DOWN.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If a fault occurs in either the stability
control or the traction control system, you
may experience the following conditions:
•The stability and traction control light
illuminates steadily.
•The stability control and traction
control systems do not enhance your
vehicle's ability to maintain traction of
the wheels.
If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or the traction control
system you may experience the following
conditions:
•The stability and traction control light
flashes.
•Your vehicle slows down.
•Reduced engine power.
•A vibration in the brake pedal.
•The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
•If the driving condition is severe and
your foot is not on the brake, the brake
pedal may move as the system applies
higher brake force.
The stability control system has several
features built into it to help you maintain
control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent skids or lateral slides by
applying brakes to one or more of the
wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Roll Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent rollovers by detecting your
vehicle’s roll motion and the rate at which
it changes by applying the brakes to one
or more wheels individually.
166
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Stability Control
Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin. See
Using Traction Control (page 165).
E72903
AA
A
B
B
B
B
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
A
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
B
USING STABILITY CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
You cannot switch the stability control
system off, but when you shift into reverse
(R), the system deactivates.
You can switch the traction control system
off or on. See Using Traction Control
(page 165).
167
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
To help avoid personal injury, please
read and understand the limitations
of the system as contained in this
section. Sensing is only an aid for some
(generally large and fixed) objects when
moving on a flat surface at parking speeds.
Certain objects with surfaces that absorb
ultrasonic waves, surrounding vehicle's
parking aid systems, traffic control
systems, fluorescent lamps, inclement
weather, air brakes, and external motors
and fans may also affect the function of
the sensing system; this may include
reduced performance or a false activation.
To help avoid personal injury, always
use caution when in reverse (R) and
when using the sensing system.
This system is not designed to
prevent contact with small or moving
objects. The system is designed to
provide a warning to assist the driver in
detecting large stationary objects to avoid
damaging your vehicle. The system may
not detect smaller objects, particularly
those close to the ground.
Certain add-on devices such as large
trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks
and any device that may block the
normal detection zone of the system, may
create false beeps.
Note: Keep the sensors, located on the
bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and
large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors
are covered, the system’s accuracy can be
affected. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned
or bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of
obstacles or false alarms.
Note: The sensing system cannot be turned
off when a MyKey is present. See Principle
of Operation (page 52).
Note: If you attach certain add-on devices
such as a trailer or bike rack, the rear sensing
system may detect that add-on device and
therefore provide warnings. It is suggested
that you disable the rear sensing system
when you attach an add-on device to your
vehicle to prevent these warnings.
The sensing system warns the driver of
obstacles within a certain range of your
vehicle. The system turns on automatically
whenever you switch the ignition on.
E139213
You can turn the system on or
off by pressing the parking aid
button. If your vehicle does not
have a parking aid button, the system can
be switched off through the information
display menu or from the pop-up message
that appears once you shift the
transmission into reverse (R). See General
Information (page 92).
If a fault is present in the system, a warning
message appears in the information
display. See Information Messages
(page 101).
REAR PARKING AID
The rear parking aid sensors automatically
turn on when you shift into reverse (R).
As your vehicle moves closer to the
obstacle, the rate of the audible warning
increases. When the obstacle is less than
12 in (30 cm) away, the warning sounds
continuously. If the system detects an
object farther than 12 in (30 cm) from the
corners of the bumper, the tone sounds for
only three seconds. If the system detects
an approaching object the warning sounds
again.
168
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
E130178
Coverage area of up to 6 ft (1.8 m) from
the rear bumper. There is decreased
coverage area at the outer corners of the
bumper.
The system detects certain objects while
the transmission is in reverse (R) :
•Your vehicle is moving toward a
stationary object at a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h) or less.
•Your vehicle is not moving, but a
moving object is approaching the rear
of your vehicle at a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h) or less.
•Your vehicle is moving at a speed of
less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving
object is approaching the rear of your
vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph
(5 km/h).
FRONT PARKING AID
The front parking aid sensors automatically
turn on when you shift into reverse (R) or
a forward gear.
The front sensors are active when the
transmission is in any position other than
park (P) and the vehicle speed is below
7 mph (12 km/h).
E187330
Coverage area of up to 28 in (70 cm) from
the front bumper. There is decreased
coverage area at the outer corners.
The system sounds an audible warning
when obstacles are near either bumper in
the following manner:
•Objects detected by the front sensors
are indicated by a high-pitched tone
from the front of the vehicle.
•Objects detected by the rear sensors
are indicated by a lower pitched tone
from the rear of the vehicle.
•The sensing system reports the
obstacle which is closest to the front
or rear of the vehicle. For example, if
an obstacle is 12 in (30 cm) from the
front of the vehicle and, at the same
time, an obstacle is only 6 in (15 cm)
from the rear of the vehicle, the lower
pitched tone sounds.
•An alternating warning sounds from
the front and rear if there are objects
at both bumpers that are closer than
12 in (30 cm).
The system provides warnings when your
vehicle is moving or when your vehicle is
stationary and the detected obstacle is
less than 12 in (30 cm) away from the
bumper.
169
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
You must remain in your vehicle
when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required. Failure
to take care may result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, serious personal
injury or death.
The sensors may not detect objects
in heavy rain or other conditions that
cause interference.
Active park assist does not apply the
brakes under any circumstances.
Note: The driver is always responsible for
controlling the vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening if required.
Note: The Blind Spot Information System
does not detect traffic alongside or behind
your vehicle during an active park assist
maneuver.
The system detects an available parallel
parking space and automatically steers
the vehicle into the space (hands-free)
while you control the accelerator, gearshift
and brakes. The system visually and
audibly instructs you to park the vehicle.
The system may not correctly operate in
any of the following conditions:
•You use a spare tire or a tire
significantly worn more than the other
tires.
•One or more tires are improperly
inflated.
•You try to park on a tight curve.
•Something passes between the front
bumper and the parking space (for
example, a pedestrian or cyclist).
•The edge of the neighboring parking
vehicle is high off the ground (for
example, a bus, tow truck or flatbed
truck).
•The weather conditions are poor (for
example, heavy rain, snow, fog and so
forth).
Note: Keep the sensors, located on the
bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and
large accumulations of dirt. Covered sensors
can affect the system's accuracy. Do not
clean the sensors with sharp objects.
Note: The sensors may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves
or cause ultrasonic interference (for
example, motorcycle exhaust, truck air
brakes or horns).
Using Active Park Assist
E142733
Press the button located on the center
console near the transmission selector or
to the right of the center stack. The touch
screen displays a message and a
corresponding graphic to indicate it's
searching for a parking space. Use the turn
signal to indicate which side of the vehicle
you want the system to search on.
170
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
Note: You can also activate the Active Park
Assist system after you have already driven
partially or completely past a parking space.
To do so, press the Active Park button and
the system will inform you if you have
recently passed a suitable parking space.
E130107
When the system finds a suitable space,
it displays a message and a tone sounds.
Stop your vehicle and follow the
instructions on the screen. If your vehicle
is moving very slowly, you may need to pull
forward a short distance before the system
is ready to park.
Note: You must observe that the selected
space remains clear of obstructions at all
times during the maneuver.
Note: You should drive your vehicle within
5 ft (1.5 m) and as parallel as possible to
the other vehicles while passing a parking
space.
Note: The system always offers the last
detected parking space (for example, if the
vehicle detects multiple spaces while you
are driving, it offers the last one).
Note: If driven above approximately 22 mph
(35 km/h), the touch screen shows a
message to alert you to reduce vehicle
speed.
Automatic Steering into Parking
Space
Note: If vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph
(10 km/h), the system switches off and you
need to take full control of the vehicle.
When you shift the transmission into
reverse (R), with your hands off the wheel
(and nothing obstructing its movement),
your vehicle steers itself into the space.
The system displays instructions to move
your vehicle back and forth in the space.
171
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
E130108
When you think the vehicle is properly
parked, or you hear a solid tone from the
parking aid (accompanied by a display
message and a chime), bring the vehicle
to a complete stop.
E130109
When automatic steering is complete, the
system displays a message and a tone
sounds, indicating that the process is
finished. You are responsible for checking
the parking job and making any necessary
corrections before leaving your vehicle.
Deactivating the Park Assist
Feature
Manually deactivate the system by:
•Pressing the active park assist button
during an active maneuver.
•Grabbing the steering wheel during
automatic steering.
•Driving above approximately 22 mph
(35 km/h) for 30 seconds during an
active park search.
•Driving above approximately 6 mph
(10 km/h) during automatic steering.
•Turning off the traction control system.
Certain vehicle conditions can also
deactivate the system, such as:
•Traction control has activated on a
slippery or loose surface.
•There is an anti-lock brake system
activation or failure.
•Something touches the steering wheel.
If a problem occurs with the system, a
warning message is displayed, followed
by a chime. Occasional system messages
may occur in normal operation. For
recurring or frequent system faults, contact
an authorized dealer to have your vehicle
serviced.
172
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
Troubleshooting the System
The system does not look for a space
The traction control system may be off.
The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must be moving forward to be able to
detect a parking space.
The system does not offer a particular space
The sensors may be covered (for example snow, ice or dirt buildup). Covered sensors
can affect the system's functionality.
There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking
space.
The parking space is farther than 5 ft (1.5 m) away or closer than 16 in (40 cm).
Your vehicle is going faster than 22 mph (35 km/h).
You may have recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After a battery disconnect,
your vehicle must be driven on a straight road at a speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h)
for up to 30 seconds.
The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space
The vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission (for example, rolling
forward when reverse [R] is selected).
An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning the vehicle
properly.
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly.
The vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space. The system performs best when
you drive the same distance past the parking space.
The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly (for example, tires not inflated
correctly, improper tire size, or tires of different sizes).
A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities.
173
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space
A parked vehicle has a high attachment (for example, a salt sprayer, snowplow, moving
truck bed, and so forth).
The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed.
The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly (for example, driving from a
heated garage into the cold, or after leaving a car wash).
REAR VIEW CAMERA (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
The rear view camera system is a
reverse aid supplement device that
still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with the interior and exterior
mirrors for maximum coverage.
Objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, might not be seen on the
screen due to the limited coverage of the
camera system.
Reverse your vehicle as slow as
possible, higher speeds may limit
your reaction time to stop your
vehicle.
Use caution when the rear cargo door
is ajar. If the rear cargo door is ajar,
the camera will be out of position
and the video image may be incorrect. All
guidelines disappear when the rear cargo
door is ajar. Some vehicles may not come
equipped with guidelines.
Use caution when turning camera
features on or off when the
transmission is not in park (P). Make
sure your vehicle is not moving.
The rear view camera system provides a
video image of the area behind your
vehicle.
During operation, lines appear in the
display which represent your vehicle’s path
and proximity to objects behind your
vehicle.
E162528
The camera is located on the rear cargo
door.
Using the Rear View Camera
System
The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in reverse (R).
174
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
The system uses three types of guides to
help you see what is behind your vehicle:
•Active guidelines: Show the intended
path of your vehicle when reversing.
•Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path
your vehicle is moving in while reversing
in a straight line. This can be helpful
when backing into a parking space or
aligning your vehicle with another
object behind you.
•Centerline: Helps align the center of
your vehicle with an object (for
example, a trailer).
Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R)
and the rear cargo door is ajar, no rear view
camera features are displayed.
Note: If the image comes on while the
transmission is not in reverse (R), have the
system inspected by your authorized dealer.
Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what is being towed behind your vehicle.
This might not provide adequate coverage
as it usually provides in normal operation
and some objects might not be seen. In
some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear
once the trailer tow connector is engaged.
Note: The camera may not operate
correctly under the following conditions:
•Nighttime or dark areas if one or both
reverse lamps are not operating.
•The camera's view is obstructed by
mud, water or debris. Clean the lens
with a soft, lint-free cloth and
non-abrasive cleaner.
•The rear of your vehicle is hit or
damaged, causing the camera to
become misaligned.
Access the rear view camera system
settings through the information display.
See General Information (page 92).
After changing a system setting, the
display screen shows a preview of the
selected features.
Camera Guidelines
Note: Dynamic guidelines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
A B C D
F
E
E142436
Active guidelinesA
CenterlineB
Fixed guideline: Green zoneC
Fixed guideline: Yellow zoneD
Fixed guideline: Red zoneE
Rear bumperF
Active guidelines are only shown with fixed
guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn
the steering wheel to point the guidelines
toward an intended path. If the steering
wheel position is changed while reversing,
your vehicle might deviate from the original
intended path.
175
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
The fixed and active guidelines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guidelines are not
shown when the steering wheel position
is straight.
Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
side view mirrors and rear view mirror to
get better coverage on both sides and rear
of your vehicle.
Enhanced Park Aids
Note: The reverse sensing system is not
effective at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h)
and may not detect certain angular or
moving objects.
The system uses red, yellow and green
highlights that appear on top of the video
image when the sensing systems detect
an object. The alert highlights all objects
detected.
Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF.
Manual Zoom
WARNING
When manual zoom is on, the full
area behind your vehicle may not
show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: When manual zoom is enabled, only
the centerline is shown.
This allows you to get a closer view of an
object behind your vehicle. The zoomed
image keeps the bumper in the image to
provide a reference. The zoom is only
active while the transmission is in reverse
(R). When the transmission is shifted out
of reverse (R), the feature automatically
turns off and must be reset when it is used
again.
Selectable settings for this feature are +
and -. The default setting for the manual
zoom is OFF.
Rear Camera Delay (If Equipped)
When you shift the transmission out of
reverse (R) and into any gear while the rear
camera delay is active, the camera image
displays until:
•Your vehicle speed sufficiently
increases.
•You shift your vehicle into park (P).
Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF. The default setting for the rear
camera delay is OFF.
176
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. You can use cruise
control when your vehicle speed is greater
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNINGS
Do not use cruise control on winding
roads, in heavy traffic or when the
road surface is slippery. This could
result in loss of vehicle control, serious
injury or death.
When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed may increase above
the set speed. The system will not
apply the brakes. Failure to follow this
warning could result in serious personal
injury or death.
Note: Cruise control will disengage if the
vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below the set speed while driving
uphill.
E142437
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel.
Switching Cruise Control On
Press and release ON.
E71340
The indicator appears in the
information display.
Note: Using cruise control with ECO Cruise
switched on may change the operation of
the system. This feature saves vehicle
energy by relaxing acceleration compared
to standard cruise control. For example, your
vehicle may temporarily lose speed when
going uphill.
Energi vehicles: ECO Cruise can be turned
on or off through the information display.
See Information Displays (page 92).
Hybrid vehicles: ECO Cruise is included in
EcoSelect which is turned on or off using
the ECO button on the center console.
For additional information, refer to ECO
Cruise and EcoSelect. See Unique Driving
Characteristics (page 135).
Note: When you are going downhill while
using cruise control, the battery charging
system and engine work together to help
maintain your set speed. Engine noise may
increase or decrease under these conditions.
Setting the Cruise Speed
1. Drive to desired speed.
2. Press and release SET+ or SET-.
3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
177
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
Changing the Set Speed
•Press and release SET+ or SET-. When
you select km/h as the display
measurement in the information
display the set speed changes in
approximately 2 km/h increments.
When you select mph as the display
measurement in the information
display the set speed changes in
approximately 1 mph increments.
•Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed. Press
and release SET+.
•Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Canceling the Set Speed
Pull and release CAN toward you or tap
the brake pedal. The set speed does not
erase.
Resuming the Set Speed
Pull and release RES toward you.
Switching Cruise Control Off
Press and release OFF when the system is
in stand by mode or switch the ignition off.
Note: You erase the set speed when you
switch the system off.
178
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM (If Equipped)
WARNING
To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the
Blind Spot Information System as a
replacement for using the interior
and exterior mirrors or looking over your
shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind
Spot Information System is not a
replacement for careful driving.
A
A
E124788
The Blind Spot Information System is
designed to aid you in detecting vehicles
that may have entered the blind spot zone
(A). The detection area is on both sides of
your vehicle, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to approximately 13 ft
(4 m) beyond the bumper. The system is
designed to alert you if certain vehicles
enter the blind spot zone while driving.
Note: The Blind Spot Information System
does not prevent contact with other vehicles
or objects; nor detect parked vehicles,
people, animals or infrastructure (fences,
guardrails, trees). It’s only designed to alert
you to vehicles in the blind spot zones.
Note: When a vehicle passes quickly
through the blind spot zone, typically fewer
than two seconds, the system does not
trigger.
Using the System
The Blind Spot Information System turns
on when you start the engine and you drive
your vehicle forward above 5 mph
(8 km/h).
For automatic transmissions, the Blind
Spot Information System remains on while
the transmission is in drive (D). If shifted
into reverse (R) or park (P) the Blind Spot
Information System turns off. Once shifted
back into drive (D), the Blind Spot
Information System turns back on when
you drive your vehicle above 5 mph
(8 km/h).
For manual transmissions, the Blind Spot
Information System is on for all gears
except the reverse (R).
Note: The Blind Spot Information System
does not function in reverse (R) or park (P).
System Lights and Messages
E142442
179
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
The Blind Spot Information System
illuminates an amber alert indicator in the
outside mirror on the side of your vehicle
the approaching vehicle is coming from.
When the Blind Spot Information System
is alerting on a vehicle and the
corresponding turn signal is ON, the Blind
Spot Information System alert indicator
flashes as an increased warning level.
The alert indicator dims when the system
detects nighttime darkness.
Note: The alert indicator flashes in case of
an alert and the turn signal is set to that side
at the same time.
System Sensor Blockage
WARNING
To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the
Blind Spot Information System as a
replacement for using the interior
and exterior mirrors or looking over your
shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind
Spot Information System is not a
replacement for careful driving.
E205199
The system uses radar sensors that are
located behind the bumper fascia on each
side of your vehicle. Any dirt, mud and
snow in front of the sensors and/or driving
in heavy rain can cause system
degradation. Also, other types of
obstructions in front of the sensor can
cause system degradation. This is referred
to as a ‘blocked’ condition.
Note: Do not apply bumper stickers and/or
repair compound to these areas, this can
cause degraded system performance.
If the system detects a degraded
performance condition, a message warning
of a blocked sensor will appear in the
information display. Also the BLIS alert
indicators will remain ON and BLIS will no
longer provide any vehicle warnings. You
can clear the information display warning
but the alert indicators will remain
illuminated.
A "blocked" condition can be cleared in
two ways:
•After the blockage in front of the
sensors is removed or the
rainfall/snowfall rate decreases or
stops, drive for a few minutes in traffic
to allow the sensors to detect passing
vehicles.
•By cycling the ignition from ON to OFF
and then back ON.
Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar with a
factory equipped trailer tow module and it
is towing a trailer, the sensors will
automatically turn the Blind Spot
Information System off. If your vehicle has
a tow bar but no factory equipped trailer
tow module, it is recommended to turn the
Blind Spot Information System off
manually. Operating the Blind Spot
Information System with a trailer attached
will cause poor system performance.
System Errors
If the system senses a problem with the
left or right sensor, the telltale will
illuminate and a message will appear in
the information display. See Information
Messages (page 101).
180
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Switching the System Off and On
You can temporarily switch the Blind Spot
Information System off in the information
display. See General Information (page
92). When the Blind Spot Information
System switches off, you will not receive
alerts and the information display shows
a system off message. The telltale in the
cluster also illuminates. When you switch
the Blind Spot Information System on or
off, the alert indicators flash twice.
Note: The Blind Spot Information System
remembers the last selected on or off
setting.
You can also have the Blind Spot
Information System switched off
permanently at an authorized dealer. Once
switched off permanently, the system can
only be switched back on at an authorized
dealer.
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (If
Equipped)
WARNING
To help avoid personal injury, NEVER
use the Cross Traffic Alert system as
a replacement for using the interior
and exterior mirrors and looking over your
shoulder before backing out of a parking
space. Cross Traffic Alert is not a
replacement for careful driving.
Cross Traffic Alert is designed to warn you
of vehicles approaching from the sides
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
Using the System
Cross Traffic Alert turns on when you start
the engine and you shift into reverse (R).
Once shifted out of reverse (R), Cross
Traffic Alert turns off.
Note: Cross Traffic Alert only functions
while your transmission is in reverse (R).
Cross Traffic Alert is designed to detect
vehicles that approach with a speed up to
37 mph (60 km/h). Coverage decreases
when the sensors are partially, mostly or
fully obstructed. Reversing slowly helps
increase the coverage area and
effectiveness.
181
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
E142440
In this first example, the left sensor is only
partially obstructed; zone coverage to the
right is nearly maximized.
E142441
182
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Zone coverage also decreases when
parking at shallow angles. Here, the left
sensor is mostly obstructed; zone coverage
on that side is severely limited.
System Lights, Messages and
Audible Alerts
E142442
The Cross Traffic Alert illuminates an
amber alert indicator in the outside mirror
on the side of your vehicle the approaching
vehicle is coming from. Cross Traffic Alert
also sounds an audible alert and a
message appears in the information
display indicating a vehicle is coming from
the right or left. Cross Traffic Alert works
with the reverse sensing system that
sounds its own series of tones. See Rear
Parking Aid (page 168).
E205199
The system uses radar sensors that are
located behind the bumper fascia on each
side of your vehicle. Do not allow mud,
snow or bumper stickers to obstruct these
areas, this can cause degraded system
performance. See Blind Spot
Information System (page 179). If the
Blind Spot Information System is blocked,
Cross Traffic Alert is also blocked. A
corresponding message appears in the
information display as soon as you shift
the transmission into reverse (R).
System Limitations
Cross Traffic Alert has its limitations;
situations such as severe weather
conditions or debris build-up on the sensor
area may limit vehicle detection.
The following are other situations that may
limit the Cross Traffic Alert performance:
•Adjacently parked vehicles or objects
obstructing the sensors.
•Approaching vehicles passing at
speeds greater than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
•Driving in reverse faster than 7 mph
(12 km/h).
•Backing out of an angled parking spot.
False Alerts
Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar with a
factory equipped trailer tow module and it
is towing a trailer, the sensors will
automatically turn the Cross Traffic Alert
off. If your vehicle has a tow bar but no
factory equipped trailer tow module, it is
recommended to turn the Cross Traffic Alert
off manually. Operating Cross Traffic Alert
with a trailer attached will cause poor Cross
Traffic Alert performance.
There may be certain instances when there
is a false alert by the Cross Traffic Alert
system that illuminates the alert indicator
with no vehicle in the coverage zone. Some
amount of false alerts are normal; they are
temporary and self-correct.
183
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
System Errors
If Cross Traffic Alert senses a problem with
the left or right sensor a message will
appear in the information display. See
Information Messages (page 101).
Switching the System Off and On
You can temporarily switch Cross Traffic
Alert off in the information display. See
General Information (page 92). When
you switch Cross Traffic Alert off, you will
not receive alerts and the information
display will display a system off message.
Note: The Cross Traffic Alert switches on
whenever the ignition is switched on and
ready to provide appropriate alerts when
the transmission is in reverse (R). Cross
Traffic Alert will not remember the last
selected on or off setting.
You can also have Cross Traffic Alert
switched off permanently at an authorized
dealer. Once switched off permanently,
the system can only be switched back on
at an authorized dealer.
STEERING
Electric Power Steering
WARNINGS
The electric power steering system
has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system. If
a fault is detected, a message displays in
the information display. Stop your vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the
ignition off. After at least 10 seconds,
switch the ignition on and watch the
information display for a steering system
warning message. If a steering system
warning message returns, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.
WARNINGS
If the system detects an error, you
may not feel a difference in the
steering, however a serious condition
may exist. Obtain immediate service from
an authorized dealer, failure to do so may
result in loss of steering control.
Your vehicle has an electric power steering
system. There is no fluid reservoir. No
maintenance is required.
If your vehicle loses electrical power while
you are driving, electric power steering
assistance is lost. The steering system still
operates and you can steer your vehicle
manually. Manually steering your vehicle
requires more effort.
Extreme continuous steering may increase
the effort required for you to steer your
vehicle. This increased effort prevents
overheating and permanent damage to
the steering system. You do not lose the
ability to steer your vehicle manually.
Typical steering and driving maneuvers
allow the system to cool and return to
normal operation.
Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
•Correct tire pressures.
•Uneven tire wear.
•Loose or worn suspension
components.
•Loose or worn steering components.
•Improper vehicle alignment.
Note: A high crown in the road or high
crosswinds may also make the steering
seem to wander or pull.
184
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Adaptive Learning
The electronic power steering system
adaptive learning helps correct road
irregularities and improves overall handling
and steering feel. It communicates with
the brake system to help operate
advanced stability control and accident
avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever
the battery is disconnected or a new
battery installed, you must drive your
vehicle a short distance before the system
relearns the strategy and reactivates all
systems.
185
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
REAR UNDER FLOOR
STORAGE
E162198
The under floor storage compartments are
located behind the front seats. Lift the
handle to unlatch the lid.
LUGGAGE COVERS
WARNINGS
Make sure that the posts are properly
latched in mounting features. The
cover may cause injury in a sudden
stop or accident if it is not securely
installed.
Do not place any objects on the
cargo area shade. They may obstruct
your vision or strike occupants of
your vehicle in a sudden stop or crash.
Use the cargo shade to cover items in the
cargo area of your vehicle.
E164183
Insert the ends of the cargo shade into the
mounting features located behind the rear
seat on the rear trim panels to install the
cargo shade.
To operate the cargo shade:
1. Pull the rear edge of the cargo shade
rearward.
2. Secure both ends of the support rod
into the retention slots located on the
rear quarter trim panels.
Removing the Shade
E162195
Press the release lever on each side
forward, and then lift the shade out of the
mounting feature. You will see a red mark
when the lever is unlatched.
186
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and
without a Trailer
This section guides you in the
proper loading of your vehicle,
trailer, or both. Keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design
rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle provides maximum return
of vehicle design performance.
Before you load your vehicle,
become familiar with the
following terms for determining
your vehicle’s weight rating, with
or without a trailer, from the
vehicle’s Tire and Loading
Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.
Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:
E198719
Payload
E143816
PAYLOAD
187
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
Payload is the combined weight
of cargo and passengers that your
vehicle is carrying. The maximum
payload for your vehicle appears
on the Tire and Loading label. The
label is either on the B-pillar or the
edge of the driver door. Vehicles
exported outside the US and
Canada may not have a tire and
loading label. Look for “The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg OR XXX lb” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the
Tire and Loading Information label
is the maximum payload for your
vehicle as built by the assembly
plant. If you install any additional
equipment on your vehicle, you
must determine the new payload.
Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed
on the Tire and Loading label.
When towing, trailer tongue
weight or king pin weight is also
part of payload.
WARNING
The appropriate loading
capacity of your vehicle can
be limited either by volume
capacity (how much space is
available) or by payload capacity
(how much weight the vehicle
should carry). Once you have
reached the maximum payload of
your vehicle, do not add more
cargo, even if there is space
available. Overloading or
improperly loading your vehicle
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and vehicle rollover.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable
weight that a single axle (front or
rear) can carry. These numbers
are on the Safety Compliance
Certification label. The label is
located on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its Gross Axle
Weight Rating.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
GVWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle.
This includes all options,
equipment, passengers and cargo.
It appears on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
The label is located on the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver
seating position.
The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating.
188
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:
E198828
WARNING
Exceeding the Safety
Compliance Certification
label vehicle weight rating limits
could result in substandard
vehicle handling or performance,
engine, transmission and/or
structural damage, serious
damage to the vehicle, loss of
control and personal injury.
Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight
Maximum loaded trailer weight is
the highest possible weight of a
fully loaded trailer the vehicle can
tow. Consult an authorized dealer
(or the RV and Trailer Towing
Guide available at an authorized
dealer) for more detailed
information.
GCWR (Gross Combined
Weight Rating)
GCWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the vehicle and the
loaded trailer, including all cargo
and passengers, that the vehicle
can handle without risking
damage. (Important: The towing
vehicle’s braking system is rated
for operation at Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, not at Gross
Combined Weight Rating.)
Separate functional brakes should
be used for safe control of towed
vehicles and for trailers where the
Gross Combined Weight of the
towing vehicle plus the trailer
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating of the towing vehicle.
The gross combined weight must
never exceed the Gross Combined
Weight Rating.
Note: For trailer towing
information refer to the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide available at
an authorized dealer.
WARNINGS
Do not exceed the GVWR or
the GAWR specified on the
Safety Compliance Certification
label.
Do not use replacement tires
with lower load carrying
capacities than the original tires
because they may lower your
vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR
limitations. Replacement tires
with a higher limit than the original
tires do not increase the GVWR
and GAWR limitations.
Exceeding any vehicle weight
rating limitation could result
in serious damage to your vehicle,
personal injury or both.
189
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
Steps for determining the
correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lb. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
Helpful examples for calculating
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You decide
to go golfing. Is there enough load
capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You
and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and
the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each.
The calculation would be: 1400 -
(5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100
- 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have
enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends
and your golf bags. In metric units,
the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) -
(5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 -
67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You and
one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home
improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for
the past two years. Measuring the
inside of the vehicle with the rear
seat folded down, you have room
for twelve 100-pound
(45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to
transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each
weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms),
the calculation would be: 1400 -
(2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440
190
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
- 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do
not have enough cargo capacity
to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds
(104 kilograms). If you remove
three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load
calculation would be:1400 - (2 x
220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 -
900 = 60 pounds. Now you have
the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also
assume that the loads are
positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload
the front or the rear gross axle
weight rating specified for your
vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.
Special Loading Instructions
for Owners of Pick-up Trucks
and Utility-type Vehicles
WARNING
Loaded vehicles may handle
differently than unloaded
vehicles. Take extra precautions,
such as slower speeds and
increased stopping distance, when
driving a heavily loaded vehicle.
191
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
TOWING A TRAILER
WARNING
Your vehicle is not approved
for trailer towing. Never tow
a trailer with your vehicle.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
Emergency Towing
WARNING
If your vehicle has a steering wheel
lock make sure the ignition is in the
accessory or on position when being
towed.
If your vehicle becomes inoperable
(without access to wheel dollies,
car-hauling trailer, or flatbed transport
vehicle), it can be flat-towed (all wheels
on the ground, regardless of the powertrain
and transmission configuration) under the
following conditions:
•Tow only in the forward direction.
•The transmission in position N. If you
cannot move the transmission into N,
you may need to override it. See
Automatic Transmission (page 159).
•Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
•Maximum distance is 50 miles (80
kilometers).
Recreational Towing
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering the vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 109).
Follow these guidelines if you have a need
for recreational (RV) towing. An example
of recreational towing would be towing
your vehicle behind a motorhome. We
designed these guidelines to prevent
damage to your transmission.
You can tow your vehicle with all four
wheels on the ground or with the front
wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly.
If you are using a tow dolly follow the
instructions specified by the equipment
provider.
If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels
on the ground:
•Tow only in the forward direction.
•Release the parking brake.
•Shift the transmission into N.
Vehicles with Push Button Start
1. Start the vehicle by pressing the brake
pedal, and then pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button until the vehicle
starts.
2. Press the brake pedal and shift the
transmission into position N.
3. Turn the vehicle off by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button once.
(Trip Summary appears in the left
instrument cluster screen when the
vehicle is off.)
Note: You can remove the key fob from the
vehicle while towing.
Vehicles with Ignition Key
1. Start the vehicle by pressing the brake
pedal, and then turning the ignition key
until the vehicle starts.
2. Press the brake pedal and shift the
transmission into position N.
192
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Towing
3. Turn the vehicle off by turning the
ignition key past the accessory position.
The key position is between the
accessory and off positions. See
Ignition Switch (page 129). (Trip
Summary appears in the left
instrument cluster screen when the
vehicle is off.)
Note: If your vehicle is equipped with an
ignition key, you cannot remove the key from
the ignition cylinder when the transmission
is in position N and the vehicle is off.
All Vehicles
•Do not exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
•Place the transmission in position P,
start the vehicle, and allow the engine
to run for one minute at the beginning
of each day (you may need to press the
accelerator pedal in order to start the
engine). After allowing the vehicle to
run, place the transmission back into
position N and the ignition in the off
position.
Note: A SHIFT TO PARK or
TRANSMISSION NOT IN PARK message
may appear in the information display when
the transmission is in position N and the
ignition is in the off position.
193
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Towing
BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for
approximately 300 mi (480 km). During
this time, your vehicle may exhibit some
unusual driving characteristics. The engine
also needs to break in. Avoid hard
accelerations and driving too fast for the
first 1,000 mi (1,600 km). If possible, avoid
carrying heavy loads up steep grades
during the break-in period.
ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Your fuel economy depends on:
•How you drive your vehicle.
•How you maintain your vehicle.
•The conditions you drive your vehicle
in.
You may improve your fuel economy by
keeping these in mind:
•Drive your vehicle at reasonable
speeds. Traveling at 65 mph
(105 km/h) uses about 15% less fuel
than traveling at 75 mph (121 km/h).
•Drive at steady speeds without
stopping.
•Anticipate stops. Slowing down your
vehicle may eliminate the need to stop.
•Keep the tires properly inflated and use
only the recommended size.
•Switch off the heater if you do not need
it. When you have the heater on, keep
it at the lowest blower and
temperature setting necessary to be
comfortable.
•When it is cold outside, park in a sunny
location or a climate-controlled
environment. This may save fuel by
reducing the energy needed to heat the
cabin.
•Switch off the air conditioning if you do
not need it. When you have the air
conditioning on, keep it at the lowest
blower and highest temperature
setting necessary to be comfortable.
•When it is hot or sunny outside, parking
in a shaded or climate-controlled
environment will save fuel by reducing
the energy needed to cool the cabin.
•For Plug-In Hybrid vehicles, use
preconditioning to improve your fuel
economy. See High Voltage Battery
(page 151).
•Switch off the heated seats if you are
not using them.
•Switch off the defroster when you no
longer need it for visibility.
•For Plug-In Hybrid vehicles, plug in and
recharge the high voltage battery
whenever possible.
•Use ECO Cruise Control, especially in
hilly terrain. See Cruise Control (page
177).
•Shift into low gear (L) when enhanced
engine braking is needed. Otherwise,
use drive gear (D) shift position.
•Combine errands and minimize
stop-and-go driving. A warmed up
engine works more efficiently. When
running errands, go to the farthest
destination first and then work your
way back home.
•Close the windows for high-speed
driving.
•Use the recommended engine oil. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
282).
•Perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 441).
•Use the coach and brake coach display
to get feedback on your economical
drive style. See Information Displays
(page 92).
194
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Hints
Avoid these actions because they reduce
your fuel economy:
•Avoid sudden or hard accelerations and
decelerations. Accelerate and slow
down in a smooth, moderate fashion.
•Avoid revving the engine before
switching off your vehicle.
•Avoid long idle periods.
•Do not warm up your vehicle on cold
mornings.
•Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
•Avoid carrying unnecessary weight.
Approximately 1 mi (1.6 km) per gallon
or 0.2 mi (0.4 km) per liter is lost for
every 400 lb (180 kg) of weight carried.
•Avoid adding accessories that increase
aerodynamic drag to your vehicle such
as bug deflectors, car top carriers and
ski or bike racks.
•Avoid driving with the wheels out of
alignment.
Things to keep in mind when you refuel
your vehicle:
•Fuel generates fewer vapors when it is
cool and dark outside. Refuel your
vehicle in the early morning or late
evening.
•Use the recommended octane-rated
fuel. Using fuel below the
recommended rating will lower your
fuel economy.
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING
Do not drive through flowing or deep
water as you may lose control of your
vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water,
check the depth. Never drive through water
that is higher than the bottom of the front
rocker area of your vehicle.
E176360
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction may
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
•Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
•Check that the horn works.
•Check that the exterior lights work.
•Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
FLOOR MATS
WARNINGS
Always use floor mats that are
designed to fit the foot well of your
vehicle. Only use floor mats that
leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only
use floor mats that are firmly secured to
retention posts so that they cannot slip out
of position and interfere with the pedals
or impair safe operation of your vehicle in
other ways.
195
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Hints
WARNINGS
Pedals that cannot move freely can
cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal
injury.
Always make sure that the floor
mats are properly attached to the
retention posts in the carpet that are
supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must
be properly secured to both retention posts
to make sure mats do not shift out of
position.
Never place floor mats or any other
covering in the vehicle foot well that
cannot be properly secured to
prevent them from moving and interfering
with the pedals or the ability to control the
vehicle.
Never place floor mats or any other
covering on top of already installed
floor mats. Floor mats should always
rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and
not another floor mat or other covering.
Additional floor mats or any other covering
will reduce the pedal clearance and
potentially interfere with pedal operation.
Check attachment of floor mats on
a regular basis. Always properly
reinstall and secure floor mats that
have been removed for cleaning or
replacement.
Always make sure that objects
cannot fall into the driver foot well
while the vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped under
the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
Failure to properly follow floor mat
installation or attachment
instructions can potentially cause
interference with pedal operation causing
a loss of vehicle control.
E142666
To install floor mats, position the floor mat
so that the eyelet is over the retention post
and press down to lock in.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
196
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Hints
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company
offers a complimentary roadside
assistance program. This program is
separate from the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. The service is available:
•24 hours a day, seven days a week.
•For the coverage period listed on the
Roadside Assistance Card included in
your Owner's Manual portfolio.
Roadside Assistance covers:
•A flat tire change with a good spare, if
provided with the vehicle (except
vehicles supplied with a tire inflation
kit).
•Battery jump start.
•Lock-out assistance (key replacement
cost is the customer's responsibility).
•Fuel delivery — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall deliver up
to 2 gal (7.6 L) of gasoline or 5 gal
(18.9 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled
vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel
delivery service to two no-charge
occurrences within a 12-month period.
•Winch out — available within 100 ft
(30.5 m) of a paved or county
maintained road, no recoveries.
•Towing — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall tow Ford
eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer
within 35 mi (56 km) of the
disablement location or to the nearest
authorized dealer. If a member
requests a tow to an authorized dealer
that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from
the disablement location, the member
shall be responsible for any mileage
costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).
Roadside Assistance includes up to $200
for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible
vehicle requires service at the nearest
authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle is
operational but the trailer is not, then the
trailer does not qualify for any roadside
services.
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference. This card is in
the owner's information portfolio in the
glove compartment.
United States Ford vehicle customers who
require Roadside Assistance, call
1-800-241-3673.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Ford Motor Company
reimburses a reasonable amount for
towing to the nearest dealership within
35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement
information, United States Ford vehicle
customers call 1-800-241-3673.
Customers need to submit their original
receipts.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting
Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of
Canada, Limited offers a complimentary
roadside assistance program. This program
is eligible within Canada or the continental
United States.
197
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
This program is separate from the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage
is concurrent with the powertrain coverage
period of your vehicle.
Canadian customers who require roadside
assistance, call 1-800-665-2006.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using
Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference.
In Canada, this card is found in the
Warranty Guide in the glove compartment
of your vehicle.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside
Assistance Program Coverage
The service is available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week.
Canadian roadside coverage and benefits
may differ from the U.S. coverage.
For complete program coverage details
you may contact your dealer, you can call
us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit
our website at www.ford.ca.
HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS
Note: If used when the vehicle is not
running, the battery will lose charge. There
may be insufficient power to restart your
vehicle.
The hazard warning button is
located on the instrument panel.
Use it when your vehicle is
creating a safety hazard for other
motorists.
•Press the button to turn on the hazard
warning function, and the front and
rear direction indicators will flash.
•Press the button again to turn them
off.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING
Failure to inspect and, if necessary,
repair fuel leaks after a collision may
increase the risk of fire and serious
injury. Ford Motor Company recommends
that the fuel system be inspected by an
authorized dealer after any collision.
In the event of a moderate to severe
collision, this vehicle has a fuel pump
shut-off feature that stops the flow of fuel
to the engine. Not every impact will cause
a shut-off.
Should your vehicle shut off after a
collision, you may restart your vehicle.
For vehicles equipped with a key system:
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Switch on the ignition.
3. Check the information display for the
Ready to Drive light as the gasoline
engine may not start, but the electric
motor may be running. If you do not see
the Ready to Drive light, repeat Steps
1 and 2 up to two more times.
For vehicles equipped with a push button
start system:
1. Press the push button start to switch
off the ignition.
2. Press the brake pedal and press the
push button start to switch on the
ignition.
3. Check the information display for the
Ready to Drive light as the gasoline
engine may not start, but the electric
motor may be running. If you do not see
the Ready to Drive light, repeat Steps
1 and 2 up to two more times.
198
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle
after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure
that the electrical system is safe to restart.
Once your vehicle determines that the
electrical system is safe, then the vehicle
will allow you to restart.
Note: In the event that your vehicle does
not restart after your third attempt, contact
an authorized dealer.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS
The gases around the battery can
explode if exposed to flames, sparks
or lit cigarettes. An explosion could
result in injury or vehicle damage.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which
can burn skin, eyes and clothing, if
contacted.
Do not attempt to push-start your
automatic transmission vehicle. Automatic
transmissions do not have push-start
capability. Attempting to push-start a
vehicle with an automatic transmission
may cause transmission damage.
Preparing Your Vehicle
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle's electrical system.
1. Park the booster vehicle close to the
hood of the disabled vehicle making
sure the two vehicles do not touch. Set
the parking brake on both vehicles and
stay clear of the engine cooling fan and
other moving parts.
2. Check all battery terminals and remove
any excessive corrosion before you
attach the battery cables. Ensure that
vent caps are tight and level.
3. Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles
to protect from any electrical surges.
Turn all other accessories off.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
Your vehicle has a 12-volt battery that has
two prongs accessible from under the
hood. Your vehicle can be jumped the
same way conventional vehicles can by
using these prongs. The illustration below
shows the two connector prongs used for
jump-starting your vehicle.
E192363
A. Positive prong (+)
B. Negative prong (-)
Note: In the illustration, the vehicle on the
bottom is used to designate the assisting
(boosting) battery.
Note: Remove the red cap from the positive
prong (A) on your vehicle before connecting
the cables.
199
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
E148861
1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (+) prong (A) of the
discharged battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the assisting battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the
negative (-) terminal of the assisting
battery.
4. Make the final connection of the
negative (-) cable to the negative (-)
prong (B) of your vehicle.
Note: Do not attach the negative (-) cable
to fuel lines, engine rocker covers, the intake
manifold or electrical components. These
items should not be considered grounding
points.
WARNING
Never connect the negative end of
the cable to the negative (-) terminal
of the discharged battery. A spark
may cause an explosion of the gases that
surround the battery. Always use the
negative prong as a grounding point.
Make sure that the cables are clear of fan
blades, belts, the moving parts of both
engines, or any fuel delivery system parts.
Jump Starting
1. Start the booster vehicle and press the
accelerator pedal moderately.
2. Start the disabled vehicle. Check the
instrument cluster for the Ready to
Drive light as the gasoline engine may
not start, but the electric motor may
be running.
3. Once you start the disabled vehicle, run
both vehicles for an additional three
minutes before disconnecting the
jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
Note: In the illustration, the vehicle on the
bottom is used to designate the assisting
(boosting) battery.
200
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
E148862
1. Remove the jumper cable from the
negative prong.
2. Remove the jumper cable on the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle's battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle's battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) prong of the disabled
vehicle's battery.
After disconnecting the jumper cables, let
the disabled vehicle sit in Ready to Drive
mode for several minutes to charge the
12V battery. The disabled vehicle can
charge the 12V battery even if the gasoline
engine may be off. The 12V battery will
receive power from the high-voltage
battery instead.
COLLISION, DAMAGE OR FIRE
EVENT
Guidance for Ford Motor Company
Electric and Hybrid-Electric
Vehicles Equipped With High
Voltage Batteries
(Vehicle Owner/Operator/General
Public)
Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicle
Considerations
In the event of damage or fire involving
an electric vehicle (EV) or
hybrid-electric vehicle (HEV):
•Always assume the high-voltage
battery and associated components
are energized and fully charged.
•Exposed electrical components, wires
and high-voltage batteries present
potential high-voltage shock hazards.
•Venting/off-gassing high-voltage
battery vapors are potentially toxic and
flammable.
•Physical damage to the vehicle or
high-voltage battery may result in
immediate or delayed release of toxic,
flammable gases and fire.
Vehicle Information and General
Safety Practices
•Know the make and model of your
vehicle.
•Review the owner’s manual and
become familiar with your vehicle’s
safety information and recommended
safety practices.
•Do not attempt to repair damaged
electric and hybrid-electric vehicles
yourself. Contact an authorized Ford
Dealer or vehicle manufacturer
representative for service.
201
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Crashes
A crash or impact significant enough to
require an emergency response for
conventional vehicles would also require
the same response for an electric or
hybrid-electric vehicle.
If possible
•Move your car to a safe, nearby
location and remain on the scene.
•Roll down the windows before shutting
your vehicle off.
•Place your vehicle in Park, set the
parking brake, turn off the vehicle,
activate the hazard lights, and move
your key(s) at least 16 feet (5 meters)
away from the vehicle.
Always
•Call 911 if assistance is needed and
advise that an electric or hybrid-electric
vehicle is involved.
•Do not touch exposed electrical
components or the engine
compartment, as a shock hazard may
exist.
•Avoid contact with leaking fluids and
gases, and remain out of the way of
oncoming traffic until emergency
responders arrive.
•When emergency responders arrive,
tell them that the vehicle involved is an
electric vehicle or hybrid vehicle.
Fires
As with any vehicle, call 911 immediately if
you see sparks, smoke or flames coming
from the vehicle.
•Exit the vehicle immediately.
•Advise 911 that an electric or
hybrid-electric vehicle is involved.
•As with any vehicle fire, do not inhale
smoke, vapors or gas from the vehicle,
as they may be hazardous.
•Remain a safe distance from the
vehicle and try to stay clear of the
smoke.
•Stay out of the roadway and stay out
of the way of any oncoming traffic
while awaiting the arrival of emergency
responders.
Post-Incident
•Do not store a severely damaged
vehicle with a lithium-ion battery inside
a structure or within 50 feet (15
meters) of any structure or vehicle.
•Make sure that passenger and cargo
compartments remain ventilated (i.e.
open window, door or trunk).
•For vehicles in the United States, notify
Ford Motor Company 1-800-392-3673
(then follow the prompts on the voice
response menu), an authorized Ford
dealer or service center as soon as
possible as there may be other steps
to secure and discharge the
high-voltage battery.
•For vehicles in Canada, notify Ford
Motor Company 1-800-565-3673
(then follow the prompts on the voice
response menu), an authorized Ford
dealer or service center as soon as
possible as there may be other steps
to secure and discharge the
high-voltage battery.
•Call 911 if you observe leaking fluids,
sparks, smoke or flames, or hear
gurgling or bubbling from the
high-voltage battery.
202
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicators
and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the
event of a serious impact that deploys an
airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety
Canopy) or the safety belt pretensioners.
The horn and indicators will turn off when:
•You press the hazard control button.
•You press the panic button on the
remote entry transmitter (if equipped).
•Your vehicle runs out of power.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
If you need to have your vehicle towed,
contact a professional towing service or,
if you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, your roadside
assistance service provider.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford
Motor Company has not approved a
slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle
damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or
by any other means.
Ford Motor Company produces a towing
manual for all authorized tow truck
operators. Have your tow truck operator
refer to this manual for proper hook-up
and towing procedures for your vehicle.
It is acceptable to have your front-wheel
drive vehicle towed from the front if using
proper wheel lift equipment to raise the
front wheels off the ground. When towing
in this manner, the rear wheels can remain
on the ground.
Front-wheel drive vehicles must have the
front wheels placed on a tow dolly when
towing your vehicle from the rear using
wheel lift equipment. This prevents
damage to the transmission.
Towing an all-wheel or four-wheel drive
vehicle requires that all wheels be off the
ground, such as using a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment. This prevents
damage to the transmission, all-wheel or
four-wheel drive system and vehicle.
203
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
GETTING THE SERVICES YOU
NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be
performed by an authorized dealer. While
any authorized dealer handling your vehicle
line will provide warranty service, we
recommend you return to your selling
authorized dealer who wants to ensure
your continued satisfaction.
Please note that certain warranty repairs
require special training and equipment, so
not all authorized dealers are authorized
to perform all warranty repairs. This means
that, depending on the warranty repair
needed, you may have to take your vehicle
to another authorized dealer.
A reasonable time must be allowed to
perform a repair after taking your vehicle
to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be
made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or
remanufactured or other parts that are
authorized by Ford.
Away From Home
If you are away from home when your
vehicle needs service, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center or use the
online resources listed below to find the
nearest authorized dealer.
In the United States:
Mailing address
Ford Motor Company
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48126
Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
(TDD for the hearing impaired:
1-800-232-5952)
Additional information and resources are
available online:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
These are some of the items that can be
found online:
•U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,
City/State or Zip Code.
•Owner Manuals.
•Maintenance Schedules.
•Recalls.
•Ford Extended Service Plans.
•Ford Genuine Accessories.
•Service specials and promotions.
In Canada:
Mailing address
Customer Relationship Centre
Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8
Telephone
1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
Website
www.ford.ca
Twitter
@FordServiceCA (English Canada)
@FordServiceQC (Quebec)
Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are
unsatisfied with the service you are
receiving, follow these steps:
1. Contact your Sales Representative or
Service Advisor at your selling or
servicing authorized dealer.
204
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
2. If your inquiry or concern remains
unresolved, contact the Sales Manager,
Service Manager or Customer Relations
Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification
on Ford Motor Company policies,
please contact the Ford Customer
Relationship Center.
In order to help us serve you better, please
have the following information available
when contacting a Customer Relationship
Center:
•Vehicle Identification Number.
•Your telephone number (home and
business).
•The name of the authorized dealer and
city where located.
•The vehicle’s current odometer reading.
In some states within the United States,
you must directly notify Ford in writing
before pursuing remedies under your
state's warranty laws, and Ford is also
allowed a final repair attempt.
Additionally, in some states within the
United States, a consumer has the option
of submitting a warranty dispute to the
BBB Auto Line before taking action under
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to
the extent allowed by state law, before
pursuing replacement or repurchase
remedies provided by certain state laws.
This dispute handling procedure is not
required prior to enforcing state created
rights or other rights which are independent
of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
state replacement or repurchase laws.
IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)
requires that, if a manufacturer or its
representative is unable to repair a motor
vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s
applicable express warranty after a
reasonable number of attempts, the
manufacturer shall be required to either
replace the vehicle with one substantially
identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to
the actual price paid or payable by the
consumer (less a reasonable allowance
for consumer use). The consumer has the
right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.
California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)
presumes that the manufacturer has had
a reasonable number of attempts to
conform the vehicle to its applicable
express warranties if, within the first 18
months of ownership of a new vehicle or
the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever
occurs first:
1. Two or more repair attempts are made
on the same non-conformity likely to
cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made
on the same nonconformity (a defect
or condition that substantially impairs
the use, value or safety of the vehicle)
OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair
of nonconformities for a total of more
than 30 calendar days (not necessarily
all at one time).
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer
must also notify the manufacturer of the
need for the repair of the nonconformity
at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126
205
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
You are required to submit your warranty
dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting
in court any rights or remedies conferred
by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).
You are also required to use BBB AUTO
LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies created by the Federal
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.
sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies
not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford
Motor Company and to your dealer. If a
warranty concern has not been resolved
using the three-step procedure outlined
earlier in this chapter in the Getting the
Services you need section, you may be
eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO
LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration.
During mediation, a representative of the
BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
Company to explore options for settlement
of the claim. If an agreement is not reached
during mediation or you do not want to
participate in mediation, and if your claim
is eligible, you may participate in the
arbitration process. An arbitration hearing
will be scheduled so that you can present
your case in an informal setting before an
impartial person. The arbitrator will
consider the testimony provided and make
a decision after the hearing.
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within forty
days after you file your claim with the BBB.
You are not bound by the decision, and
may reject the decision and proceed to
court where all findings of the BBB Auto
Line dispute, and decision, are admissible
in the court action. Should you choose to
accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford
is then bound by the decision, and must
comply with the decision within 30 days
of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information provided below, please call or
write to request a program application.
You will be asked for your name and
address, general information about your
new vehicle, information about your
warranty concerns, and any steps you have
already taken to try to resolve them. A
Customer Claim Form will be mailed that
will need to be completed, signed and
returned to the BBB along with proof of
ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will
review the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by
calling BBB AUTO LINE at
1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE
3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia 22201
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center
at 1-800-392-3673.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.
206
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)
For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where
you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford
of Canada and the authorized dealer to
resolve a factory-related vehicle service
concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of
Canada participates in an impartial third
party mediation/arbitration program
administered by the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.
In the CAMVAP program, impartial
third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at
mutually convenient times and places in
an informal environment. These impartial
arbitrators review the positions of the
parties, make decisions and, when
appropriate, render awards to resolve
disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,
and final as the arbitrator’s award is
binding on both you and Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For
more information, without charge or
obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial
Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685
or visit www.camvap.ca.
GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA
Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign
country, contact the appropriate foreign
embassy or consulate. These officials can
inform you of local vehicle registration
regulations and where to find unleaded
fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper
sulfur fuel for diesel engines.
If you cannot find the proper fuel
recommended for your vehicle, contact
our Customer Relationship Center.
The use of improper fuels in your vehicle
without proper conversion may damage
the effectiveness of your emission control
system and may cause engine knocking or
serious engine damage. Ford Motor
Company or Ford of Canada is not
responsible for any damage caused by use
of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may
also result in difficulty importing your
vehicle back into the United States.
If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,
Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands
and/or Puerto Rico , Central America, the
Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact the corresponding Ford Customer
Assistance Center:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Centers in:
207
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
E-mailFaxPhone
Customer Relation-
ship Center
apemcrc@ford.comN/AN/AAsia Pacific
expcac@ford.com
-
+1 313 594 4857
Caribbean and
Central America
menacac@ford.com971 4 3327 266FORDFord Middle East
80004443673
Lincoln
80004441067
UAE
80004441066
Saudi Arabia
8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell
phone users in Saudi
800850078
prcac@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673
Puerto Rico and U.S.
Virgin Islands
expcac@ford.com+1 313 390 0804+1-313-594-4857Sub-Saharan Africa
infokr1@ford.com or
infokr@lincoln.com
N/A+63-2-717-6410South Korea
If you buy your vehicle in North America
and then relocate to any of the above
locations, register your vehicle
identification number (VIN) and new
address with Ford Global Trade Services
by emailing, expcso@ford.com.
If you are in another foreign country,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. In
the event your inquiry is unresolved,
communicate your concern with the
dealership’s Sales Manager, Service
Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
If you require additional assistance or
clarification, please contact the respective
Customer Relationship Center as
previously listed.
Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.
ORDERING ADDITIONAL
OWNER'S LITERATURE
To order the publications in this portfolio,
contact Helm, Incorporated at:
HELM, INCORPORATED
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Or to order a free publication catalog, call
toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
208
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
Helm, Incorporated can also be reached
by their website:
www.helminc.com
(Items in this catalog may be purchased
by credit card, check or money order.)
Obtaining a French Owner’s
Manual
French Owner’s Manual can be obtained
from your authorized dealer or by
contacting Helm, Incorporated using the
contact information listed previously in this
section.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
E142557
If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Ford Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Ford Motor
Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write
to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue,
Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(CANADA ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.
209
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
Transport Canada Contact Information
www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/safevehicles-defectinvestigations-
index-76.htm (English)
Website
www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/VehiculesSecuritaires-Enquetes-
index-76.htm (French)
Website
1–800–333–0510Phone
Ford of Canada Contact Information
www.ford.caWebsite
1–800–565-3673Phone
210
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Pre-Fuse Box
Your vehicle has a pre-fuse box attached
to the power distribution box. There is a
second pre-fuse box attached to the
12-volt battery terminal in the rear of your
vehicle. They contain high-current fuses.
If you need to replace one of these fuses,
see an authorized dealer.
Power Distribution Box
WARNINGS
Always disconnect the battery before
servicing high current fuses.
WARNINGS
To reduce risk of electrical shock,
always replace the cover to the
power distribution box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.
The power distribution box is located in
the engine compartment. It has
high-current fuses that protect your
vehicle's main electrical systems from
overloads.
If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you will need to reset some
features. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 233).
Lift the release lever at the rear of the cover
to remove it.
E162196
211
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Cooling fan module.50A MidiF1
Electric water pump.50A MidiF2
Body control module supply 1.50A MidiF3
Body control module supply 2.50A MidiF4
Not used.—F5
Not used.—F6
Anti-lock brake system pump.
40A2
F7
Anti-lock brake system valve.
30A2
F8
Vacuum pump.
40A2
F9
Heater blower motor.
40A2
F10
Engine management.
30A2
F11
Not used.—F12
Powertrain control module relay.
25A2
F13
Rear wiper.
20A2
F14
Body control module KL30 supply.
30A2
F15
Body control module 15 feed.
20A2
F16
Transmission oil pump (C-MAX Energi).
20A2
F17
Front wiper motor.
20A2
F18
Anti-lock brake system and electronic
stability program module.
5A1
F19
Horn.
15A1
F20
Stop light switch.
5A1
F21
Vacuum pump monitoring.
5A1
F22
212
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Engine control module 15.
5A1
F23
Powertrain control module 15.
Transmission oil pump 15.
Relay coils.
5A1
F24
Light switch module.
Motor electronic cooling pump.
10A1
F25
Electronic power assist steering module
15.
5A1
F26
Mass air flow sensor.
5A1
F27
Powertrain control module.
15A1
F28
Electronic air conditioning compressor.
10A1
F29
Positive temperature coefficient heater.
Engine control module.
10A1
F30
Powertrain control module.
Charge port light ring (C-MAX Energi).
5A1
F31
Vehicle power 2.
20A1
F32
Vehicle power 4.
15A1
F33
Injectors.
10A1
F34
Vehicle power 3.
10A1
F35
Vehicle power 1.
20A1
F36
Vacuum pump.Micro relayR1
Horn.Micro relayR2
Hybrid powertrain control.Micro relayR3
Front wiper.Micro relayR4
Vacuum pump.Micro relayR5
Front and rear wiper high-low.Micro relayR6
Not used.—R7
213
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Ignition feed.Power relayR8
Not used.—R9
Not used.—R10
Not used.—R11
Cooling fan.Power relayR12
Heater blower.Mini relayR13
Engine control relay.Mini relayR14
1 Mini fuse.
2 Cartridge fuse.
Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel
The fuse panel is located on the right-hand
side below the glove box. You may need
to remove a trim panel to access it.
214
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
E129926
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Fuel pump supply.20AF56
Not used.—F57
Not used (spare).5AF58
Passive anti-theft system.5AF59
Interior light.10AF60
Driver door switch pack.
Glove box illumination.
Overhead console switch bank.
215
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Cigar lighter.20AF61
Second row power point.
Autowiper module.5AF62
Autodimming rear view mirror.
Not used (spare).10AF63
Not used.—F64
Liftgate release.10AF65
Driver door unlock supply.20AF66
Cell phone passport (C-MAX Energi).7.5AF67
Multi-function display.
GPS module.
Sync.
Not used (spare).15AF68
Instrument cluster.5AF69
Central lock and unlock supply.20AF70
Climate control module.7.5AF71
Steering wheel module.7.5AF72
Data link connector.7.5AF73
OBD II supply.
Headlamp supply.15AF74
Fog lamp supply.15AF75
Reversing lamp supply.10AF76
Washer pump.20AF77
Ignition switch, Start button.5AF78
Radio.15AF79
Hazard light switch.
Not used (spare).20AF80
Power sun shade.5AF81
Remote receiver antenna.
Washer pump ground.20AF82
216
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Central locking ground.20AF83
Drive door unlock ground.20AF84
Electronic 15 feed.7.5AF85
Restraints control module.10AF86
Passenger air bag deactivation indicator.
Not used (spare).15AF87
Not used (spare).25AF88
Not used.—F89
Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel
The fuse panel is located in the luggage
compartment behind the left side wheel
well. Remove the fuse panel cover to gain
access to the fuses.
E129927
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Hands-free liftgate entry module.5AF1
Keyless vehicle module.10AF2
Keyless vehicle door handles.5AF3
Door control unit front left.25AF4
217
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Door control unit front right.25AF5
Door control unit rear left.25AF6
Door control unit rear right.25AF7
Passenger seat motor.25AF8
Driver seat motor.25AF9
Heated rear window.25AF10
Ignition relay.5AF11
Battery electronics control module.15AF12
Not used.—F13
Charger (C-MAX Energi).10AF14
Not used.—F15
Not used.—F16
Battery electronics control module.10AF17
Battery electronics control module — fan.15AF18
Charger fan (C-MAX Energi).15AF19
Not used.—F20
Smart datalink connector.15AF21
Active noise cancellation.10AF22
Not used.—F23
DC/AC power converter.30AF24
Power liftgate.25AF25
AC/DC charger (C-MAX Energi).40AF26
Luggage compartment outlet.20AF27
Not used.—F28
Blind spot detection.5AF29
Parking aid module.5AF30
Rear view camera.5AF31
218
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
DC/AC power converter.5AF32
Not used.—F33
Driver seat heater.20AF34
Passenger seat heater.20AF35
Not used.—F36
Power sun shade.20AF37
Not used.—F38
Not used.—F39
Not used.—F40
Not used.—F41
Not used.—F42
Not used.—F43
Not used.—F44
Not used.-F45
Fuel system.10AF46
Rear 15 relay.Power relayR1
Heated rear window.Mini relayR2
Fuel door (C-MAX Energi).Micro relayR3
Not used.—R4
Not used.—R5
Rear wiper.Micro relayR6
219
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
Always replace a fuse with one that
has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage
rating can cause severe wire damage and
could start a fire.
E217331
If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.
Fuse Types
E207206
Fuse TypeCallout
Micro 2A
Micro 3B
MaxiC
MiniD
220
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse TypeCallout
M CaseE
J CaseF
J Case Low ProfileG
221
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
GENERAL INFORMATION
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. There is a large network of
authorized dealers that are there to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. We believe that their specially
trained technicians are best qualified to
service your vehicle properly and expertly.
They are supported by a wide range of
highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle.
If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which
parts and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. Motorcraft® parts are
designed and built to provide the best
performance in your vehicle.
Precautions
•Do not work on a hot engine.
•Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
•Do not work on a vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed space,
unless you are sure you have enough
ventilation.
•Keep all open flames and other burning
material (such as cigarettes) away
from the battery and all fuel related
parts.
Working with the Engine Off
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Switch off the engine.
3. Block the wheels.
Working with the Engine On
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and/or personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Block the wheels.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Hood
E142457
1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release
handle located under the left-hand
side of the instrument panel.
2. Slightly lift the hood.
3. Release the hood latch by pushing the
secondary release lever to your
left-hand side.
222
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
E87786
4. Open the hood. Support the hood with
the strut.
Closing the Hood
1. Remove the hood strut from the catch
and secure it correctly after use.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last 8-12
in (20-30 cm).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW -
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV)
WARNING
The inverter system controller
contains various high-voltage
components that can cause serious
bodily harm or death. The inverter system
controller is not serviceable and should
never be touched, probed, or tampered
with.
Note: Do not attempt to service any of the
high-voltage components or wiring. For
easier identification, the high-voltage wiring
insulation is color coated orange.
223
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
A B C D E F G
H
I
E162485
Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 228).A
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 226).B
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 226).C
Engine air filter cover. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 244).D
Inverter system controller.E
Brake fluid reservoir cap. See Brake Fluid Check (page 232).F
Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 211).G
Inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap.H
Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap. See Washer Fluid Check (page 232).I
224
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW -
PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC
VEHICLE (PHEV)
WARNING
The inverter system controller
contains high-voltage components
and is not serviceable. Do not touch,
probe, or tamper with it. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
Note: Do not attempt to service any of the
high-voltage components or wiring. For
easier identification, the high-voltage wiring
insulation is color coded orange.
E190353
Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 228).A
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 226).B
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 226).C
Engine air filter cover. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 244).D
Inverter system controller.E
225
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Brake fluid reservoir cap. See Brake Fluid Check (page 232).F
Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 211).G
Inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap.H
Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap. See Washer Fluid Check (page 232).I
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
A B
E169062
MINA
MAXB
ENGINE OIL CHECK
Check the level before starting the engine
and make sure that the level is between
the MIN and the MAX marks.
1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Switch the engine off and wait 10
minutes for the oil to drain into the oil
pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint-free cloth. Replace the
dipstick and remove it again to check
the oil level.
If the oil level is at the minimum mark, add
oil immediately.
Adding Engine Oil
Note: Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.
Note: Do not add oil further than the MAX
mark. Oil levels above the MAX mark may
cause engine damage.
E142732
Only use oils certified for gasoline engines
by the American Petroleum Institute (API).
An oil with this trademark symbol
conforms to the current engine and
emission system protection standards and
fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Council (ILSAC), comprised of
U.S. and Japanese automobile
manufacturers.
1. Remove the filler cap.
2. Add engine oil that meets the Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 282).
3. Wipe off any spilled oil.
4. Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you
feel a strong resistance.
226
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Low Engine Use (If Equipped)
The low engine use mode is equipped on
Energi models only. The low engine use
mode keeps the engine oil quality in good
condition when you drive your vehicle with
limited engine use. If your vehicle is in low
engine use mode when you start the
vehicle, a message appears in the
information display. When your vehicle is
in low engine use mode, your vehicle runs
the engine as necessary.
Selecting EV Now mode when your vehicle
is in the low engine use mode suspends
the low engine use mode for as long as you
continue driving your vehicle. The low
engine use mode resumes the next time
you start your vehicle.
Changing the engine oil and resetting the
oil life monitoring system suspends the low
engine use mode.
Operating in Cold Climates and
Short Driving Cycles
Some gasoline engines may experience a
buildup of moisture in the engine oil if
repeatedly operated in cold weather and
short driving cycles that do not fully warm
the engine.
When you see a thick milky substance
under the oil cap, this indicates moisture
is present.
This condition can be more prevalent in
gas electric hybrid vehicles that run the gas
engine for very short driving cycles.
To prevent engine damage under these
conditions customers should follow these
steps:
•Drive your vehicle at full engine
temperature for 15 to 30 minutes.
•Drive your vehicle at highway speeds.
•Drive your vehicle with the defroster
(hybrid vehicles) at full.
We recommend frequent oil changes.
Follow severe duty cycle in the
maintenance guide. This helps remove the
moisture contaminated oil from the engine.
Cold Weather Operation
To determine if the shortened oil change
interval or warming of the engine is
sufficient, clean and check the oil fill cap
on a regular basis. This will confirm that
the thick milky substance is not returning.
When extreme cold weather and sub-zero
conditions exist, fuel may be found in the
engine oil. This is caused by the engine not
reaching its full engine temperature.
In this situation, carry out the above steps
to prevent engine damage.
OIL CHANGE INDICATOR
RESET (If Equipped)
Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring
System
Only reset the oil life monitoring system
after changing the engine oil and oil filter.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
engine. For vehicles with push-button
start, press and hold the start button
for two seconds without pressing the
brake pedal. Do not start the engine.
2. Press the accelerator and brake pedals
at the same time.
3. Keep the accelerator and brake pedals
fully pressed.
4. After three seconds, a message
confirming that the reset is in progress
will be displayed.
5. After 25 seconds, a message
confirming that the reset is complete
will be displayed.
6. Release the accelerator and brake
pedals.
227
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
7. The message confirming that the reset
is complete will no longer be displayed.
8. Switch the ignition off. For vehicles with
push-button start, press the start
button to switch the ignition off.
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNINGS
To reduce the risk of personal injury,
make sure the engine is cool before
unscrewing the coolant pressure
relief cap. The cooling system is under
pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come
out forcefully when you loosen the cap
slightly.
Do not put coolant in the windshield
washer fluid reservoir. If sprayed on
the windshield, coolant could make
it difficult to see through the windshield.
To reduce the risk of personal injury,
make sure the engine is cool before
unscrewing the coolant pressure
relief cap. The cooling system is under
pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come
out forcefully when you loosen the cap
slightly.
Do not add coolant further than the
MAX mark.
Your vehicle has two separate cooling
systems. One for cooling the engine and a
separate system for cooling the inverter
system controller that is specific to the
hybrid operating system. The two systems
operate similarly, with the inverter system
controller cooling system generally
operating at a lower temperature and
pressure.
When the engine is cold, check the
concentration and level of the coolant at
the intervals listed in the scheduled
maintenance information. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 441).
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and MAX marks on the
coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Maintain coolant concentration within
48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F
(-37°C). Coolant concentration should be
checked using a refractometer. We do not
recommend the use of hydrometers or
coolant test strips for measuring coolant
concentration.
Adding Coolant
WARNING
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is running or
hot.
Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable. Do not use coolant or
windshield washer fluid outside of its
specified function and vehicle location.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or non-specified additives
as they can cause damage to the engine
cooling or heating systems. Resulting
component damage may not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
It is very important to use prediluted
coolant approved to the correct
specification in order to avoid plugging the
small passageways in the engine cooling
system. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 286). Do not mix
different colors or types of coolant in your
vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using
an incorrect coolant may harm the engine
or cooling system components and may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
228
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Note: If prediluted coolant is not available,
use the approved concentrated coolant
diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 282).
Using water that has not been deionised
may contribute to deposit formation,
corrosion and plugging of the small cooling
system passageways.
Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and
models may not be approved to Ford
specifications and may cause damage to
the cooling system. Resulting component
damage may not be covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted coolant approved to
the correct specification. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
282).
3. Add enough prediluted coolant to
reach the correct level.
4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap, turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
5. Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle. If necessary, add enough
prediluted engine coolant to bring the
coolant level to the correct level.
If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
engine coolant per month, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Operating an engine with a low level of
coolant can result in engine overheating
and possible engine damage.
Note: During normal vehicle operation, the
coolant may change color from orange to
pink or light red. As long as the coolant is
clear and uncontaminated, this color change
does not indicate the coolant has degraded
nor does it require the coolant to be drained,
the system to be flushed, or the coolant to
be replaced.
Note: In case of emergency, you can add a
large amount of water without coolant in
order to reach a vehicle service location.
Water alone, without coolant, can cause
engine damage from corrosion, overheating
or freezing. When you reach a service
location, you must have the cooling system
drained and refilled with prediluted coolant
approved to the correct specification. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 282).
Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute:
•Alcohol.
•Methanol.
•Brine.
•Any coolant mixed with alcohol or
methanol antifreeze.
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine
damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of
the coolant.
Recycled Coolant
We do not recommend the use of recycled
coolant as an approved recycling process
is not yet available.
Dispose of used engine coolant in an
appropriate manner. Follow your
community’s regulations and standards
for recycling and disposing of automotive
fluids.
229
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates:
•It may be necessary to increase the
coolant concentration above 50%.
•A coolant concentration of 60%
provides improved freeze point
protection. Coolant concentrations
above 60% decrease the overheat
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
•You can decrease the coolant
concentration to 40%.
•Coolant concentrations below 40%
decrease the freeze and corrosion
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme
climates should use prediluted coolant for
optimum cooling system and engine
protection.
Coolant Change
At specific mileage intervals, as listed in
the scheduled maintenance information,
the coolant should be changed. Add
prediluted coolant approved to the correct
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 282).
Fail-Safe Cooling
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before any incremental
component damage occurs. The fail-safe
distance depends on ambient
temperature, vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat, the
coolant temperature gauge moves toward
the red zone:
A warning lamp illuminates and
a message may appear in the
information display.
If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating
cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder
acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still
operates, however:
•Engine power is limited.
•The air conditioning system turns off.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNINGS
Fail-safe mode is for use during
emergencies only. Operate your
vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long
as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest
in a safe location and seek immediate
repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your
vehicle will have limited power, will not be
able to maintain high-speed operation, and
may completely shut down without
warning, potentially losing engine power,
power steering assist, and power brake
assist, which may increase the possibility
of a crash resulting in serious injury.
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is running or
hot.
230
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Your vehicle has limited engine power
when in the fail-safe mode, drive your
vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not
maintain high-speed operation and the
engine may operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
2. If you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, we recommend
that you contact your roadside
assistance service provider.
3. If this is not possible, wait a short
period for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools,
you can re-start the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible to
minimize engine damage.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair
increases the chance of engine damage.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management (If Equipped)
WARNING
To reduce the risk of crash and injury,
be prepared that the vehicle speed
may reduce and the vehicle may not
be able to accelerate with full power until
the coolant temperature reduces.
If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the
engine may temporarily reach a higher
temperature during severe operating
conditions, for example ascending a long
or steep grade in high ambient
temperatures.
At this time, you may notice the coolant
temperature gauge moves toward the red
zone and a message may appear in the
information display.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle
speed caused by reduced engine power.
In order to manage the engine coolant
temperature. Your vehicle may enter this
mode if certain high-temperature and
high-load conditions take place. The
amount of speed reduction depends on
vehicle loading, grade and ambient
temperature. If this occurs, there is no need
to pull off the road. You can continue to
drive your vehicle.
The air conditioning may automatically
turn on and off during severe operating
conditions to protect the engine from
overheating. When the coolant
temperature decreases to the normal
operating temperature, the air conditioning
turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves
fully into the red zone, or if the coolant
temperature warning or service engine
soon messages appear in your information
display, do the following:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and shift the transmission into
park (P).
2. Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
returns to the normal position. After
several minutes, if the temperature
does not drop, follow the remaining
steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart
the engine and continue.
231
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK
If required, have an authorized dealer check
and change the transmission fluid at the
correct service interval. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 441).
The automatic transmission does not have
a transmission fluid dipstick. Your
transmission does not consume fluid.
An authorized dealer should check the
fluid:
•If the transmission is not working
properly.
•If you notice signs of fluid leakage.
Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments or cleaning
agents. The use of these materials may
affect transmission operation and result
in damage to internal transmission
components.
BRAKE FLUID CHECK
WARNINGS
Do not use any fluid other than the
recommended brake fluid as this will
reduce brake efficiency. Use of
incorrect fluid could result in the loss of
vehicle control, serious personal injury or
death.
Only use brake fluid from a sealed
container. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or death.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
WARNINGS
A fluid level between the MAX and
MIN lines is within the normal
operating range and there is no need
to add fluid. A fluid level not in the normal
operating range could compromise the
performance of the system. Have your
vehicle checked immediately.
To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir
cap must remain in place and fully tight,
unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 282).
POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK
Your vehicle is equipped with an electric
power steering (EPS) system. There is no
fluid reservoir to check or fill.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING
If you operate your vehicle in
temperatures below 40°F (5°C), use
washer fluid with antifreeze
protection. Failure to use washer fluid with
antifreeze protection in cold weather could
result in impaired windshield vision and
increase the risk of injury or accident.
Note: The front and rear washer systems
are supplied from the same reservoir.
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is
low. Only use a washer fluid that meets
Ford specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 282).
232
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
State or local regulations on volatile
organic compounds may restrict the use
of methanol, a common windshield washer
antifreeze additive. Washer fluids
containing non-methanol antifreeze
agents should be used only if they provide
cold weather protection without damaging
the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or
washer system.
FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime
fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel
tank. Regular maintenance or replacement
is not needed.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNINGS
Batteries normally produce explosive
gases which can cause personal
injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.
When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the end walls
could cause acid to flow through the
vent caps, resulting in personal injury and
damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the
battery with a battery carrier or with your
hands on opposite corners.
WARNINGS
Keep batteries out of reach of
children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush
immediately with water for a minimum of
15 minutes and get prompt medical
attention. If acid is swallowed, call a
physician immediately.
Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds. Wash hands after
handling.
Your vehicle has a Motorcraft®
maintenance-free battery which normally
does not require additional water during
its life of service.
Note: If your vehicle's battery has a cover
or shield, make sure it is reinstalled after the
battery has been cleaned or replaced.
Note: See an authorized dealer for low
voltage battery access, testing, or
replacement.
When a low voltage battery replacement
is necessary, see an authorized dealer to
replace the low voltage battery with a Ford
recommended replacement low voltage
battery that matches the electrical
requirements of the vehicle.
To ensure proper operation of the battery
management system (BMS), do not allow
a technician to connect any electrical
device ground connection directly to the
low voltage battery negative post. A
connection at the low voltage battery
negative post can cause inaccurate
measurements of the battery condition
and potential incorrect system operation.
233
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Note: If a person adds electrical or
electronic accessories or components to the
vehicle, the accessories or components may
adversely affect the low voltage battery
performance and durability and may also
affect the performance of other electrical
systems in the vehicle.
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry. Also,
make certain the battery cables are always
tightly fastened to the battery terminals.
If you see any corrosion on the battery or
terminals, remove the cables from the
terminals and clean with a wire brush. You
can neutralize the acid with a solution of
baking soda and water.
When a battery replacement is required,
the battery should only be replaced with
a Ford recommended replacement battery
that matches the electrical requirements
of the vehicle.
Because your vehicle’s engine is
electronically-controlled by a computer,
some engine control settings are
maintained by power from the low voltage
battery. Some engine computer settings,
like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy,
optimize the driveability and performance
of the engine. Some other computer
settings, like the clock and radio station
presets, are also maintained in memory by
power from the low voltage battery. When
a technician disconnects and connects the
low voltage battery, these settings are
erased. Complete the following procedure
in order to restore the settings:
1. With the vehicle at a complete stop,
set the parking brake.
2. Shift into park (P).
3. Switch off all accessories.
4. Fully press the brake pedal and start
the vehicle.
5. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature. While the
engine is warming up, complete the
following: Reset the clock. See Audio
System (page 289). Reset the power
windows bounce-back feature. See
Windows and Mirrors (page 78).
Reset the radio station presets. See
Audio System (page 289).
6. Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute. If the engine turns off, press
the accelerator pedal to start the
engine.
7. While the engine is running, press the
brake pedal and shift into neutral (N).
8. Allow the engine to run for at least one
minute by pressing on the accelerator
pedal.
9. Drive the vehicle at least 12 mi (20 km)
to completely relearn the idle and fuel
trim strategy.
Note: If you do not allow the engine to
relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy, the
idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely
affected until the engine computer
eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel
trim strategy.
Make sure that you dispose of old batteries
in an environmentally friendly way. Seek
advice from your local authority about
recycling old batteries.
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
E142463
234
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES
Replace the wiper blades at least annually
for optimum performance.
You can improve poor wiper quality by
cleaning the wiper blades and the
windshield.
Note: The windshield wiper blades are
different in length. If you install wiper
blades of the wrong length, the wiper blades
can clash damaging the wiper system.
Service Position
Set the windshield wipers in the service
position to change the wiper blades.
Note: You can use the service position to
provide easier access to the wiper blades
for freeing them from snow and ice.
Note: Make sure the windshield is free from
snow and ice before you switch the ignition
on.
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Switch the ignition off.
E129986
A
3. Press and hold the wiper lever in
position A within three seconds.
E162532
4. Release the wiper lever when the
windshield wipers reach the service
position.
Note: The wipers remain in the service
position when you switch the ignition on.
Press and release the wiper lever to return
them to the park position.
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when
lifting the wiper arm.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
235
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Note: Make sure the windshield is clean
before using new wiper blades.
E129990
1
1
2
1. Lift the wiper arm and then press the
wiper blade locking buttons together.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
Changing the Rear Window Wiper
Blade
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when
lifting the wiper arm.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
1. Lift the wiper arm.
E130060
3
2
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Disengage the wiper blade from the
wiper arm.
4. Remove the wiper blade.
5. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
The headlamps on your vehicle are
properly aimed at the assembly plant. If
your vehicle has been in an accident, the
alignment of your headlamps should be
checked by your authorized dealer.
236
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
E142592
8 feet (2.4 meters)A
Center height of lamp to groundB
25 feet (7.6 meters)C
Horizontal reference lineD
1. Park the vehicle directly in front of a
wall or screen on a level surface,
approximately 25 feet (7.6 meters)
away.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern for
adjusting, you may want to block the light
from one headlamp while adjusting the
other.
2. Measure the height of the headlamp
bulb center from the ground and mark
an 8 foot (2.4 meter) horizontal
reference line on the vertical wall or
screen at this height.
3. Turn on the low beam headlamps to
illuminate the wall or screen and open
the hood.
E142465
4. On the wall or screen you will observe
a flat zone of high intensity light
located at the top of the right hand
portion of the beam pattern. If the top
edge of the high intensity light zone is
not at the horizontal reference line, the
headlamp will need to be adjusted.
E142467
5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each
headlamp. Using a Phillips #2
screwdriver, turn the adjuster either
clockwise or counterclockwise in order
to aim the headlamp. The horizontal
edge of the brighter light should touch
the horizontal reference line.
6. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.
Horizontal Aim Adjustment
Horizontal aim is not required for this
vehicle and is non-adjustable.
237
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
REMOVING A HEADLAMP
2
2
E142468
1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition
off.
2. Remove the screws that secure the
lamp assembly.
3. Pull the headlamp toward the front of
your vehicle to disengage it from its
locating points and then lift the
headlamp up.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
CHANGING A BULB
Replacing Headlamp Bulbs
WARNING
Handle a halogen headlamp bulb
carefully and keep out of children’s
reach. Grasp the bulb by only its
plastic base and do not touch the glass.
The oil from your hand could cause the
bulb to break the next time the headlamps
are operated.
Note: If the bulb is accidentally touched, it
should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Locating the headlamp bulbs:
E162549
Direction indicator lamp.A
Low beam headlamp.B
High beam headlamp.C
Replacing the High Beam Headlamp
Bulb:
E162550
1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove service cap.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Remove bulb from the headlamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise, then pull it straight
out.
Replacing the Low Beam Headlamp
Bulb:
238
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
E162551
1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove service cap.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Remove bulb from the headlamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise, then pull it straight
out.
Install the new bulbs in reverse order.
Replacing Side Marker Bulbs:
E162552
1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove service cap.
3. Remove the bulb holder.
4. Remove bulb from the headlamp
assembly.
Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing Fog, Park and Direction
Indicator Bulbs
E162553
Note: You cannot separate the fog lamp
bulb from the bulb holder.
1. Remove the fog lamp cover.
2. Remove the 2 screws.
3. Remove the lamp.
239
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
4
5
E162554
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
5. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
6. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing Tail, Brake and Direction
Indicator Bulbs
E162555
1. Make sure the headlamp control is in
the off position.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Remove the trim panel cover.
E162556
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
5. Remove the wing nut.
6. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
E162557
7. Remove the bulb holder.
8. Gently press the bulb into the bulb
holder, then turn the bulb
counterclockwise and remove the bulb.
(A) Taillamp and brake lamp. (B)
Direction indicator lamp.
Install the new bulb in reverse order.
240
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Replacing Reverse Lamp and Tail
Lamp Bulbs
E162558
1. Make sure the lighting control is in the
off position.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Remove the trim panel cover.
E162559
4. Remove the wing nut.
5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
E162560
6. Disconnect the electrical connector.
7. Remove the bulb holder.
8. Gently press the bulb into the bulb
holder, turn the bulb counterclockwise,
and remove the bulb. (A) Reverse
lamp. (B) Tail lamp.
9. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb
3
2
1
E72789
1. Carefully release the spring clip.
2. Remove the lamp.
3. Remove the bulb.
Reverse steps to reinstall bulb.
241
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Replacing the Center High
Mounted Brake Lamp Bulbs
E162562
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Detach the clips above the inboard side
of the rear window.
E162563
3. Insert a suitable tool into the holes.
4. Carefully pull the lamp towards the
front of the vehicle in order to release
the spring clips.
E162564
5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
6. Remove the bulb holder.
7. Remove the bulb.
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Replacement bulbs are specified in the
chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be
marked with an authorized “D.O.T.” for
North America to ensure lamp
performance, light brightness and pattern
and safe visibility. The correct bulbs will
not damage the lamp assembly or void the
lamp assembly warranty and will provide
quality bulb burn time.
Trade numberFunction
9005LLHeadlamps high beam (Halogen)
H11LLHeadlamp low beam (Halogen)
168Sidemarker - front
194Park lamp - front
W21WTurn lamp - front
H10 (9145)Fog lamps
242
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Trade numberFunction
3157KTail/brake lamp
T20Turn lamp - rear
921Backup lamp
W5WLicense plate lamp
W5W* High-mount brake lamp
LED* Interior lamps
* To replace these lamps - see your authorized dealer.
To replace all instrument panel lights - see your authorized dealer
243
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.
Change the air filter element at the correct
interval.
Note: When changing the air filter element,
use only the air filter element listed. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 282).
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter
element may result in severe engine
damage. Resulting component damage
may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Failure to re-install the air cleaner
assembly properly by fully seating on the
mounting studs in five places and securing
with the two bolts may result in air cleaner
assembly dislodgement from engine and
damage to the air cleaner assembly and
other engine components. Therefore we
recommend that the air filter be serviced at
a Ford dealer.
Air Cleaner Assembly Components
E162533
A C D
E
B
244
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Air cleaner assembly.A
Air cleaner cover.B
Air cleaner outlet tube.C
Positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) tube.D
Air cleaner intake tube.E
Removing the Engine Air Filter
Element
E162534
1. Loosen the hose clamps for air cleaner
outlet tube (C). Disconnect the tube
from the air cleaner assembly (A).
2. Release the tabs and disconnect the
PCV tube (D) from the air cleaner
outlet tube (C) and remove the tube.
3. Disconnect the air cleaner intake tube
(E) from the air cleaner assembly (A).
E162535
4. Remove the bolts from each side of the
air cleaner assembly (A) as shown with
arrows.
E162536
5. Lift the air cleaner assembly (A) from
the mounting studs, then rotate and
pull it toward the front of the vehicle.
E162537
6. Remove the 5 bolts from the air cleaner
cover (B).
7. Remove the air cleaner cover (B) from
the air cleaner assembly (A).
245
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Installing the Engine Air Filter
Element
Note: Clean the inside of the air cleaner
assembly before installing a new air filter
element.
E162538
1. Install the new air filter element into
the engine air cleaner assembly.
2. Install the air cleaner cover (B) and
tighten the 5 bolts.
E162539
3. Position the air cleaner assembly (A)
onto the engine and make sure the
assembly is aligned with the studs.
E162540
4. Install and tighten the bolts to each
side of the air cleaner assembly (A) as
shown with arrows.
5. Attach the air cleaner intake tube (E)
to the air cleaner assembly (A).
E162541
6. Connect the PCV tube (D) to the air
cleaner outlet tube (C).
7. Connect the air cleaner intake tube (E)
to the air cleaner assembly (A).
246
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
Your dealer has many quality products
available to clean your vehicle and protect
its finishes.
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Materials
For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft® Detail Wash ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser ZC-20 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo CXC-66-A (Canada)
Motorcraft® Leather and Vinyl Cleaner ZC-56 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner CXC-101 (Canada)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant
ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant
CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner
ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover ZC-14 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC-23 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner CXC-100 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Dusting Cloth (ZC-24)
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing
cycle, make sure that you remove the wax
from the windshield and the wiper blades.
Note: Prior to using a car wash facility
check the suitability of it for your vehicle.
Note: Some car washes use water at high
pressure. Due to this, water droplets may
enter inside your vehicle and could also
damage certain parts of your vehicle.
Note: Remove the aerial before using an
automatic car wash.
Note: Switch the heater blower off to
prevent contamination of the fresh air filter.
247
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
We recommend that you wash your vehicle
with a sponge and lukewarm water
containing a car shampoo.
Cleaning the Headlamps
Note: Do not scrape the headlamp lenses
or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or
chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when
they are dry.
Cleaning the Rear Window
Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear
window or use abrasives or chemical
solvents to clean it.
Use a clean, lint free cloth or a damp
chamois leather to clean the inside of the
rear window.
Cleaning the Chrome Trim
Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical
solvents. Use soapy water.
Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot
surfaces and do not leave cleaning product
on chrome surfaces for a period of time
exceeding that which is recommended.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause
damage over a period of time.
Cleaning Stripes or Graphics (If
Equipped)
Hand washing your vehicle is preferred
however, pressure washing may be used
under the following conditions:
•Do not use water pressure higher than
2,000 psi (14,000 kPa).
•Do not use water hotter than 179°F
(82°C).
•Use a spray with a 40° wide spray
angle pattern.
•Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm)
distance and 90° angle to your
vehicle's surface.
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may
damage graphics and cause the edges to
peel away from the vehicle's surface.
Body Paintwork Preservation
We recommend that you wax the
paintwork once or twice a year.
Note: Do not polish your vehicle in strong
sunshine.
Note: Do not allow polish to touch plastic
surfaces. It could be difficult to remove.
Note: Do not apply polish to the windshield
or rear window. This could cause the wipers
to become noisy and they may not clear the
window properly.
WAXING
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your
car's paint from the elements. We
recommend that you wash and wax the
painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your
vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before
applying wax.
•Use a quality wax that does not contain
abrasives.
•Follow the manufacturer’s instructions
to apply and remove the wax.
•Apply a small amount of wax in a
back-and-forth motion, not in circles.
248
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
•Do not allow wax to come in contact
with any non-body (low-gloss black)
colored trim. The wax will discolor or
stain the parts over time.
•Roof racks.
•Bumpers.
•Grained door handles.
•Side moldings.
•Mirror housings.
•Windshield cowl area.
•Do not apply wax to glass areas.
•After waxing, your car's paint should
feel smooth, and be free of streaks and
smudges.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are
clean because grease and dirt buildup keep
the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
•Take care when using a power washer
to clean the engine. The high-pressure
fluid could penetrate the sealed parts
and cause damage.
•Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
block or other engine components.
•Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and
Degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Engine
Shampoo.
•Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running; water in the running
engine may cause internal damage.
•Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
the area in and around these locations.
•Cover the battery, power distribution
box, and air filter assembly to prevent
water damage when cleaning the
engine.
CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND
WIPER BLADES
Car wash chemicals and environmental
fallout can result in windshield and wiper
blade contamination. Dirty windshield and
wipers will result in poor windshield wiper
operation. Keep the windshield and wiper
blades clean to maintain windshield wiper
performance.
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
•Clean the windshield with a
non-abrasive glass cleaner. When
cleaning the interior of the windshield,
avoid getting any glass cleaner on the
instrument panel or door panels. Wipe
any glass cleaner off these surfaces
immediately.
•For windshields contaminated with
tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean
the entire windshield using steel wool
(no greater than 0000 grade) in a
circular motion and rinse with water.
•Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl
rubbing alcohol or windshield washer
concentrate.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines.
249
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a
spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage
may not be covered by your warranty.
Note: Do not use household cleaning
products or glass cleaners, which can stain
and discolor the fabric and affect the flame
retardant abilities of the seat materials.
Note: We recommend distilled water when
cleaning.
Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats,
Headliners and Floor Mats
Note: Avoid soaking any surface.
Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean
the entire surface.
To clean:
•Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner or brush.
•Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
cloth and a mild soap and water
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft
cloth.
•If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not soak or the
ring will set.
Seatbelts
WARNINGS
Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach
or dye on the vehicle’s seatbelts, as
these actions may weaken the belt
webbing.
On vehicles equipped with
seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong
detergents. Such products could
contaminate the side airbag system and
affect performance of the side airbag in a
crash.
Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical
solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate
the seatbelt retractor mechanism.
Cleaning may safely be carried out using
mild soap and water. Let them dry
naturally, away from artificial heat.
Leather Interior (If Equipped)
Follow the same procedure as cleaning
leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces.
Suede Micro Fiber Fabric (If Equipped)
Note: Do not steam clean.
Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean
the entire surface.
Do not use the following products:
•Leather care products.
•Household cleaners.
•Alcoholic solutions.
•Spot removers.
•Shoe polish.
To clean:
•Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
•Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
cloth and a mild soap and water
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft
cloth.
•If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not soak or the
ring will set.
250
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD
Screens and Radio Screens
Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic
solvents or chemical solvents to clean the
instrument cluster screens, LCD screens or
radio screens. These cleaning products can
damage the screens.
Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.
Rear Windows
Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to
clean the interior of the rear windows.
Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the
interior of the rear windows.
Storage Compartments, Cup
Holders and Ashtrays
To clean:
•Take out any removable inserts.
•Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
cloth and a mild soap and water
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft
cloth.
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER LENS
WARNING
Do not use chemical solvents or
strong detergents when cleaning the
steering wheel or instrument panel
to avoid contamination of the airbag
system.
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats
(page 252).
Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.
•Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase
the gloss of the upper portion of the
instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from
undesirable windshield reflection.
•Do not use any household cleaning
products or glass cleaners as these
may damage the finish of the
instrument panel, interior trim and
cluster lens.
•Wash or wipe your hands clean if you
have been in contact with certain
products such as insect repellent and
suntan lotion to avoid possible damage
to the interior painted surfaces.
•Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.
If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.
Your warranty may not cover these
damages.
If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has
been spilled on the instrument panel or on
interior trim surfaces:
1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean,
soft cloth as quickly as possible.
2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and
Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially
available leather cleaning product for
automotive interiors. Test any cleaner
or stain remover on an inconspicuous
area.
3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a
clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a
clean, soft cloth.
251
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
4. If necessary, apply more soap and
water solution or cleaning product to
a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the
soiled area. Allow this to set at room
temperature for 30 minutes.
5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a
clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing
motion for 60 seconds on the soiled
area.
6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If
Equipped)
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with
a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as
dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium
Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a
commercially available leather cleaning
product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on
an inconspicuous area.
You should:
•Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
•Clean and treat spills and stains as
soon as possible.
Do not use the following products as these
may damage the leather:
•Oil and petroleum or silicone-based
leather conditioners.
•Household cleaners.
•Alcohol solutions.
•Solvents or cleaners intended
specifically for rubber, vinyl and
plastics.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
You should repair paintwork damage
caused by stones from the road or minor
scratches as soon as possible. A choice of
products are available from an authorized
dealer.
Remove particles such as bird droppings,
tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road
salt and industrial fallout before repairing
paint chips.
Always read and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions before using the products.
CLEANING THE WHEELS
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in
combination with brush agitation to remove
brake dust and dirt, could wear away the
clear coat finish over a period of time.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
wool, fuels or strong household detergent.
Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for
an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This will reduce the risk of increased
corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and
linings.
Note: Some automatic car washes may
cause damage to the finish on your wheel
rims and covers.
252
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated
with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain
their condition we recommend that you:
•Clean them weekly with the
recommended wheel and tire cleaner.
•Use a sponge to remove heavy
deposits of dirt and brake dust
accumulation.
•Rinse them thoroughly with a
pressurized stream of water when you
have completed the cleaning process.
We recommend that you use Ford service
wheel cleaner. Make sure that you read
and follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
Using other non-recommended cleaning
products can result in severe and
permanent cosmetic damage.
VEHICLE STORAGE
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
days or more, read the following
maintenance recommendations to make
sure your vehicle stays in good operating
condition.
We engineer and test all motor vehicles
and their components for reliable, regular
driving. Under various conditions,
long-term storage may lead to degraded
engine performance or failure unless you
use specific precautions to preserve engine
components.
General
•Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
•Protect from sunlight, if possible.
•If you store vehicles outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and damage.
Body
•Wash your vehicle thoroughly to
remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from
exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing
and the underside of front fenders.
•Periodically wash your vehicle if you
store it in exposed locations.
•Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust.
•Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Re-wax as necessary
when you wash your vehicle.
•Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with
a light grade oil.
•Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
•Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.
Engine
•Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil
contains contaminates which may
cause engine damage.
•Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle
with the climate controls set to defrost
until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.
•With your foot on the brake, shift
through all the gears while the engine
is running.
•We recommend that you change the
engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.
Fuel System
•Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the
fuel pump nozzle.
253
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Cooling System
•Protect against freezing temperatures.
•When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level.
Confirm that there are no cooling
system leaks and that fluid is at the
recommended level.
12V Battery
•Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
•If storing your vehicle for more than 30
days without recharging the battery,
we recommend that you disconnect
the battery cables to maintain battery
charge for quick starting.
Note: It is necessary to reset memory
features if you disconnect the battery
cables.
We recommend the following options for
your plug-in vehicle:
•Leave your vehicle plugged in. The 12V
battery maintains power if left plugged
in. However, this periodically uses
electricity from the household outlet.
•Connect a battery charger to your 12V
battery and leave it on a continuous,
slow charge.
•Disconnect the 12V battery. If your 12V
battery is located in the luggage
compartment, do not fully shut the
luggage compartment after
disconnecting the 12V battery. Only
leave the luggage compartment open
if your vehicle is stored in a locked
location.
Brakes
•Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.
Tires
•Maintain recommended air pressure.
Miscellaneous
•Make sure you cover all linkages,
cables, levers and pins under your
vehicle with grease to prevent rust.
•Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m)
every 15 days to lubricate working parts
and prevent corrosion.
Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
•Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
•Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
•Check under the hood for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage such as mice or squirrel
nests.
•Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
•Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
•Check brake pedal operation. Drive
your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and
forth to remove rust build-up.
•Check fluid levels (including coolant
and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
•If you remove the 12-volt battery, clean
the cable ends and inspect.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have
any concerns or issues.
BODY STYLING KITS
The distance between the underside of
your vehicle and the ground is less than
that of other models. Drive with extreme
care to avoid damage to your vehicle.
254
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR
KIT
Note: The temporary mobility kit contains
enough sealant compound in the canister
for one tire repair only. See an authorized
Ford dealer for replacement sealant
canisters.
The kit is located under the front-row
passenger seat. Loosen the Velcro strap
to access the kit.
The kit consists of an air compressor to
reinflate the tire and a canister of sealing
compound that will effectively seal most
punctures caused by nails or similar
objects. This kit provides a temporary tire
repair, allowing you to drive your vehicle
up to 120 mi (200 km) at a maximum
speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) to reach a tire
service location.
E175977
Air compressor (inside).A
Selector switch.B
On and off button.C
Air pressure gauge.D
Sealant bottle and canister.E
Dual purpose hose: air and
repair.
F
Tire valve connector.G
Accessory power plug.H
Casing and housing.I
Bike/raft/sports ball adapters.J
255
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
General Information
WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines
could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
Note: Do not use the kit if you have severely
damaged a tire. Only seal punctures located
within the tire tread with the kit.
Do not attempt to repair punctures larger
than ¼ inch (6 millimeters) or damage to
the tire's sidewall. The tire may not
completely seal.
Loss of air pressure may adversely affect
tire performance. For this reason:
Note: Do not drive the vehicle above
50 mph (80 km/h).
Note: Do not drive further than 120 mi
(200 km). Drive only to the closest
authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to
have your tire inspected.
•Drive carefully and avoid abrupt
steering maneuvers.
•Periodically monitor tire inflation
pressure in the affected tire; if the tire
is losing pressure, have the vehicle
towed.
•Read the information in the Tips for
Use of the Kit section to make sure safe
operation of the kit and your vehicle.
Tips for Use of the Kit
To ensure safe operation of the kit:
•Read all instructions and cautions fully.
•Before operating the kit, make sure
your vehicle is safely off the road and
away from moving traffic. Switch on
the hazard lights.
•Always set the parking brake to make
sure the vehicle does not move
unexpectedly.
•Do not remove any foreign objects,
such as nails or screws, from the tire.
•When using the kit, leave the engine
running (only if the vehicle is outdoors
or in a well-ventilated area) so the
compressor does not drain the
vehicle's battery.
•Do not allow the compressor to
operate continuously for more than 15
minutes. This will help prevent the
compressor from overheating.
•Never leave the kit unattended during
operation.
•Sealant compound contains latex.
Those with latex sensitivities should
use appropriate precautions to avoid
an allergic reaction.
•Keep the kit away from children.
•Only use the kit when the ambient
temperature is between -22°F (-30°C)
and 158°F (70°C).
•Only use the sealing compound before
the use-by date. The use-by date is on
a label on the sealant canister, which
you can see through the rectangular
viewing window on the bottom of the
compressor. Check the use-by date
regularly and replace the canister after
four years of non-use.
•Do not store the kit unsecured inside
the passenger compartment of the
vehicle as it may cause injury during a
sudden stop or crash. Always store the
kit in its original location.
•After sealant use, an authorized Ford
dealer must replace the tire pressure
monitoring system sensor and valve
stem on the wheel.
•Operating the kit could cause an
electrical disturbance in radio, CD and
DVD player operation.
256
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
E175978
* When inflation only is required
for a tire or other objects, the
selector must be in the Air
position.
What to Do When a Tire Is
Punctured
Repair a tire puncture within the tire's tread
area in two stages with the kit.
•In the first stage, inflate the tire with a
sealing compound and air. After you
inflate the tire, you will need to drive
the vehicle a short distance (about 4
miles [6 kilometers]) to distribute the
sealant in the tire.
•In the second stage, check the tire
pressure and adjust, if necessary, to the
vehicle's specified tire inflation
pressure.
First Stage: Inflating the Tire with
Sealing Compound and Air
WARNINGS
Do not stand directly over the kit
while inflating the tire. If you notice
any unusual bulges or deformations
in the tire's sidewall during inflation, stop
and call roadside assistance.
If the tire does not inflate to the
recommended tire pressure within
15 minutes, stop and call roadside
assistance.
Do not run the engine during kit
operation unless the vehicle is
outdoors or in a well-ventilated area.
Preparation: Park the vehicle in a safe, level
and secure area, away from moving traffic.
Switch the hazard lights on. Apply the
parking brake and switch the engine off.
Inspect the flat tire for visible damage.
Sealant compound contains latex. Use
appropriate precautions to avoid any
allergic reactions.
Do not remove any foreign object that has
pierced the tire. If a puncture is located in
the tire sidewall, stop and call roadside
assistance.
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve.
2. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the back of the compressor
housing.
3. Fasten the hose to the tire valve by
turning the connector clockwise.
Tighten the connection securely.
E175979
4. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt
power point in the vehicle.
257
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
5. Remove the warning sticker found on
the canister and place it on the top of
the instrument panel or the center of
the dash.
6. Start the vehicle and leave the engine
running so the compressor does not
drain the vehicle’s battery.
E175981
7. Turn dial (A) clockwise to the sealant
position. Switch the kit on by pressing
the on/off button (B).
8. Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on
the tire label located on the driver door
or the door jamb area. The initial air
pressure gauge reading may indicate
a value higher than the label pressure
while you pump the sealing compound
into the tire. This is normal and should
be no reason for concern. The pressure
gauge reading will indicate the tire
inflation pressure after about 30
seconds of operation. You should
check the final tire pressure with the
compressor turned OFF in order to get
an accurate pressure reading.
E175982
9. When the tire reaches the
recommended tire pressure, switch off
the kit, unplug the power cable, and
disconnect the hose from the tire valve.
Re-install the valve cap on the tire
valve and return the kit to the stowage
area.
10. Immediately and cautiously, drive the
vehicle 4 miles (6 kilometers) to
distribute the sealant evenly inside
the tire. Do not exceed 50 mph (80
km/h).
258
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
11. After 4 miles (6 kilometers), stop and
check the tire pressure. See Second
Stage: Checking Tire Pressure.
Note: If you experience any unusual
vibration, ride disturbance or noise while
driving, reduce your speed until you can
safely pull off to the side of the road to call
for roadside assistance.
Note: Do not proceed to the second stage
of this operation.
Second Stage: Checking Tire
Pressure
WARNINGS
If you are proceeding from the First
stage: Re–inflating the tire with
sealing compound and air section
and have injected sealant in the tire and
the pressure is below 20 psi (1.4 bar), stop
and call roadside assistance. If tire
pressure is above 20 psi (1.4 bar), continue
to the next step.
The power plug may get hot after use
and should be handled carefully
while unplugging.
Check the air pressure of your tires as
follows:
E175983
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve.
2. Firmly screw the air compressor hose
onto the valve stem by turning
clockwise.
3. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the
air position.
4. If required, switch on the compressor
and adjust the tire to the
recommended inflation pressure
shown on the tire label located on the
driver's door or door jamb area. You
should check the tire pressure with the
compressor turned OFF in order to get
an accurate pressure reading.
5. Unplug the hoses, re-install the valve
cap on the tire and return the kit to the
stowage area.
What to Do After the Tire has Been
Sealed
After using the kit to seal your tire, replace
the sealant canister and clear tube (hose).
Obtain and replace the sealing compound
and spare parts at an authorized Ford
Motor Company dealership or tire dealer.
You can dispose empty sealant bottles at
home. However, return the liquid residue
from the sealing compound to an
authorized dealer or tire dealer for disposal,
or in accordance with local waste disposal
regulations.
Note: After you use the sealing compound,
the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph
(80 km/h) and the maximum driving
distance is 120 mi (200 km). Inspect the
sealed tire immediately.
Check the tire pressure any time within the
120 mi (200 km) by performing the steps
listed previously in the Second Stage:
Checking Tire Pressure procedure.
259
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Removal of the Sealant Canister from
the Kit
E175984
1. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the compressor housing.
E175985
2. Unwrap the power cord.
E175986
3. Remove the back cover.
E175987
4. Rotate the sealant canister up 90
degrees and pull away from
casing/housing to remove.
Installation of the Sealant Canister to
the Kit
1. With the canister held perpendicular
to the housing, insert the canister
nozzle into the connector and push
until seated.
2. Rotate the canister 90 degrees down
into the housing/casing.
E175988
3. Snap the back cover back into place.
260
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
E175989
4. Wrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) around the channel on the
bottom of the housing/casing.
E175990
5. Wrap the power cord around the
housing and stow the accessory power
plug into its storage area.
Note: If you experience any difficulties
when you remove or install the sealant
canister, contact your authorized Ford dealer
for assistance.
Make sure you check the sealant
compound’s use-by date regularly. The
use-by date is on a label located on the
sealant canister, which you can see
through the rectangular viewing window
on the bottom of the kit. Replace the
sealant canister after four years of
non-use.
TIRE CARE
Information About Uniform
Tire Quality Grading
E142542
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
The Tire Quality Grades can be
found where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the
United States Department of
Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
They do not apply to deep tread,
winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use
spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim
diameters of 10 to 12 inches or
limited production tires as defined
in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
261
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
U.S. Department of
Transportation Tire quality
grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires Ford
Motor Company to give you the
following information about tire
grades exactly as the government
has written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150
would wear 1 ½ times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their
use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING
The traction grade assigned
to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning or peak traction
characteristics.
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The
grades represent the tire’s ability
to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled
conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING
The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a
tire that is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden
tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the
262
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 139. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology
*Tire label: A label showing the
original equipment tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure
and the maximum weight the
vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number
(TIN): A number on the sidewall
of each tire providing information
about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and
date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure
of the amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of
P-metric or Metric tires designed
to carry a maximum load at set
pressure. For example: for
P-metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) and
for Metric tires 36 psi (2.5 bar).
Increasing the inflation pressure
beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire’s load-carrying
capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric
or Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 42 psi
(2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will
not increase the tire’s
load-carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of
air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a
standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire
pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct
sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for
1 mile (1.6 kilometers).
*Recommended inflation
pressure: The cold inflation
pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position) or Tire Label located on
the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver’s door.
* B-pillar: The structural member
at the side of the vehicle behind
the front door
*Bead area of the tire: Area of
the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area
between the bead area and the
tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of
the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted
on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel)
for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
263
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Information Contained on the
Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
CDEFG
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of
a tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle may be
different from this example.)
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that may be used for service on
cars, sport utility vehicles,
minivans and light trucks. Note: If
your tire size does not begin with
a letter this may mean it is
designated by either the European
Tire and Rim Technical
Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load
index. It is an index that relates to
how much weight a tire can carry.
You may find this information in
your owner’s manual. If not,
contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
264
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
G. Indicates the tire's speed rating.
The speed rating denotes the
speed at which a tire is designed
to be driven for extended periods
of time under a standard condition
of load and inflation pressure. The
tires on your vehicle may operate
at different conditions for load
and inflation pressure. These
speed ratings may need to be
adjusted for the difference in
conditions. The ratings range from
81 mph (130 km/h) to 186 mph
(299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
Speed ratingLetter
rating
81 mph (130 km/h)M
87 mph (140 km/h)N
99 mph (159 km/h)Q
106 mph (171 km/h)R
112 mph (180 km/h)S
118 mph (190 km/h)T
124 mph (200 km/h)U
130 mph (210 km/h)H
149 mph (240 km/h)V
Speed ratingLetter
rating
168 mph (270 km/h)W
186 mph (299 km/h)Y
Note: For tires with a maximum
speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers
sometimes use the letters ZR. For
those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299
km/h), tire manufacturers always
use the letters ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN): This begins with
the letters DOT and indicates that
the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers
or letters are the plant code
designating where it was
manufactured, the next two are
the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and
year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
265
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
J. Tire Ply Composition and
Material Used: Indicates the
number of plies or the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in
the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the ply materials in the tire and the
sidewall, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the
tire. See the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), for the correct tire
pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade
is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half
times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
*Traction: The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are AA, A,
B, and C. The grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
*Temperature: The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B and
C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure, or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the vehicle manufacturer's
recommended cold inflation
pressure, which can be found on
the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the vehicle label.
266
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
The tire suppliers may have
additional markings, notes or
warnings such as standard load
or radial tubeless.
Additional Information
Contained on the Tire Sidewall
for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not
apply to this type of tire.
A
BC
B
D
E142544
LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires. These differences are
described below.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that is intended for service on light
trucks.
B. Load Range and Load
Inflation Limits: Indicates the
tire's load-carrying capabilities
and its inflation limits.
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg)
at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the
maximum load and tire pressure
when the tire is used as a dual,
defined as four tires on the rear
axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb
(kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates
the maximum load and tire
pressure when the tire is used as
a single, defined as two tires
(total) on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a
tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for
your vehicle may be different from
this example. Tire Quality Grades
do not apply to this type of tire.
267
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
A
BCDE
E142545
T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires. These differences are
described below.
A. T: Indicates a type of tire,
designated by the Tire and Rim
Association, that is intended for
temporary service on cars,
sport-utility vehicles, minivans and
light trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio,
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width. Numbers of 70 or
lower indicate a short sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
Location of the Tire Label
You will find a Tire Label
containing tire inflation pressure
by tire size and other important
information located on the B-Pillar
or the edge of the driver’s door.
Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle
requires that your tires are
properly inflated. Remember that
a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to
check pressure of all tires and
adjust if required.
At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if
equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended
by Ford Motor Company.
268
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
You are strongly urged to buy a
reliable tire pressure gauge, as
automatic service station gauges
may be inaccurate. Ford
recommends the use of a digital
or dial-type tire pressure gauge
rather than a stick-type tire
pressure gauge.
Use the recommended cold
inflation pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear.
Under-inflation or over-inflation
may cause uneven treadwear
patterns
WARNING
Under-inflation is the most
common cause of tire failures
and may result in severe tire
cracking, tread separation or
blowout, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk
of injury. Under-inflation increases
sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat
buildup and internal damage to
the tire. It also may result in
unnecessary tire stress, irregular
wear, loss of vehicle control and
accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not
appear to be flat!
Always inflate your tires to the
Ford recommended inflation
pressure even if it is less than the
maximum inflation pressure
information found on the tire. The
Ford recommended tire inflation
pressure is found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. Failure to
follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles
Maximum Inflation Pressure is
the tire manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure and the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the manufacturer’s recommended
cold inflation pressure, which can
be found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label or
Tire Label.
269
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
When weather temperature
changes occur, tire inflation
pressures also change. A 10°F
(6°C) temperature drop can
cause a corresponding drop of
1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure.
Check your tire pressures
frequently and adjust them to the
proper pressure which can be
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label or Tire Label.
To check the pressure in your
tire(s):
1. Make sure the tires are cool,
meaning they are not hot from
driving even a mile.
Note: If you are checking tire
pressure when the tire is hot, (for
example, driven more than 1 mile
[1.6 kilometers], never bleed or
reduce air pressure. The tires are
hot from driving and it is normal for
pressures to increase above
recommended cold pressures. A
hot tire at or below recommended
cold inflation pressure could be
significantly under-inflated.
Note: If you have to drive a
distance to get air for your tire(s),
check and record the tire pressure
first and add the appropriate air
pressure when you get to the
pump. It is normal for tires to heat
up and the air pressure inside to go
up as you drive.
2. Remove the cap from the valve
on one tire, then firmly press the
tire gauge onto the valve and
measure the pressure.
3. Add enough air to reach the
recommended air pressure.
Note: If you overfill the tire, release
air by pressing on the metal stem
in the center of the valve. Then
recheck the pressure with your tire
gauge.
4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each
tire, including the spare.
Note: Some spare tires operate at
a higher inflation pressure than the
other tires. For T type mini-spare
tires, see the Dissimilar Spare
Wheel and Tire Assembly section.
Store and maintain at 60 psi
(4.15 bar). For full-size and
dissimilar spare tires, see the
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information section.
Store and maintain at the higher of
the front and rear inflation pressure
as shown on the Tire Label.
6. Visually inspect the tires to
make sure there are no nails or
other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and
cause an air leak.
7. Check the sidewalls to make
sure there are no gouges, cuts or
bulges.
270
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Inspecting Your Tires and
Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads
for uneven or excessive wear and
remove objects such as stones,
nails or glass that may be wedged
in the tread grooves. Check the tire
and valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that may permit air
leakage and repair or replace the
tire and replace the valve stem.
Inspect the tire sidewalls for
cracking, cuts, bruises and other
signs of damage or excessive
wear. If internal damage to the tire
is suspected, have the tire
demounted and inspected in case
it needs to be repaired or replaced.
For your safety, tires that are
damaged or show signs of
excessive wear should not be used
because they are more likely to
blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to
wear abnormally. Inspect all your
tires, including the spare,
frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following
conditions exist:
Tire Wear
E142546
When the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2
millimeters), tires must be
replaced to help prevent your
vehicle from skidding and
hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear
indicators, or wear bars, which
look like narrow strips of smooth
rubber across the tread will
appear on the tire when the tread
is worn down to one sixteenth of
an inch (2 millimeters)
When the tire tread wears down
to the same height as these wear
bars, the tire is worn out and must
be replaced.
Damage
Periodically inspect the tire treads
and sidewalls for damage (such
as bulges in the tread or sidewalls,
cracks in the tread groove and
separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed
271
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
or suspected have the tire
inspected by a tire professional.
Tires can be damaged during
off-road use, so inspection after
off-road use is also
recommended.
Age
WARNINGS
Tires degrade over time
depending on many factors
such as weather, storage
conditions, and conditions of use
(load, speed, inflation pressure)
the tires experience throughout
their lives.
In general, tires should be
replaced after six years
regardless of tread wear or even
if they have not been used.
However, heat caused by hot
climates or frequent high-load
conditions can accelerate the
aging process and may require you
to replace tires more frequently.
You should replace your
spare tire when you replace
the road tires or after six years due
to aging even if it has not been
used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets
all federal standards. The next
two numbers or letters are the
plant code designating where it
was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last
four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
Tire Replacement
Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride
and handling capability.
272
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
Only use replacement tires
and wheels that are the same
size, load index, speed rating and
type (such as P-metric versus
LT-metric or all-season versus
all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel size
may be found on either the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or the Tire Label which
is located on the B-Pillar or edge
of the driver's door. If this
information is not found on these
labels, then you should contact
your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Use of any tire or wheel
not recommended by Ford can
affect the safety and performance
of your vehicle, which could result
in an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury, when mounting
replacement tires and wheels, you
should not exceed the maximum
pressure indicated on the sidewall
of the tire to set the beads without
additional precautions listed
below. If the beads do not seat at
the maximum pressure indicated,
re-lubricate and try again.
WARNINGS
When inflating the tire for
mounting pressures up to
20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure on the tire
sidewall, the following
precautions must be taken to
protect the person mounting the
tire:
1. Make sure that you have the
correct tire and wheel size.
2. Lubricate the tire bead and
wheel bead seat area again.
3. Stand at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the
wheel and tire assembly.
4. Use both eye and ear
protection.
For a mounting pressure
more than 20 psi (1.38 bar)
greater than the maximum
pressure, a Ford dealer or other
tire service professional should do
the mounting.
Always inflate steel carcass
tires with a remote air fill with
the person inflating standing at a
minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away
from the wheel and tire assembly.
Important: Remember to replace
the wheel valve stems when the
road tires are replaced on your
vehicle
The two front tires or two rear tires
should generally be replaced as a
pair.
273
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
The tire pressure sensors mounted
in the wheels (originally installed
on your vehicle) are not designed
to be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended by Ford Motor
Company may affect the
operation of your tire pressure
monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring
system indicator is flashing, the
system is malfunctioning. Your
replacement tire might be
incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or
some component of the system
may be damaged.
Safety Practices
WARNINGS
If your vehicle is stuck in
snow, mud or sand, do not
rapidly spin the tires; spinning the
tires can tear the tire and cause
an explosion. A tire can explode in
as little as three to five seconds.
Do not spin the wheels at
over 34 mph (55 km/h). The
tires may fail and injure a
passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal
to do with your tire mileage and
safety.
*Observe posted speed limits
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
*Avoid potholes and objects on
the road
*Do not run over curbs or hit the
tire against a curb when parking
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive
there’s always the possibility that
you may eventually have a flat tire
on the highway. Drive slowly to the
closest safe area out of traffic.
This may further damage the flat
tire, but your safety is more
important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or
ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect your tire or vehicle
has been damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull
off the road. Stop and inspect the
tires for damage. If you cannot
detect a cause, have the vehicle
towed to the nearest repair facility
or tire dealer to have the vehicle
inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or
pothole can cause the front end
of your vehicle to become
misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you’re
driving, the wheels may be out of
alignment. Have an authorized
dealer check the wheel alignment
periodically.
274
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Wheel misalignment in the front
or the rear can cause uneven and
rapid treadwear of your tires and
should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel
drive vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension may
require alignment of all four
wheels.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire
and wheel assembly may result in
irregular tire wear.
Tire Rotation
Note: If your tires show uneven
wear ask an authorized dealer to
check for and correct any wheel
misalignment, tire imbalance or
mechanical problem involved
before tire rotation.
Note: Your vehicle may be
equipped with a dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly. A
dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly is defined as a spare
wheel and tire assembly that is
different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and
wheels. If you have a dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly it is
intended for temporary use only
and should not be used in a tire
rotation.
Note: After having your tires
rotated, inflation pressure must be
checked and adjusted to the
vehicle requirements.
Rotating your tires at the
recommended interval (as
indicated in the scheduled
maintenance information) will
help your tires wear more evenly,
providing better tire performance
and longer tire life. Sometimes
irregular tire wear can be
corrected by rotating the tires.
E142547
USING SUMMER TIRES
Summer tires provide superior
performance on wet and dry roads.
Summer tires do not have the Mud and
Snow (M+S or M/S) tire traction rating on
the tire side wall. Since summer tires do
not have the same traction performance
as All-season or Snow tires, we do not
recommend using summer tires when
temperatures drop to about 45°F (7°C) or
below (depending on tire wear and
environmental conditions) or in snow and
ice conditions. Like any tire, summer tire
performance is affected by tire wear and
environmental conditions. If you must drive
in those conditions, we recommend using
Mud and Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or
Snow tires.
275
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Always store your summer tires indoors at
temperatures above 19°F (-7°C). The
rubber compounds used in these tires lose
flexibility and may develop surface cracks
in the tread area at temperatures below
19°F (-7°C). If the tires have been
subjected to 19°F (-7°C) or less, warm
them in a heated space to at least 41°F
(5°C) for at least 24 hours before installing
them on a vehicle, or moving the vehicle
with the tires installed, or checking tire
inflation. Do not place tires near heaters
or heating devices used to warm the room
where the tires are stored. Do not apply
heat or blow heated air directly on the tires.
Always inspect the tires after storage
periods and before use.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING
Snow tires must be the same size,
load index, speed rating as those
originally provided by Ford. Use of
any tire or wheel not recommended by
Ford can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which could
result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and
death. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels could
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure.
The tires on your vehicle have all-weather
treads to provide traction in rain and snow.
Snow chains have not been approved for
use on your vehicle.
Consult your authorized dealer for
information on other Ford Motor Company
approved methods of traction control.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNING
The tire pressure monitoring system
is not a substitute for manually
checking tire pressures. You should
periodically check tire pressures using a
pressure gauge. Failure to correctly
maintain tire pressures could increase the
risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated
to the inflation pressure recommended by
the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
276
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
•This device may not cause harmful
interference.
•This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
E142549
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor located inside the wheel
and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor is attached to the valve stem. The
pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is
not visible unless the tire is removed. Take
care when changing the tire to avoid
damaging the sensor
You should always have your tires serviced
by an authorized dealer.
Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this
chapter.
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
The tire pressure monitoring system
measures pressure in your four road tires
and sends the tire pressure readings to
your vehicle. The low tire pressure warning
light will turn on if the tire pressure is
significantly low. Once the light is
illuminated, your tires are under-inflated
and need to be inflated to the
manufacturer’s recommended tire
pressure. Even if the light turns on and a
short time later turns off, your tire pressure
still needs to be checked.
277
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
When Your Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed
When one of your road tires needs to be
replaced with the temporary spare, the
system will continue to identify an issue to
remind you that the damaged road wheel
and tire assembly needs to be repaired and
put back on your vehicle.
To restore the full function of the tire
pressure monitoring system, have the
damaged road wheel and tire assembly
repaired and remounted on your vehicle.
When You Believe Your System is Not
Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure
monitoring system is to warn you when
your tires need air. It can also warn you in
the event the system is no longer capable
of functioning as intended. See the
following chart for information concerning
your tire pressure monitoring system:
278
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Customer action requiredPossible causeLow tire pressure
warning light
Make sure tires are at the proper pres-
sure. See Inflating your tires in this
chapter. After inflating your tires to the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure
as shown on the Tire Label (located on
the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),
the vehicle must be driven for at least
two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)
before the light turns off.
Tire(s) under-inflatedSolid warning light
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When your temporary spare tire
is installed in this section.
Spare tire in use
If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When your temporary spare tire
is installed in this section.
Spare tire in useFlashing warning
light
If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
When Inflating Your Tires
When putting air into your tires (such as at
a gas station or in your garage), the tire
pressure monitoring system may not
respond immediately to the air added to
your tires.
It may take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn
off after you have filled your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure
279
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
How Temperature Affects Your Tire
Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system
monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic
tire. While driving in a normal manner, a
typical passenger tire inflation pressure
may increase about 2–4 psi (14–28 kPa)
from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is
stationary overnight with the outside
temperature significantly lower than the
daytime temperature, the tire pressure may
decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of
30°F (17°C) in ambient temperature. This
lower pressure value may be detected by
the tire pressure monitoring system as
being significantly lower than the
recommended inflation pressure and
activate the system warning light for low
tire pressure. If the low tire pressure
warning light is on, visually check each tire
to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more
tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check
the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire
is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle
to the nearest location where air can be
added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to
the recommended inflation pressure.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING
When a wheel is installed, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials
present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub,
brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure that any fasteners
that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting
surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the
wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off
while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of control.
Ib-ft (Nm)*
Bolt size
100 (135)M12 x 1.5
*Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford
recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any
wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).
280
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
1
2
34
5
E75442
Tighten lug nuts in the order shown.
E145950
Wheel pilot boreA
Inspect the wheel pilot bore and
mounting surface prior to installation.
Remove any visible corrosion or loose
particles.
281
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
2.0L ATK iVCT EngineEngine
122Cubic inches
Minimum 87 octaneRequired fuel
1-3-4-2Firing order
Coil on plug (COP)Ignition system
12.3:1Compression ratio
0.051 in. ± 0.002 in. (1.3 mm ± 0.05 mm)Spark plug gap
282
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS
2.0L ATK iVCT engineComponent
FA-1911Air filter element
FL-910-SOil filter
BXT-67RLow-Voltage Battery
SP-530Spark plugs
FP70Cabin air filter
WW-29 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade
WW-25 (passenger side)
WW-12Rear wiper blade
We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at
fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor
Company’s specifications and are engineered for your vehicle. Use of other parts may
impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any
damage related to use of other parts.
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance
specification SAE/USCAR-36.
For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the
appropriate intervals.
283
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is
located on the left-hand side of the
instrument panel.
E142476
Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.
The Vehicle Identification Number contains
the following information:
E142477
World manufacturer identifierA
Brake system, Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, Restraint Devices
and their locations
B
Make, vehicle line, series, body
type
C
Engine typeD
Check digitE
Model yearF
Assembly plantG
Production sequence numberH
284
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
E167469
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration Regulations require that a
Safety Compliance Certification Label be
affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
may be located. The Safety Compliance
Certification Label shall be affixed to either
the door hinge pillar, the door latch post,
or the edge of the door near the door latch,
next to the driver's seating position.
TRANSMISSION CODE
DESIGNATION
E142806
The transmission code is on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label. The
following table shows the transmission
code along with the transmission
description.
CodeDescription
JElectronic continuously variable transmis-
sion (HF35 eCVT)
285
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS
Capacities
WARNING
The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure.
Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system.
Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.
CapacityItem
4.5 qt (4.3 L)Engine oil
8.2 qt (7.8 L)Engine coolant
8.8 qt (8.3 L)Engine coolant (Energi vehicles)
1.1 qt (1 L)Inverter system controller coolant
Between MIN and MAX on brake fluid
reservoir
Brake fluid
4.8 qt (4.5 L)Automatic transmission fluid*
Fill as requiredWindshield washer fluid
14 gal (53 L)Fuel tank
1.63 lb (0.74 kg)A/C Refrigerant
5.2 fl oz (153.8 ml)A/C Refrigerant Compressor Oil
*Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.
Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C947-AMotor oil:
Motorcraft® SAE 0W-20 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil
XO-0W20-QSP
WSS-M97B44-D2Engine coolant (U.S.):
Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
VC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2Engine coolant (Canada):
Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
286
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
SpecificationName
CVC-3DIL-B
WSS-M6C65-A2Brake fluid:
Motorcraft® DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance
Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid
PM-20
WSS-M2C938-AAutomatic transmission fluid (U.S.):
MERCON LVMotorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid
XT-10-QLVC
WSS-M2C938-AAutomatic transmission fluid (Canada):
MERCON LVMotorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid
CXT-10-LV12
WSS-M14P19-AWindshield washer fluid (U.S.):
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate
with Bitterant
ZC-32-B2
WSS-M14P19-AWindshield washer fluid (Canada):
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid
CXC-37-(A, B, D, F)
WSH-M17B19-AA/C refrigerant (U.S.):
Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant
YN-19
WSH-M17B19-AA/C refrigerant (Canada):
Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant
CYN-16-R
—A/C refrigerant compressor oil:
Motorcraft® Electric A/C Compressor Oil
YN-32
ESB-M1C93-BMulti-purpose grease:
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray
XL-5
--Lock cylinders (U.S.):
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
XL-1
--Lock cylinders (Canada):
Penetrating Fluid
CXC-51-A
287
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
If you use oil and fluids that do not meet
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, this may lead to:
•Component damage which is not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
•Longer engine cranking periods.
•Increased emission levels.
•Reduced engine performance.
•Reduced fuel economy.
•Degraded brake performance.
We recommend Motorcraft motor oil for
your vehicle. If Motorcraft oil is not
available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that meet
API SN requirements and display the API
Certification Mark for gasoline engines. Do
not use oil labeled with API SN service
category unless the label also displays the
API certification mark.
E142732
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
the International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Council (ILSAC).
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
Note: Ford recommends using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid may cause degraded brake
performance and not meet the Ford
performance standards. Keep brake fluid
clean and dry. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage and possible failure.
Note: Automatic transmissions that require
MERCON LV transmission fluid should only
use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The use
of any other fluid may cause transmission
damage.
288
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception
Factors
AM and FM frequencies are established by
the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) and the Canadian Radio and
Telecommunications Commission (CRTC).
Those frequencies are:
•AM: 530, 540-1700, 1710 kHz
•FM: 87.9-107.7, 107.9 MHz
Radio Reception Factors
The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the
weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
Distance and strength
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
result in the audio system muting.
Station overload
CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed
4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact
discs only. Due to technical incompatibility,
certain recordable and re-recordable
compact discs may not function correctly
when used in Ford CD players.
Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade
paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player
as the label may peel and cause the CD to
become jammed. You should use a
permanent felt tip marker rather than
adhesive labels on your homemade CDs.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please
contact an authorized dealer for further
information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped
discs or discs with a scratch protection film
attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only.
Clean the disc with an approved CD
cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the
disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a
circular motion.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or
heat sources for extended periods.
MP3 and WMA Track and Folder
Structure
Audio systems capable of recognizing and
playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks
and folder structures work as follows:
•There are two different modes for MP3
and WMA disc playback: MP3 and
WMA track mode (system default) and
MP3 and WMA folder mode.
•MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any
folder structure on the MP3 and WMA
disc. The player numbers each MP3
and WMA track on the disc (noted by
the MP3 or WMA file extension) from
T001 to a maximum of T255. The
maximum number of playable MP3 and
WMA files may be less depending on
the structure of the CD and exact
model of radio present.
289
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
•MP3 and WMA folder mode represents
a folder structure consisting of one
level of folders. The CD player numbers
all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc
(noted by the MP3 or WMA file
extension) and all folders containing
MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder)
T001 (track) to F253 T255.
•Creating discs with only one level of
folders helps with navigation through
the disc files.
If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA
discs, it is important to understand how
the system reads the structures you create.
While various files may be present (files
with extensions other than MP3 and
WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA
extension are played; other files are
ignored by the system. This enables you to
use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a
variety of tasks on your work computer,
home computer and your in-vehicle
system.
In track mode, the system displays and
plays the structure as if it were only one
level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play,
regardless of being in a specific folder). In
folder mode, the system only plays the
MP3 and WMA files in the current folder.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, your system may look different
from what you see here.
290
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
E184901
VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn the control to
adjust the volume.
A
Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending
on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).
B
CD slot: Insert a CD.C
Eject: Press to eject a CD.D
Number block: In radio mode, you can store your favorite radio stations. To
store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button
until sound returns. In CD mode, select a track. In phone mode, enter a phone
number.
E
291
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
TUNE and Play or Pause: In radio mode, turn to search the frequency band
in individual increments. Press to mute the station. In media mode, turn to select
a new track. Press to either play or pause a track. This button also mutes the
radio sources.
F
PHONE: Press to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See your
SYNC information.
G
MENU: Press to access different audio system features. See Menu Structure
later in this chapter.
H
CLOCK: If not in phone mode, press to display the clock.I
Seek and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press
this button. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly, then release to stop at the next available station.
In CD mode, press to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move
quickly forward through the current track.
J
OK and Arrow buttons: Press OK to confirm menu selections. Press to scroll
through the menu choices.
K
Seek and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this
button. The system stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly, then release to stop at the previous available station.
In CD mode, press to select the previous track. Press and hold the button to
move quickly backward through the current track.
L
SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you
make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the
settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for
each audio source independently.
M
RADIO: Press this multiple times to select a radio band. Press and hold to
select the autostore function. Press to return to the main screen of the active
radio band.
N
MEDIA: Press to open the media source menu. You can press this multiple
times to change to CD or to a SYNC-Media device or scroll through the media
sources using the arrow buttons. Press OK to select a source.
O
292
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
PREMIUM AM/FM/CD
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: The system controls most of the
audio features. See your SYNC information.
E185024
TUNE: In radio mode, press to manually search through the radio frequency
band. In SIRIUS mode, press to find the previous or next available satellite radio
station.
A
CD slot: Insert a CD.B
VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn to adjust the
volume.
C
293
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
SOURCE: Press to access different audio modes, for example AM, FM and
Media, and Satellite Radio.
D
Eject: Press to eject a CD.E
DISP: Press to switch the display screen on and off.F
SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you
make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the
settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for
each audio source independently.
G
Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band
and press this button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that
direction. In SIRIUS mode, press to select the next or previous satellite radio
station. If a specific category is selected (such as jazz, rock or news), press to
find the next or previous in the selected category. In Media mode, press to select
the previous or next track. Press and hold to move quickly backward or forward
through the current track.
H
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
SONY AM/FM/CD
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: The CD slot is directly above the
touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen system controls
most of the audio features. See your SYNC
information.
294
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
E143844
Power: Press to switch the system on and off.A
SOURCE: Press to access different audio modes, for example AM, FM, Media,
and Satellite Radio.
B
Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band
and press this button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that
direction. In SIRIUS mode, press to select the next or previous satellite radio
station. If a specific category is selected (such as jazz, rock or news), press to
find the next or previous in the selected category. In CD mode, press to select
the previous or next track. Press and hold to move quickly forward or backward
through the current track.
C
TUNE: In radio mode, press to manually search through the radio frequency
band. In SIRIUS mode, press to find the previous or next available satellite radio
station.
D
Volume: Turn to adjust the volume.E
SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you
make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the
settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for
each audio source independently.
F
Eject: Press to eject a CD.G
295
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Menu Structure
Note: Depending on your system, some
options may appear slightly different.
Press MENU.
Press the up and down arrow buttons to
scroll through the options.
Press the right arrow to enter a menu.
Press the left arrow to exit a menu.
Press OK to confirm a selection.
Radio
Use the left and right arrows to go up or down the
frequency band.
Manual Tune
Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.Scan
Select to store the six strongest local stations on the AM-
AST and FM-AST frequency bands.
AST
Select to have the system search by certain music
categories (such as Rock, Pop or Country).
Set Category for Seek/Scan
Select to view additional broadcast data, if available. This
feature defaults to off. RBDS must be on for you to set a
category.
RDS Text Display
SIRIUS
Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.Scan
Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number
(ESN). You will need this number when communicating
with SIRIUS to activate, modify or track your account.
Electronic Serial Number
(ESN)
Select to view available satellite radio channels. Press OK
to open a list of the following options for this channel.
Once you skip or lock a channel, you can only access it by
pressing Direct Tune and entering the channel number.
Locking or unlocking a channel requires your PIN.
Check Channel Guide
Select to view channel categories (such as Pop, Rock or
News). If you select a category, seek and scan functions
only stop on channels in that category.
Set Category for Seek/Scan
Select to switch alerts on or off for songs, artists or teams.
The system alerts you when the selection is playing on
another channel. Save up to 20 alerts.
Alerts
296
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
SIRIUS
Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations.Unlock All Stations
Use to restore any channels you previously skipped.Skip No Stations
Select to create a PIN, which allows you to lock or unlock
channels. Your initial PIN is 1234.
Parental Lockout
Audio Settings
Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for
speed and wind noise. You can set the system between
0 and +7.
Speed Compensated
Volume
Select to adjust settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade
or Balance.
Sound
Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating
position.
Occupancy Mode
Choose between the stereo modes.DSP
CD Settings
Select to scan all disc selections.Scan All
Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder.Scan Folder
Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more
consistent listening level.
CD Compression
Clock Settings
Select to set the time and calendar date.Set Date and Time
Select to view clock time in a 12-hour mode or 24-hour
mode.
24 Hour
297
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Display Settings
Select to change display brightness.Brightness
Select to display the language in English, French or
Spanish.
Language
Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit
or Celsius.
Temp. Setting
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD/SATELLITE RADIO
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, your system may look different
from what you see here.
Note: Some features, such as Sirius satellite
radio, may not be available in your location.
Check with an authorized dealer.
298
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
E184902
VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn the control to
adjust the volume.
A
Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending
on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).
B
CD slot: Insert a CD.C
Eject: Press to eject a CD.D
Number block: In radio mode, store and recall your favorite radio stations. To
store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button
until sound returns. In CD mode, select a track. In phone mode, enter a phone
number.
E
299
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
TUNE and Play or Pause: In radio mode, turn to search the frequency band
in individual increments or jump to the next station of the station list. Press to
mute the station. In media mode, turn to select a new track. Press to either play
or pause a track. This button also mutes the radio sources.
F
CLOCK: If not in phone mode, press to display the clock.G
PHONE: Press to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See your
SYNC information.
H
MENU: Press to access different audio system features. See Menu Structure
later in this section.
I
SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you
make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the
settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for
each audio source independently.
J
Seek and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press
this button. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly, then release to stop at the next available station.
In CD mode, press to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move
quickly forward through the current track.
K
OK and Arrow buttons: Press OK to confirm menu selections. Press to scroll
through the menu choices.
L
Seek and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this
button. The system stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly, then release to stop at the previous available station.
In CD mode, press to select the previous track. Press and hold the button to
move quickly backward through the current track.
M
SIRIUS: Press to listen to Sirius satellite radio.N
RADIO: Press this multiple times to select a radio band. Press and hold to
select the autostore function. Press to return to the main screen of the active
radio band.
O
MEDIA: Press to open the media source menu. You can press this multiple
times to change to CD or to a SYNC-Media device or scroll through the media
sources using the arrow buttons. Press OK to select a source.
P
DIGITAL RADIO
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
300
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit
www.hdradio.com.
When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the HD Radio logo on your
screen. When this logo is available, you
may also see Title and Artist fields
on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.
When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you
can access the following functions:
•Memory presets allow you to save an
active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot
until the sound returns. There is a brief
mute while the radio saves the station.
Sound returns when finished. When
switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory
preset, the sound mutes before the
digital audio plays, because the system
has to reacquire the digital signal.
Note: As with any saved radio station, you
cannot access the saved station if your
vehicle is outside the station’s reception
area.
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues
If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on
the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due
to weak signal strength.
Reception area
If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back to
the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available
again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible
HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays
muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal
again.
When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2-
HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the
analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an
HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending
on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change
when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending
is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to
analog sound.
Station blending
301
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.
Potential station issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. This is a
broadcast issue.
This is poor time alignment
by the radio broadcaster.
Echo, stutter, skip or repeat
in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.
No action required. The
reception issue may clear up
as you continue to drive.
The radio is shifting between
analog and digital audio.
Sound fading or blending in
and out.
No action required. This is
normal behavior. Wait until
the audio is available.
The digital multicast is not
available until the HD Radio
broadcast is decoded. Once
decoded, the audio is avail-
able.
There is an audio mute
delay when selecting HD2 or
HD3, multicast preset or
Direct Tune.
No action required. The
station is not available in
your current location.
The previously stored
multicast preset or direct
tune is not available in your
current reception area.
Cannot access HD2 or HD3
multicast channel when
recalling a preset or from a
direct tune.
Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.*
Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.
Text information does not
match currently playing
audio.
Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.*
Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.
There is no text information
shown for currently selected
frequency.
* http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences
302
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and
foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and
HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks
of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor
Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not
responsible for the content sent using HD
Radio technology. Content may be
changed, added or deleted at any time at
the station owner's discretion.
SATELLITE RADIO (If Equipped)
SIRIUS® broadcasts a variety of music,
news, sports, weather, traffic and
entertainment satellite radio channels. For
more information and a complete list of
SIRIUS satellite radio channels, visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS
at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.
Satellite Radio Reception Factors
Potential satellite radio reception issues
For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna
clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
material as far away from the antenna as possible.
Antenna obstructions
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
the audio system may mute.
Station overload
Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the
interference and the audio system may mute.
Satellite radio signal interfer-
ence
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service
Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right
to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Ford Motor Company shall not be
responsible for any such programming
changes.
E208625
303
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
SIRIUS satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SIRIUS satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term,
which begins on the date of sale or lease
of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer
for availability.
For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio
channels, and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS
at 1-888-539-7474.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. When in
satellite radio mode, tune to channel 0.
Troubleshooting
ActionConditionMessage
No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.
Radio requires more than
two seconds to produce
audio for the selected
channel.
Acquiring…
If this message does not
clear shortly, or with an igni-
tion key cycle, your receiver
may have a fault. See an
authorized dealer for service.
There is an internal module
or system failure present.
Satellite antenna fault
SIRIUS system failure
Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.
The channel is no longer
available.
Invalid Channel
Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-
539-7474 to subscribe to
the channel, or tune to
another channel.
Your subscription does not
include this channel.
Unsubscribed Channel
The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.
The signal is lost from the
SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS
tower to your vehicle
antenna.
No Signal
No action required. The
process may take up to
three minutes.
Update of channel
programming in progress.
Updating…
304
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
ActionConditionMessage
Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-
539-7474 to resolve
subscription issues.
Your satellite service is no
longer available.
Questions? Call
1-888-539-7474
Use the channel guide to
turn off the Lock or Skip
function on that station.
All the channels in the
selected category are either
skipped or locked.
None found
Check Channel Guide
No action required.SIRIUS has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.
Subscription Updated
USB PORT (If Equipped)
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
E205592
The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices (if supported). See your SYNC
information.
MEDIA HUB (If Equipped)
You can locate the media hub inside the
center console or on the instrument panel.
E211463
See your SYNC information.
305
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
E198355
SYNC is an in-vehicle communications
system that works with your
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and
portable media player. This allows you to:
•Make and receive calls.
•Access and play music from your
portable music player.
•Use 911 Assist and applications, such
as Spotify and Glympse, via SYNC
AppLink.*
•Access phonebook contacts and music
using voice commands.
•Stream music from your connected
phone.
•Text message.
•Use the advanced voice recognition
system.
•Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this).
*These features are not available in all
markets and may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.
Support
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you cannot
answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST.
306
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST.
In the United States, call 1-800-392-3673.
In Canada, call 1-800-565-3673.
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.
SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
•Essential for keeping up with the latest
software downloads available for
SYNC.
•Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.
Driving Restrictions
For your safety, certain features are
speed-dependent and restricted when your
vehicle is traveling over 3 mi (5 km).
Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
When using SYNC:
•Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
•Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's manual for further information.
•Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.
Privacy Information
When a cellular phone is connected to
SYNC, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that is linked to that cellular
phone. This profile is created in order to
offer you more cellular features and to
operate more efficiently. Among other
things, this profile may contain data about
your cellular phone book, text messages
(read and unread), and call history,
including history of calls when your cellular
phone was not connected to the system.
In addition, if you connect a media device,
the system creates and retains an index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. The log profile and other
system data may be used to improve the
system and help diagnose any problems
that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index,
and development log will remain in the
vehicle unless you delete them and are
generally accessible only in the vehicle
when the cellular phone or media player
is connected. If you no longer plan to use
the system or the vehicle, we recommend
you perform a Master Reset to erase all
stored information.
307
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to the
vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor
Company and Ford of Canada will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described absent consent, a
court order, or where required by law
enforcement, other government
authorities, or other third parties acting
with lawful authority. Other parties may
seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada. For further privacy
information, see the section on 911 Assist.
See SYNC™ Applications and Services
(page 322).
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
wheel and focus on what is around you.
Initiating a Voice Session
E142599
Press the voice button. A list of
available voice commands
appears in the display.
Global Voice Commands
These voice commands are always
available. You can say them at any time.
Global voice commands
This command ends the voice session. You
can also cancel a session by holding the
voice button for two or more seconds.
(cancel | exit)
This command provides you with hints,
examples and instructions.
help
This command restarts the voice session
from the initial starting point.
(main menu | start again)
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that
are separated by |. For example, where; (cancel | exit) appears you say; cancel or exit.
Helpful Hints
•Make sure the interior of your vehicle is
as quiet as possible. Wind noise from
open windows and road vibrations may
prevent the system from correctly
recognizing spoken commands.
•Before giving a voice command, wait
for the system announcement to finish,
followed by a single tone. Any
command spoken before this does not
register with the system.
•Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
•You can interrupt the system at any
time while it is speaking by pressing the
voice button. You can cancel a voice
session by pressing and holding the
voice button.
308
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and the chosen level of
interaction. You can customize the voice
recognition system to provide more or less
instruction and feedback.
The default setting is to a higher level of
interaction in order to help you learn to use
the system. You can change these settings
at any time.
Adjusting the Interaction Level
E142599
Press the voice button. When
prompted, say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
voice settings
Then either of the following:
Provides more detailed interaction and
guidance. (Recommended for first time
users.)
interaction mode novice
Provides less audible interaction and guid-
ance.
interaction mode advanced
Confirmation Prompts
Confirmation prompts are short questions
the system asks when it is not sure of your
request or when there is more than one
possible response to your request.
To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
voice settings
Then either of the following:
Make a best guess from the command; you
may still occasionally be asked to confirm
settings.
confirmation prompts off
Clarify your voice command with a short
question.
confirmation prompts on
Phone Confirmation
Using phone confirmations the system
asks you to verify before placing any calls.
309
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
voice settings
Then any of the following:
When enabled, this feature will prompt you
to confirm any voice initiated call command
prior to the call being placed.
phone confirmation on
The system will make a best guess; you
may still occasionally be asked to confirm
settings.
phone confirmation off
Changing the Voice Settings
In addition to using voice commands to
change the voice settings, you can also use
the menu in the audio display.
To change the voice settings press the
Menu button then select:
Menu Item
SYNC-Settings
Voice settings
Note: Depending on the current climate
control settings, the fan speed may
automatically go down while issuing voice
commands or while making and receiving
phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount
of background noise in the vehicle. The fan
speed will automatically return to normal
operation once the voice session ends. Fan
speed can also be adjusted normally during
a voice session, simply press fan buttons (or
turn fan knob) to increase or decrease fan
speed to desired setting.
To disable this automatic fan speed
reduction feature during voice sessions,
press and hold the climate control AC and
Recirculated air buttons simultaneously,
release and then increase fan speed within
2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat
the above sequence.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. While the system
supports a variety of features, many are
dependent on your cellular phone's
functionality. At a minimum, most cellular
phones with Bluetooth wireless technology
support the following functions:
•Answering an incoming call.
•Ending a call.
•Using privacy mode.
•Dialing a number.
•Redialing.
•Call waiting notification.
•Caller ID.
310
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone's compatibility, see
your phone's manual and visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.
Pairing a Phone for the First Time
Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC
allows you to make and receive hands-free
calls.
Note: SYNC can support downloading up
to approximately 4000 entries per
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone.
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Shift the transmission into
park (P) for automatic transmission or first
gear for manual transmission.
Using the Audio System
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.
1. Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button. When the
audio display indicates there is no
paired phone, select the option to add.
3. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your phone to start the pairing
process.
4. When prompted on your cell phone’s
display, confirm that the PIN provided
by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone. Your phone is now
paired and the display indicates that
the pairing was successful. If you are
prompted to enter a PIN on your device,
enter the PIN displayed on the screen.
The display indicates when the pairing
is successful.
Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone (the phone
SYNC automatically tries to connect with
first upon vehicle start-up) and
downloading your phonebook.
Using Voice Commands
E142599
Make sure to switch on your
phone's Bluetooth feature
before starting the search. See
your device's manual if necessary.
Press the voice and when prompted
say:
Action and Descrip-
tion
Voice Command
Follow the instruc-
tions on the audio
display.
(pair ([Bluetooth]
device | phone |
Bluetooth audio) |
add phone)
You can say any of the voice commands
that appear within open and close brackets
that are separated by |. For example,
where; (what's | what is) appears you say;
what's or what is.
The commands that have [ ] around the
word means that the word is optional.
311
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone (the phone
SYNC automatically tries to connect with
first upon vehicle start-up) and
downloading your phonebook.
Pairing Subsequent Phones
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Shift the transmission into
park (P) for automatic transmission or first
gear for manual transmission.
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.
1. Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button.
3. Select the option for Bluetooth
Devices.
4. Press the OK button.
5. Select the option to add. This starts
the pairing process.
6. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device.
7. When prompted on your cell phone’s
display, confirm that the PIN provided
by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone. Your phone is now
paired and the display indicates that
the pairing was successful. If you are
prompted to enter a PIN on your device,
enter the PIN displayed on the screen.
The display indicates when the pairing
is successful.
SYNC may prompt you with more cell
phone options. Your cell phone may also
prompt you to give SYNC permission to
access information. For more information
on your cell phone’s capability, see your
cell phone’s manual and visit the website.
Phone Voice Commands
E142599
Press the voice button. When
prompted, say any of the
following:
Voice Command
(phone | Blackberry | iPhone)
Then say any of the following:
call (___)
call ___ at home
call ___ ((in|at) [the] office | at work)
call ___ on (cell | mobile)
call ___ on other
1
dial [[a] number]
2
([go to] privacy | transfer to phone
| privacy on)
2
(hold call [on] | place call on hold)
2
join (calls | call)
2
mute call [on]
2
(mute call off | un-mute call)
(turn ringer on | silent mode off)
(turn ringer off | silent mode [on])
312
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice Command
3
[text] (messages | message)
help
___ is a dynamic listing that should be the
name of a contact in your phonebook. For
example you could say "Call Home".
1 See Dial table below.
2 These commands are only valid while in
a phone call.
3 See the text message table below.
Dial Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted
say any of the following commands:
Voice Commands
411 (four-one-one), 911 (nine-one-one)
700 (seven hundred)
800 (eight hundred)
900 (nine hundred)
Clear (deletes all entered digits)
Delete (deletes last set of digits entered)
Number <0-9>
Plus
Pound (#)
Star (*)
Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the
phone button or press any button on the
audio system.
To access text messages say:
Voice Command
[text] (messages | message)
Then say any of the following:
(listen to | read) ([text] message)
forward (text | [text] message)
reply to (text | [text] message)
call [sender]
Phonebook Hints
To hear how the SYNC system speaks a
name browse phonebook, select a contact
and press:
Menu Item
Hear it
Changing Devices Using Voice
Commands
Using SYNC, you can easily access multiple
phones, ipods, or USB devices. to switch
devices say:
313
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice Command
You can state the name of
the desired device, such as
“My iPhone”,“My Galaxy”
or“My iPod”. SYNC may
ask you to confirm the type
of device (Phone, USB, or
Bluetooth Audio).
(connect |
device) ___
Making Calls
E142599
Press the voice button. When
prompted, say:
Voice Command
call [[a] name]
SYNC prompts you to say
the numbers that you wish
to dial. After you say the
numbers, the system
confirms it. You can then
say:
dial [[a]
number]
When the system has stated the
number, you say any of the following:
Voice Command
This initiates the call.(dial | send)
This erases the spoken
digits.
(delete |
correct)
To end the call, press the end call button
on the steering wheel or select the end call
option in the audio display.
Receiving Calls
Accepting calls
When receiving a call, you can answer the
call by pressing the accept call button on
the steering wheel or use the screen.
To use the screen to accept a call
select:
Menu Item
Accept
Rejecting Calls
When receiving a call, you can reject the
call by pressing the reject call button on
the steering wheel or use the screen.
To use the screen to reject a call select:
Menu Item
Reject
Ignore the call by doing nothing.
Phone Options during an Active
Call
During an active call, you have more menu
features that become available, such as
putting a call on hold or joining calls.
To access this menu, choose one of the
options available at the bottom of the
audio display or select More to choose
from the following options:
314
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Description and actionMenu Item
Switch your vehicle's microphone off. To switch the
microphone on, select the option again.
Mic. off
Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to
your cellular phone for a more private conversation. When
selected, the audio display indicates the call is private.
Privacy
Put an active call on hold. When selected, the audio display
indicates the call is on hold.
Hold
Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad
(for example, numbers for passwords).
Dial a number
Join two separate calls. The system supports a maximum
of three callers on a multiparty or conference call.
Join calls
1. Select the More option.
2. Access the desired contact through the system or use
voice commands to place the second call. Once actively
in the second call, select the More option.
3. Scroll to the option to join calls and press the OK button.
Access your phonebook contacts.Phonebook
1. Select the More option.
2. Scroll to the option for phonebook and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
4. Press the OK button again when the desired contact
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Access your call history log.Call History
1. Select the More option.
2. Scroll to the option for call history and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your call history options (incoming,
outgoing or missed).
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Accessing Features through the
Phone Menu
You can access your call history,
phonebook, sent text messages, as well
as access phone and system settings.
1. Press the PHONE button to enter the
phone menu.
2. Select one of the options available.
315
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Description and actionDisplay
Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad.Dial a number
Access your downloaded phonebook.Phonebook
1. Press the OK button to confirm and enter. You can use
the options at the bottom of the screen to access an
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters
on the audio system's numeric keypad to jump in the list.
2. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
3. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
4. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls.Call History
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select incoming, outgoing or missed calls. Press
the OK button to make your selection.
3. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Select 1 of 10 speed dial entries. To set a speed dial entry,
go to the phonebook and then press and hold one of the
numbers on the audio system's numeric keypad.
Speed Dial
Send, download and delete text messages.Text messaging
Access the option for Bluetooth Device menu listings (add,
connect, set as primary, on or off, delete).
BT Devices
View various settings and features on your phone.Phone settings
Text Messaging
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
SYNC allows you to receive, send,
download and delete text messages. The
system can also read incoming text
messages to you so that you do not have
to take your eyes off the road.
Receiving a Text Message
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
Your phone must support downloading text
messages using Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
Note: This is a speed-dependent feature
and is only available when your vehicle is
traveling at 3.1 mph (5 km/h) or less.
When a new message arrives, an audible
tone sounds and the audio display
indicates you have a new message.
To hear the message you can say:
Description and
action
Voice command
Select this option
to have the system
read the message
to you.
(listen to | read)
([text] message)
316
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Using the screen you also have the following options:
Description and actionMenu
Item
Select this option, or do nothing, and the message goes into your text message
inbox.
Ignore
Select the view option to open the text message. Once selected, you have
the ability to have the message read to you, to view other messages. For
additional options select:
View
If you select this option, use the arrow button to scroll through the
following options:
More...
Press the OK button to access, and then scroll
through a list of pre-defined messages to send.
Reply to
sender
Press the OK button to call the sender of the
message.
Call sender
Press the OK button to forward the message to
anyone in your phonebook or call history. You can
also choose to enter a number.
Forward
msg.
Sending, Downloading and Deleting
Your Text Messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Select the text messaging option, and
then press the OK button.
Choose from the following options:
Description and actionMenu
Item
Allows you to send a new text message based on a pre-defined set of 15
messages.
New
Allows you to read the full message and, in addition, provides the option to
have the system read the message to you. To go to the next message, select
the More option. This allows you to reply to the sender, call the sender or
forward the message.
View
Allows you to delete current text messages from the system (not your cellular
phone). The audio display indicates when the system has deleted all your
text messages.
Delete
Allows you to delete all messages or manually trigger a download of all
unread messages from your cellular phone.
More...
317
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Sending a Text Message
Note: You can only send a text message to
one recipient at a time.
1. Select the send option when the
desired selection highlights in the audio
display.
2. Select the confirmation option when
the contact appears.
3. Press the OK button again to confirm
when the system asks if you want to
send the message. A pre-defined
signature appears on each text
message.
Note: You can send text messages either
by choosing a contact from the phonebook
and selecting the text option from the audio
display or by replying to a received message
in the inbox.
Accessing Your Phone Settings
These are phone-dependent features. Your
phone settings allow you to access and
adjust features such as your ring tone and
text message notification, modify your
phonebook, and set up automatic
download.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the phone settings option
appears, and then press the OK button.
Scroll to select from the following options:
Description and actionMenu Item
If this option is checked, the system uses the cellular phone
as the master when there is more than one cellular phone
paired to the system. This option can be changed for all
cellular phones (not only the active phone) using the
Bluetooth Devices menu.
Set as master
See the cellular phone name, provider name, cellular
phone number, and signal level. When done, press the left
arrow buttons to return to the phone status menu.
Phone status
Select which ringtone sounds during an incoming call (one
of the system's tones or your cellular phone's). If your
phone supports in-band ringing, your phone's ringtone
sounds when you choose the cellular phone ringtone
option.
Set ringtone
1. Press the OK button to select and scroll to hear each
ringtone.
2. Press the OK button to select a ringtone.
Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you
when a text message arrives. Press the OK button to
switch the audible tone off or on.
Text msg notify
Modify the contents of your phonebook (such as add,
delete or download). Press the OK button to select and
scroll between the choices in the phonebook preferences
table below.
Phonebook pref.
318
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Phonebook preferencesMenu Item
Push the desired contacts on your cellular phone. See your
device's manual on how to push contacts. Press the OK
button to add more contacts from your phonebook.
Add contacts
When a message asking you to delete appears, select the
option to confirm. Press the OK button to delete the
current phonebook and call history. The system takes you
back to the menu for phone settings.
Delete
Press the OK button to select and download your phone-
book to the system.
Download now
When automatic download is on, the system deletes any
changes (additions or deletions) saved in the system since
your last download.
Auto-download
When automatic download is off, the system does not
download your phonebook when your cellular phone
connects to SYNC.
You can only access your phonebook, call history and text
messages when your paired cellular phone connects to
the system. Check or uncheck this option to download
your phonebook automatically each time your phone
connects to the system. Download times are phone-
dependent and quantity-dependent.
Enabling this feature allows you to select how your
contacts are displayed. You can select:
Sorting Pref.
Last/First nameFirst/Last name
Bluetooth Devices
The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you
to add, connect and delete devices as well
as set a phone as primary.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears,
and then press the OK button.
Select from the following options:
Description and actionMenu Item
Pair additional phones to the system.Add
1. Select the option to add to start the pairing process.
319
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Description and actionMenu Item
2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio
display, search for SYNC on your phone. See your phone's
manual if necessary.
3. When prompted on your cell phone’s display, confirm
that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone. Skip the next step. If you are prompted
to enter a PIN on your device, it does not support Secure
Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN displayed on the
screen. The display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
4. When the option to set the phone as primary appears,
select either yes or no.
5. SYNC may prompt you with more cell phone options.
Your cell phone may also prompt you to give SYNC
permission to access information. For more information
on your cell phone’s capability, see your cell phone’s
manual and visit the website.
Select the delete option and confirm when the system
asks to delete the selected device. After deleting a phone
from the list, you have to repeat the pairing process to pair
it again.
Delete
The system attempts to connect with the primary cellular
phone each time you switch on the ignition. When you
select a cellular phone as primary, it appears first in the
list, marked with an asterisk. Set a previously paired phone
as master by selecting the master option and confirming
it as the primary.
Master
Connect a previously connected phone. You can only have
one phone connected at a time to use the phone's func-
tionality. When you connect another phone, the previous
phone disconnects from the telephone services. The
system allows you to use different Bluetooth devices for
the cellular phone functionality and the Bluetooth audio
music playback feature at the same time.
Conn.
Disconnects the selected cellular phone. Select this option
and confirm when asked. After disconnecting a phone,
you can reconnect it again without repeating the full pairing
process.
Discon.
System Settings
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select the SYNC settings option, and
then press the OK button.
320
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Scroll to select from the following options:
Description and actionDisplay
Check or uncheck this option to switch the system's
Bluetooth interface off or on. Select this option, and then
press the OK button to change the option's status.
Bluetooth on
Return to the factory default settings without erasing your
indexed information (such as phonebook, call history, text
messages and paired devices). Select this option and
confirm when prompted in the audio display.
Set defaults
Completely erase all information stored in the system
(such as phonebook, call history, text messages and paired
devices) and return to factory default settings.
Master reset
Install downloaded applications or software updates.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. There must be a valid SYNC application or update
available on the USB drive in order to finish an installation
successfully.
Install on SYNC
Display the system's version numbers as well as its serial
number. Press the OK button to select.
System info
The voice settings submenu contains various options. See
Using Voice Recognition (page 308).
Voice settings
Browse the actual menu structure of the connected USB
device. Press the OK button and use the up and down
arrow buttons to scroll through the folders and files. Use
the left or right arrow buttons to enter or leave a folder.
You can select media content for playback from this menu.
Browse USB
321
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES (If Equipped)
In order for the following features to work,
your cellular phone must be compatible
with SYNC. To check your phone's
compatibility, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.
•911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of
an emergency.
•SYNC AppLink: Allows you to connect
to and use certain applications such as
Spotify and Glympse (if your phone is
compatible).
These features may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
911 Assist
WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on
before a crash, the system will not
dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an
emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.
Always place your phone in a secure
location in your vehicle so it does not
become a projectile or get damaged
in a crash. Failure to do so may cause
serious injury to someone or damage the
phone which could prevent 911 Assist from
working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only
operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory
in which 911 is the emergency number.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user switches 911 Assist to on
or off, that setting applies for all paired
phones. If 911 Assist is switched off, either
a voice message plays or a display message
or an icon comes on when your vehicle is
started and after a previously paired phone
connects.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You
can learn more about the 911 Assist
feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.
See Supplementary Restraints System
(page 38). Important information about
airbag deployment is in this chapter.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 197).
Important information about the fuel pump
shut-off is in this chapter.
322
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Setting 911 Assist On or Off
Press Menu then select
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
SYNC-Applications
Select desired option, on or
off.
911 Assist
If you choose not to activate this
feature you will have the following
options:
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
Provides a display and voice
reminder at phone connection
at vehicle start.
Voice
Reminder
ON
Provides a display reminder
only without a voice reminder
at phone connection.
Voice
Reminder
OFF
To make sure that 911 Assist works
properly:
•SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
•The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
•You must pair and connect a
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible
cell phone to SYNC.
•A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
•A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
•The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.
In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate
the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911
Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains
damage or loses its connection to SYNC
during a crash, SYNC searches for and tries
to connect to a previously paired cell
phone; SYNC then attempts to call the
emergency services.
Before making the call:
•SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
•SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel".
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
•Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
•The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
•The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
323
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not switch the feature on.
SYNC Mobile Apps
The system enables voice and steering
wheel control of SYNC AppLink enabled
smartphone apps. When an app is running
through AppLink, you can control main
features of the app through voice
commands and steering wheel controls.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
Note: Android users need to connect the
phone to SYNC using Bluetooth.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford
website.
Availability of SYNC AppLink enabled Apps
will vary by region.
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps work automatically with no
setup. Other apps want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.
Note: AppLink is not available if your
vehicle is equipped with the MyFordTouch
system.
To Access Using the SYNC Menu
Press the MENU button to access the
menu on-screen. Then select:
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
SYNC-Apps
Scroll through the list of
available applications and
select a particular app or
select:
Mobile
Apps
Find New Apps
Note: If you cannot find a compatible SYNC
AppLink app, make sure the required app is
running on the mobile device.
Accessing an App's Menu
When an app is running through SYNC,
press the right arrow button on the steering
wheel control to access the app menu.
You can access various app features from
here, for example thumbs up and thumbs
down.
Press the left arrow button on the steering
wheel control to exit the app menu.
324
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
To Access Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button then when prompted say:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Say the name of the application after the tone.
The app should start. When an app is running through SYNC, you
can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the
app, for example "Play Playlist Road Trip".
mobile (apps |
applications)
Use this command to discover the available voice commands.help
SYNC Mobile App Voice Commands
The following voice commands are always available:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
SYNC prompts you to say the name of an
app to start it on SYNC.
mobile (apps | applications)
SYNC lists all of the currently available
mobile apps.
list [mobile] (apps | applications)
Searches your connected mobile device for
SYNC-compatible mobile apps.
find [new] [mobile] (apps | applications)
help
You can say the name of a mobile app at any time to start the mobile app on SYNC.
App Permissions
App permissions are organized by groups.
You can grant these group permissions
individually. You can change a permission
group status any time when not driving, by
using the settings menu.
When you launch an app using SYNC, the
system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example:
•To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle
information to the app such as, but not
limited to: Fuel level, fuel economy, fuel
consumption, engine speed, rain
sensor, odometer, VIN, external
temperature, gear position, tire
pressure, and head lamp status.
•To allow your vehicle to provide driving
characteristic information such as, but
not limited to: MyKey, seat belt status,
engine revolutions per minute, gear
position, braking events, steering wheel
angle, and accelerator pedal position.
325
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
•To allow your vehicle to provide
location information, including: GPS
and speed.
•To allow the app to send push
notifications using the vehicle display
and voice capabilities while running in
a background state. Push notifications
may be particularly useful for news or
location based apps.
Note: You only need to grant permissions
the first time you use an app with SYNC.
Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.
Enabling and Disabling App Permissions Using the SYNC Menu
Press the MENU button to access the SYNC menu then select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
SYNC-Apps
Mobile Apps
You can also select a specific app.
If the app supports push notifications, this
setting is listed. Select to enable or disable
the feature as required.
All Apps
Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.
Data is sent to Ford in the United States
through the connected device. The
information is encrypted and includes your
VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous
usage statistics and debugging
information. Updates may take place
automatically.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
App Status
You can view the current status of an app
in the settings menu.
326
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
There are three possible statuses:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The system has detected a new app
requiring authorization or a general
permissions update is required.
Update Needed
No update is required.Up-To-Date
The system is trying to receive an update.Updating...
Update settings
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select this option from the settings menu
to manually preform a needed update.
Request Update
Select this option from the settings menu
to disable automatic updates.
Disable Updates
Doing so also disables the use of Mobile
Apps on SYNC.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
You can access and play music from your
digital music player over your vehicle's
speaker system using the system's media
menu or voice commands. You can also
sort and play your music by specific
categories, such as artist and album.
Note: The system is capable of indexing up
to 15,000 songs.
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any
digital media player including: iPod, Zune,
plays from device players, and most USB
drives. SYNC also supports audio formats,
such as MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.
Confirm that the USB device has been
formatted correctly and has the following
specifications:
•USB 2.0.
•File format must be FAT16/32.
The format of the audio files on the USB
device must be:
•MP3.
•Non DRM protected WMA.
•WAV.
•AAC.
Connecting Your Digital Media
Player to the USB Port
Note: If your digital media player has a
power switch, make sure you switch it on
before plugging it in.
327
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
To Connect Using Voice Commands
Plug the device into one of the vehicle's
USB ports.
Press the voice button and when
prompted, say:
Action and Descrip-
tion
Voice Command
You can now play
music by saying any
of the appropriate
voice commands.
See the media
voice commands.
(USB [stick] | iPod
| MP3 [player])
Words in brackets [ ] are optional and do
not have to be spoken for the system to
understand the command. For example,
for where (USB [stick] | iPOD | MP3
[player]) appears, you can say USB or USB
stick.
To Connect Using the System Menu
1. Plug the device into one of the vehicle's
USB ports.
2. Press the MEDIA button and select
either USB 1 or USB 2 from the media
source list in the audio display.
To view USB content select:
Description and ActionMessage
Depending on how many media files are on your connected
device, an indexing message may appear in the display. When
indexing is complete, the selected source starts to playback
audio automatically.
Browse USB
You can browse the files on the USB
device in categories. Select BROWSE
from the buttons at the bottom of the
audio display and choose from the
following:
Message
Play all
Playlists
Songs
Artists
Message
Albums
Genres
Browse USB
Reset USB
Media Voice Commands
E142599
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
328
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Description and ActionVoice Command
You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate
voice commands.
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3
[player])
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that
are separated by |. For example, where; (what's | what is) appears you say; what's or
what is.
You must say any of the voice commands that appear outside of open and close brackets.
For example, where; (what's | what is) playing, you must say either "what's playing" or
"what is playing".
Description and ActionCommand
Pauses device playback.pause
Resumes device playback.play
play [album] ___
Play all media on the device from the first
track to the last.
play all
play [artist] ___
play [genre] ___
play [playlist] ___
Plays the next track on the current media.next [track | title | song | file | podcast |
chapter | episode]
Plays the previous track on current media.previous [track | title | song | file |
podcast | chapter | episode]
Creates a playlist with a similar genre to the
one currently playing.
[play] (similar music | more like this)
play [song | track | title | file] ___
repeat off
Repeats the current track.repeat (one | track) [on]
329
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Description and ActionCommand
Plays the current playlist in a random order.
(Not all devices support this command.)
shuffle [all] [on]
shuffle off
At any time during playback, you can press
the voice button and ask the system what is
playing. The system reads the metadata tags
(if populated) of the current track.
((who's | who is) this | who plays this |
(what's | what is) playing [now] | (what
| which) (song | track | artist) is this |
(who's | who is) playing | (what's | what
is) this)
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it
could be the name of anything, such as a
group, artist or song. For example you
could say "Play artist The Beatles".
Examples of USB Commands
SYNC provides the user with many intuitive
ways to find and play a song using voice.
For example, if we have a song called
"Penny Lane" from the album "Magical
Mystery Tour" we can say the following to
play this song:
•Play song "Penny Lane".
•Play "Penny Lane".
If we wanted to play the entire album, we
can say:
•Play album "Magical Mystery Tour".
•Play "Magical Mystery Tour".
Bluetooth Audio
The system is also capable of playing
music from your cellular phone through
Bluetooth.
To switch the Bluetooth Audio on, press
the MEDIA button and select:
Menu Item
BT audio
Then any of the following:
Voice Command
pause
play
next [track | title | song | file | podcast | chapter | episode]
previous [track | title | song | file | podcast | chapter | episode]
Media Menu Features
The media menu allows you to select how
to play your music (such as by artist, genre,
shuffle or repeat), find similar music or
reset the index of your USB devices.
Press the MEDIA button and select either
USB 1 or USB 2 from the media source list
in the audio display to start USB playback.
330
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Description and ActionMessage
This will enter the media menu.Options
Then any of the following:
Description and ActionMessage
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Shuffle
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Repeat track
You can play similar types of music to the current playlist
from the USB port. The system uses the metadata informa-
tion of each track to compile a playlist. The system then
creates a new list of similar tracks and then begins playing.
Each track must have the metadata tags populated for this
feature. With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags
Similar music
are not populated, the tracks will not be available in voice
recognition, the play menu or this option. However, if you
place these tracks onto your playing device in mass storage
device mode they are available in voice recognition, the play
menu or this option. The system places unknowns into any
unpopulated metadata tag.
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
Reset USB
Accessing Your USB Song Library
1. Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
2. Press the MEDIA button (next to the
audio display) to select USB playback.
Description and ActionMessage
This menu allows you to select and play your media files by
artist, album, genre, playlist or track.
Browse USB
If there are no media files to access, the
display indicates there is no media.
331
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
If there are media files, you have the following options:
Description and ActionDisplay
Play all indexed media files from your device one at a time
in numerical order.*
Play all
Press the OK button to select. The first track title appears
in the display.
Access your playlists (from formats like ASX, M3U, WPL,
or MTP).*
Playlists
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired playlist, and then press the
OK button.
Search for and play a specific indexed track.*
Songs
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired track, and then press the OK
button.
Sort all indexed media files by artist. The system then lists
and plays all artists and tracks alphabetically.*
Artists
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired artist, and then press the OK
button.
Sort all indexed media files by album.*
Albums
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired album, and then press the
OK button.
Sort all indexed media files by genre (category) type.*
Genres
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired genre, and then press the
OK button.
Browse all supported media files on your media player
connected to the USB port. You can only view media files
that are compatible with SYNC. (Other files are not
visible.)
Browse USB
1. Press the OK button to select.
332
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Description and ActionDisplay
2. Scroll to browse indexed media files on the device, and
then press the OK button.
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete,
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
Reset USB
*You can use the buttons at the bottom of the audio display to jump to a certain
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the audio system's numeric
keypad to jump in the list.
Using Voice Commands
You can access and view your USB songs
using voice commands.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
Press the voice button and when
prompted, say any of the following
commands:
Accessing and Viewing USB Media
(browse | search | show) all (album |
albums)
(browse | search | show) all (artist |
artists)
(browse | search | show) all (genre |
genres)
(browse | search | show) all (playlist |
playlists)
(browse | search | show) all (song | songs
| title | titles | file | files | track | tracks)
(browse | search | show) album ___
(browse | search | show) artist ___
(browse | search | show) genre ___
(browse | search | show) playlist ___
USB 2 (If Equipped)
Your vehicle may come equipped with an
additional USB port. If so, USB 1 is located
at the front of the vehicle at the bottom of
the instrument panel. USB 2 is located
inside the storage compartment of the
vehicle's center console.
You can plug in an additional USB device
into the second USB port.
You can access both USB devices by using
voice commands.
To access a USB device press the voice
button and when prompted say:
Voice command
USB 1
USB 2
Note: SYNC only supports one connected
iOS (Apple) devices at a time (whichever
one you plug in first). When you connect a
second iOS device, the systems charges it,
but does not support playback from it.
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings
You can access these menus using the
audio display. See Using SYNC™ With
Your Phone (page 310).
333
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice Commands for Audio
Sources
Your voice system allows you to change
audio sources with a simple voice
command.
E142599
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
Voice Command
(music | audio | entertainment) [system]
Below are a few examples of voice
commands you can use.
[tune [to]] AM
[tune [to]] AM1
[tune [to]] AM (autostore | AST |
autoset)
[tune [to]] AM 2
Bluetooth (audio | stereo)
(disc | CD [player]) play
[tune [to]] FM
[tune [to]] FM1
[tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST |
autoset)
[tune [to]] FM 2
Radio
*
tune [to] SAT
*
Sirius
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 [player])
Voice Command
((who's | who is) this | who plays this |
(what's | what is) playing [now] | (what
| which) (song | track | artist) is this |
(who's | who is) playing | (what's | what
is) this)
help
* If equipped.
Radio Voice Commands
E142599
If you are listening to the radio,
press the voice button, and then
say any of the commands in the
following table.
If you are not listening to the radio,
press the voice button and, after the
tone, say:
Voice Command
Radio
You can then say any of the following
commands.
[tune [to]] AM
[tune [to]] AM1
[tune [to]] AM (autostore | AST |
autoset)
[tune [to]] AM 2
[tune [to]] (AM ___ | ___ [AM])
[tune [to]] AM preset ___
[tune [to]] AM1 preset ___
[tune [to]] FM
[tune [to]] FM1
[tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST |
autoset) preset ___
334
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice Command
[tune [to]] FM 2
[tune [to]] (FM ___ | ___ [FM])
[tune [to]] FM preset ___
*
FM ___ HD ___
[tune [to]] FM 2 preset ___
*
HD ___
[tune [to]] preset ___
Tune
help
* If equipped.
Sirius Satellite Radio Voice Commands
(If equipped)
E142599
To listen to Sirius satellite radio,
press the voice button and, after
the tone, say:
Voice Commands
Sirius
When you are listening to Sirius
satellite radio, you can press the voice
button, and say any of the commands
in the following table.
Voice Commands
tune [to] SAT
[tune [to]] SAT 1
[tune [to]] SAT 2
[tune [to]] SAT 3
[tune [to]] preset ___
[tune [to]] SAT 1 preset ___
Voice Commands
[tune [to]] SAT 2 preset ___
[tune [to]] SAT 3 preset ___
tune [to] [Sirius]
Help
You can say the
channel number (0-
233) to listen to that
Sirius station.
[tune [to]] Sirius
[channel] ___
CD Voice Commands
E142599
If you are listening to a CD, press
the voice button, and then say
any of the commands in the
following table.
If you are not listening to a CD, press
the voice button and, after the tone,
say:
Voice Command
(disc | CD [player]) play
You can then say any of the following
commands.
pause
play
[play] next track
[play] previous track
[play | change to] track [number] ___
repeat (track | song) [on]
repeat folder [on]
repeat off
(shuffle | random | mix) [on | (tracks |
songs) [on]]
335
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice Command
(shuffle | random | mix) (CD [player] |
disc) [on]
(shuffle | random | mix) folder [on]
shuffle off
SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,
should questions arise, see the tables
below.
Use the website at any time to check your
phone's compatibility, register your
account and set preferences as well as
access a customer representative via an
online chat (during certain hours). Visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca for more
information.
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Review your phone's manual
about audio adjustments.
The audio control settings
on your phone may be
affecting SYNC perform-
ance.
There is excessive back-
ground noise during a phone
call.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
During a call, I can hear the
other person but they
cannot hear me.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
SYNC is not able to down-
load my phonebook.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Try pushing your phonebook
contacts to SYNC by using
the Add Contacts feature.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction. Use the SYNCmyphone
feature available on the
website.
Try pushing your phonebook
contacts to SYNC by using
the Add Contacts feature.
This may be a limitation on
your phone's capability.
The system says Phonebook
Downloaded but the
phonebook in SYNC is
empty or missing contacts.
336
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
If the missing contacts are
stored on your SIM card, try
moving them to the device
memory.
Remove any pictures or
special ring tones associ-
ated with the missing
contact.
Depending upon your phone,
you may have to grant SYNC
permission to access your
phonebook contacts. Make
sure to confirm when
prompted by your phone
during the phonebook
download.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
I am having trouble
connecting my phone to
SYNC.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Try deleting your device
from SYNC, deleting SYNC
from your device and trying
again.
Check the security and auto
accept and prompt always
settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on
your phone.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
Update your device's firm-
ware.
337
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Turn off the Auto phone-
book download setting.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
Text messaging is not
working on SYNC. Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
USB and media issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
device malfunction.
I am having trouble
connecting my device.
Make sure you are using the
manufacturer's cable.
Make sure you insert the
USB cable correctly into the
device and the USB port.
Make sure that the device
does not have an auto-
install program or active
security settings.
Make sure you are not
leaving the device in your
vehicle during very hot or
cold temperatures.
This is a device limitation.
SYNC does not recognize
my device when I turn on the
car.
Review the device compatib-
ility chart on the SYNC
website to confirm your
phone supports the
Bluetooth audio streaming
function.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
Bluetooth audio does not
stream.
338
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
USB and media issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Make sure you correctly
connect the device to SYNC,
and that you have pressed
play on your device.
The device is not connected.
Make sure that all song
details are populated.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist,
song title, album or genre
information.
SYNC does not recognize
music that is on my device. The file may be corrupted.
Some devices require you to
change the USB settings
from mass storage to MTP
class.
The song may have copy-
right protection, which does
not allow it to play.
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Review the phone voice
commands and the media
voice commands at the
beginning of their respective
sections.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
what I am saying. After pressing the voice icon,
wait until after the tone
sounds and Listening
appears before saying a
command. Any command
spoken before this does not
register with the system.
You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong time.
Review the media voice
commands at the beginning
of the media section.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
the name of a song or artist.
339
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Say the song or artist
exactly as listed. If you say
"Play Artist Prince", the
system does not play music
by Prince and the Revolution
or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.
Make sure you are saying the
complete title, such as
"California remix featuring
Jennifer Nettles".
If the song titles are in all
CAPS, you have to spell
them. LOLA requires you to
say "L-O-L-A".
The system may not be
reading the name the same
way you are saying it. Do not use special charac-
ters in the title. The system
does not recognize them.
Review the Phone voice
commands at the beginning
of the phone section.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
or is calling the wrong
contact when I want to
make a call.
Make sure you are saying the
contacts exactly as they are
listed. For example, if you
save a contact as Joe
Wilson, say "Call Joe
Wilson".
Using the SYNC phone
menu, open the phonebook
and scroll to the name
SYNC is having trouble
understanding. SYNC will
read the name to you, giving
you some idea of the
pronunciation SYNC is
expecting.
You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.
340
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
The system works better if
you list full names, such as
"Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
The system may not be
reading the name the same
way you are saying it.
Do not use special charac-
ters, such as 123 or ICE, as
the system does not recog-
nize them.
Contacts in your phonebook
may be very short and
similar, or they may contain
special characters.
If a contact is in CAPS, you
have to spell it. JAKE
requires you to say "Call J-
A-K-E".
Your phonebook contacts
may be in CAPS.
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Ensure you have a compat-
ible smartphone; an Android
with OS 2.3 or higher or an
iPhone 3GS or newer with
iOS 5.0 or higher. Addition-
ally, ensure your phone is
An AppLink capable phone
is not connected to SYNC.
AppLink Mobile Applica-
tions: When I select "Find
New Apps," SYNC does not
find any applications.
paired and connected to
SYNC in order to find
AppLink-capable apps on
your device. iPhone users
must also connect to
SYNC's USB port with an
Apple USB cable.
Ensure you have down-
loaded and installed the
latest version of the app
from your phone's app store.
Ensure the app is running on
your phone. Some apps
AppLink-enabled apps are
not installed and running on
your mobile device.
My phone is connected, but
I still cannot find any apps.
require you to register or
341
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
login on the app on the
phone before using them
with AppLink. Also, some
may have a "Ford SYNC"
setting, so check the app's
settings menu on the phone.
Closing and restarting apps
may help SYNC find the
application if you cannot
discover it inside the vehicle.
On an Android device, if
apps have an "Exit' or 'Quit'
Sometime apps do not
properly close and re-open
their connection to SYNC,
over ignition cycles, for
example.
My phone is connected, my
app(s) are running, but I still
cannot find any apps.
option, select that then
restart the app. If the app
does not have that option,
you can also manually
"Force Close" the app by
going to the phone's settings
menu, selecting 'Apps.' then
finding the particular app
and choosing 'Force stop.'
Don't forget to restart the
app afterwards, then select
"Find New Apps" on SYNC.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to
force close an app, double
tab the home button then
swipe up on the app to close
it. Tab the home button
again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a
few seconds, the app should
then appear in SYNC's
Mobile App's Menu.
Reset the Bluetooth on your
phone by turning it off and
then turning Bluetooth back
on. If you are in your vehicle,
SYNC should be able to
automatically re-connect to
your phone if you press the
"Phone" button.
There is a Bluetooth bug on
some order versions of the
Android operating system
that may cause apps that
were found on your previous
vehicle drive to not be found
again if you have not turned
off Bluetooth.
My Android phone is
connected, my app(s) are
running, I restarted them,
but I still cannot find any
apps.
342
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Unplug the USB cable from
the phone, wait a moment,
and plug the USB cable
back in to the phone. After a
few seconds, the app should
appear in SYNC's Mobile
Apps Menu. If not, "Force
Close" the application and
restart it.
The USB connection to
SYNC may need to be reset.
My iPhone phone is
connected, my app is
running, I restarted the app
but I still cannot find it on
SYNC.
Try increasing the Bluetooth
volume of the device by
using the device's volume
control buttons which are
most often found on the
side of the device.
The bluetooth volume on
the phone may be low.
I have an Android phone. I
found and started my media
app on SYNC, but there is no
sound or the sound is very
low.
Force close or uninstall the
apps you do not want SYNC
to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that
setting in the app's settings
menu on the phone.
Some Android devices have
a limited number of
bluetooth ports apps can
use to connect. If you have
more AppLink apps on your
phone than the number of
available Bluetooth ports,
you will not see all of your
apps listed in SYNC's mobile
apps menu.
I can only see some of the
AppLink apps running on my
phone listed in SYNC's
Mobile Apps Menu.
SYNC System Reset
The SYNC system in your vehicle has System Reset feature that can be performed if
the function of a SYNC feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and
will not erase any information previously stored in the system (Such as paired devices,
phonebook, call history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset,
press and hold the Seek Up (>>) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power
button. Release both buttons after 2-3 seconds. Please allow a few minutes for the
reset to complete. After a few minutes has passed you can resume using the SYNC
system.
343
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Getting to Know Your System
The SYNC 3 system allows you to interact
with a variety of features using the
touchscreen and voice commands. By
integrating with your Bluetooth-enabled
phone, the touchscreen provides easy
interaction with audio, multimedia, climate
control, navigation, and your phone's SYNC
3 compatible apps.
Using the Touchscreen
To operate the touchscreen, you can
simply touch the item or option that you
want to select. The button changes color
when you select it.
The SYNC 3 layout allows you to quickly
select the feature you wish to use.
E207614
344
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
This bar displays icons and messages pertaining to current
system activities including climate settings, voice
commands and phone functions such as text messages.
Status BarA
This button is available on the main screens. Pressing it
takes you to the home screen view.
HomeB
This shows the current time. You can set the clock manually
or have it controlled by the vehicle's GPS location. See
Settings (page 412).
ClockC
This displays the current outside temperature.Outside
Temperature
D
You can touch any of the buttons on this bar to select a
feature.
Feature BarE
The touchscreen allows you quick access
to all of your comfort, navigation,
communication and entertainment
options. Using the status and feature bar
you can quickly select the feature you want
to use.
Note: Your system is equipped with a
feature that allows you to access and
control audio features for 10 minutes after
you switch the ignition off (and no doors
open).
The Status Bar
Additional icons also display in the status
bar depending on market, vehicle options
and current operation. If a feature is not
active, the icon does not display. Certain
icons may move to the left or right
depending on what options are active.
345
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
E223058
DescriptionItemCallout
This icon displays when your phone's microphone is
muted. A caller cannot hear you.
Microphone MuteA
This icon displays when the audio system is muted.MuteB
This icon displays when SYNC 3 has received a soft-
ware update. Pressing the icon will show more details
about the new software.
DownloadC
This icon appears if a Wi-Fi network is connected.Wi-FiD
This icon displays when an available Wi-Fi network
is within range.
Wi-Fi in RangeE
This icon displays when your cell phone is roaming.RoamingF
This icon displays when you receive a text message
on your phone.
Text MessageG
346
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionItemCallout
This icon displays when 911 Assist is set to off and
your phone is connected to SYNC.
911 Assist OffH
This icon displays when there is an active Bluetooth
alert.
Bluetooth AlertI
This icon displays to show an active Bluetooth
connection.
BluetoothJ
Messages may also appear in the status
bar to provide you with notifications. You
can select the message to view the
associated feature.
Feature Bar
FunctionsFeature Bar Item
Allows you to control the media playing in
your vehicle. You can control all audio
features including AM, FM and satellite
radio, CDs, and media streaming over a
Bluetooth device or through a USB
connection.
Audio
Allows you to make calls, receive calls, and
access the phonebook of your connected
device.
Phone
Allows you to see your vehicle's location on
a virtual road map, get driving directions to
your destination and find points of interest
along your route.
Navigation
(If equipped)
Connect and control SYNC 3 compatible
apps running on your iphone or android
device. Also, access built-in additional
features such as SiriusXM Traffic and Travel
Link (if equipped).
Apps
This is where you find the Hybrid vehicle
Power Flow information.
You can customize your system with
various settings for the touchscreen display,
feature preferences, and how you want to
interact with your vehicle.
Settings
347
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
FunctionsFeature Bar Item
For plug-in vehicles, this is where you find
the Charge Settings information.
Cleaning the Touchscreen
You can remove fingerprints with a dry,
clean, soft cloth.
If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen,
apply a small amount of alcohol to the
cloth and try to clean it again.
Note: Do not use detergent or any type of
solvent to clean the touchscreen.
Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the
touchscreen.
Using Voice Recognition
Using voice commands allows you to keep
your hands on the wheel and focus on
what is in front of you. The system provides
feedback through audible tones, prompts,
questions and spoken confirmations
depending on the situation and the chosen
level of interaction (voice settings).
The system also asks short questions
(confirmation prompts) when it is not sure
of your request or when there are multiple
possible responses to your request.
When using voice commands, words and
icons may appear in the status bar
indicating the status of the voice command
session. See Using Voice Recognition
(page 358).
Accessing and Adjusting Modes
Through Your Vehicle Information
Display (If Equipped)
Depending on your vehicle and options you
select, you may be able to control some of
the SYNC 3 features on your information
display. The features are visible in the
right-hand display (A) .
348
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
E208626
You can make the following adjustments
using the information display SYNC 3
screen:
InformationOption
Information for current audio playing.Audio
Select source.
View current road and speed limit (if information is available).Naviga-
tion View current route, next turn, time to your destination (depending on cluster
level), distance to destination (depending on cluster level) and ability to
cancel route.
If you do not have an active navigation route programed, the compass is
shown.
If you are not on a call, a call can be made by selecting: *Phone
349
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
InformationOption
Missed callsOutgoing callsIncoming callsAll callsQuick
dial
If you are on a call, the call information displays on the information display.
If you receive a call, you can accept it by selecting OK on the right-hand
steering wheel controls.
* Depending on your vehicle options, all of these choices may not display.
Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right
side of your steering wheel to scroll
through the available modes.
The selection menu expands and different
options appear.
•Press the up and down arrows to scroll
through the modes.
•Press the right arrow to enter the mode,
use the left arrow to exit the mode.
•Press the up and down arrows to make
adjustments within the chosen mode.
•Press OK to confirm your selection.
Note: If your vehicle does not have
navigation, compass appears in the display
instead of navigation. If you press the right
arrow to go into the compass menu, you can
see the compass graphic. The compass
displays the direction in which the vehicle
is traveling, not true direction (for example,
if the vehicle is traveling west, the middle
of the compass graphic displays west; north
displays to the left of west, though its true
direction is to the right of west).
Using the Steering Wheel Controls
Depending on your vehicle and option
package, you can use different controls on
your steering wheel to interact with the
touchscreen system in different ways.
VOL: Control the volume of audio output.
Mute: Mute the audio output.
Voice: Press to start a voice session. Press
again to stop the voice prompt and
immediately begin speaking. Press and
hold to end a voice session.
SEEK NEXT:
•While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets.
•While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD
mode, press to seek between songs or
press and hold to fast seek.
SEEK PREVIOUS:
•While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets.
•While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD
mode, press to seek between songs or
press and hold to fast seek.
PHONE ACCEPT: Press to answer a call
or switch between calls.
PHONE REJECT: Press to end a call or
reject an incoming call.
Note: On some models, SEEK NEXT may
be combined with PHONE REJECT and
SEEK PREVIOUS may be combined with
PHONE ACCEPT.
M:Touch the control repeatedly to switch
between media sources (modes).
See Steering Wheel (page 68).
Using Your Bezel Controls
Depending on your vehicle and option
package, you may also have these controls
on your instrument panel:
350
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
•Power: Switch the audio system on
and off.
•VOL: Control the volume of playing
audio.
•Seek and Tune: se as you normally
would in audio modes.
•Eject: Eject a CD from the audio
system.
•SOURCE or MEDIA: Press repeatedly
to advance through available media
modes.
•SOUND: Press to access the Sound
menu where you can adjust sound and
other audio settings.
•1-6: Press and hold to store or press to
select an AM, FM or SIRIUS memory
preset. See Audio System (page 289).
•DISP: Switch the display on or off. You
can also touch the screen to switch the
display back on.
•Temperature, fan and climate
control buttons: Control the
temperature, fan speed or settings of
the climate control system. See
Climate Control (page 109).
911 Assist
WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on
before a crash, the system will not
dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
setting is set on before a crash, the system
will not dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
WARNINGS
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an
emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.
Always place your phone in a secure
location in your vehicle so it does not
become a projectile or get damaged
in a crash. Failure to do so may cause
serious injury to someone or damage the
phone which could prevent 911 Assist from
working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only
operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory
in which 911 is the emergency number.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is switched off and the phone is
connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the
status bar.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
351
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You
can learn more about the 911 Assist
feature, by visiting:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
For important information about airbag
deployment and the fuel pump shut-off
please see the Supplementary Restrains
and Roadside Emergencies sections of
your owner manual.
To switch 911 Assist on and off please view
the settings information. See Settings
(page 412).
To make sure that 911 Assist works
correctly:
•SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
•The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
•You must pair and connect a
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible
cell phone to SYNC.
•A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
•A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
•The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.
In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or
activate the fuel pump shut-off (the
triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC
will search for and try to connect to a
previously paired cell phone; SYNC will
then attempt to call the emergency
services.
Before making the call:
•SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
•SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel."
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
•Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
•The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
•The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
352
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not switch the feature on.
Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
•Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. Have an authorized dealer
check your vehicle.
•Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
•Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's user guide for further
information.
•For your safety, some SYNC 3 functions
are speed-dependent. Their use is
limited to when your vehicle is traveling
at speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h). Make
sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC 3.
Speed-restricted Features
Some features of this system may be too
difficult to use while your vehicle is moving
so they are restricted from use unless your
vehicle is stationary.
•Screens crowded with information,
such as Point of Interest reviews and
ratings, SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
sports scores, movie times or ski
conditions.
•Any action that requires you to use a
keyboard is restricted, such as entering
a navigation destination or editing
information.
•All lists are limited so the user can view
fewer entries (such as phone contacts
or recent phone call entries).
See the following chart for more specific
examples.
353
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Restricted features
Pairing a Bluetooth phone.Cellular Phone
Browsing of list entries is limited for phone contacts and
recent phone calls.
Editing the keypad code.System Functionality
Enabling Valet Mode.
Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park
assist are active.
Editing Wi-Fi settings.Wi-Fi
Editing the list of wireless networks.
Connecting to a new Wi-Fi network.
Viewing received text messages.Text Messages
Using the keyboard to enter a destination.Navigation
Adding or editing Navigation Favorites entries or Avoid
Areas.
Creating a SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
•Essential for keeping up with the latest
software and connected features.
•Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.
•Maintain account permissions.
Visit the website to sign up and register.
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
Website
www.syncmaroute.ca
MyFord Mobile™ with Embedded
Modem (If Equipped)
Connect to your vehicle using the MyFord
Mobile app on your smartphone. The
embedded modem in your vehicle
communicates with the app and allows
you to start, lock, unlock and locate your
vehicle remotely. The app also connects
you with other vehicle resources like a
parking locator, roadside assistance, dealer
locations and Ford Support. MyFord Mobile
is supported by Android and iPhone and it
is available through the App Store and
Google Play. The MyFord mobile app is
available through a free download.
Services included for four years. Text and
data rates apply to usage.
354
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Updating Your System
You can choose to download the update
onto a USB drive or use Wi-Fi to deliver
automatic updates.
USB Updates
To use the USB update you need to log
into your owner account and visit the SYNC
software update page.
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
The website notifies you if an update is
available. You can then select to download
the update.
You will need an empty USB drive. Please
check the website for minimum
requirements. Once you have inserted the
USB drive into your computer, choose to
start the download. Follow the instructions
provided to download the files to the USB
drive.
The installation of most files occurs in the
background, and does not interrupt your
use of the system. Navigation updates
cannot be installed in the background,
because the files are too large.
To install the update in your vehicle,
remove anything that is plugged in the USB
ports on the media hub and plug in the
USB drive containing the update. When
the USB drive is plugged in, the installation
should begin immediately. After a
successful installation, the update is
available the next time the vehicle is
started.
Please refer to the website for any further
actions.
Updating Over Wi-Fi
To update your System over Wi-Fi your
vehicle must be within the range of a Wi-Fi
access point. Data rates may apply.
To connect your system to Wi-Fi,
select:
Menu Item
Settings
Wi-Fi
You can then select your
Wi-Fi network. You may
have to enter the security
code if the network is
secured. The system
confirms when it has
connected to the network.
Available
Wi-Fi
Networks
You must also give the system permission
to update automatically. Upon vehicle
delivery, the System asks you if you would
like to use the automatic update feature.
If you agree to automatic updates, you can
press OK to confirm. If this selection does
not appear upon vehicle delivery you can
access it through the General Settings. See
Settings (page 412). You can also perform
a master reset. See SYNC™ 3
Troubleshooting (page 425).
355
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
If you would like to switch this feature
on later, select:
Menu Item
Settings
General
From this menu, you can
enable automatic updates.
If you have not done so
already, the system
prompts you to set up a
Wi-Fi connection when you
enable this feature.
Automatic
System
Updates
When Wi-Fi and automatic updates are
enabled, your system checks for software
updates periodically. If a new version is
available, it downloads at that time.
Software downloads can take place for up
to 30 minutes after you have switched your
vehicle off. The updates do not interrupt
the normal use of your SYNC 3 system. If
a download does not complete for any
reason, the download continues where it
left off at the next Wi-Fi connected
opportunity. Upon activation of an update,
a banner displays on the touchscreen
indicating the system update. Select the
icon to see more detail. This icon displays
for two ignition cycles.
To switch this feature off:
Menu Item
Settings
General
In this menu selection, you
can change the selection
for automatic updates to
OFF.
Automatic
System
Updates
Support
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you are not
able to answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-8:00pm EST.
United States: 1-800-392-3673.
Canada: 1-800-565-3673.
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.
Privacy Information
When you connect a cellular phone to
SYNC 3, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that links to that cellular
phone. This profile helps in offering you
more cellular features and operating more
efficiently. Among other things, this profile
may contain data about your cellular
phone book, text messages (read and
unread), and call history, including history
of calls when your cell phone was not
connected to the system. In addition, if you
connect a media device, the system
creates and retains an index of supported
media content. The system also records a
short diagnostic log of approximately 10
minutes of all recent system activity. The
log profile and other system data may be
used to improve the system and help
diagnose any problems that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index,
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when the
cellular phone or media player is
connected.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you perform
a Master Reset to erase all stored
information. You can find more information
about the Master Reset in General
Settings. See Settings (page 412). System
data cannot be accessed without special
equipment and access to your vehicle's
356
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
SYNC 3 module. Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada do not access the system
data for any purpose other than as
described absent consent, a court order,
or where required by law enforcement,
other government authorities, or other third
parties acting with lawful authority. Other
parties may seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada.
HOME SCREEN
E207616
Home screen displayTileItem
Shows the active media source.AudioA
357
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Home screen displayTileItem
If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the
compass.
The name of the connected phone appears on the screen. The
status of the phone features also appear. This includes signal
strength, battery charge, 911 assist setting state (On or Off),
text messaging and roaming.
PhoneB
This map displays your current location or current route in real
time.
*
NavigationC
When you have navigation active, you also see the next turn
and the length of time and distance to your destination.
If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the
audio information.
* If equipped.
You can touch any of the feature displays
to access that feature.
Anytime you select the home button, the
system returns you to this screen.
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
The SYNC 3 system allows you to use voice
commands, to control features like audio
and climate controls. By using voice
commands, you can keep your hands on
the wheel and your eyes on the road.
You can access each feature controlled by
SYNC 3 through a variety of commands.
E142599
To activate the SYNC 3 voice
commands push the voice
button on the steering wheel and
wait for the prompt.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it can
be the name of anything, such as artist, the
name of contact or number. The context
and the description of the command tell
you what to say for this dynamic option.
There are some commands that work for
every feature, these commands are:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Brings you to the main menu.Main Menu
Returns you to the previous screen.Go back
Ends the voice session.Cancel
Gives you a list of possible voice commands.List of Commands
You can name any feature and the system gives a list of
commands available for the feature. For example, you could
say:
___ List of Commands
Phone List of Commands
358
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Navigation List of Commands
You can use this command to view the next page of options on
any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.
Next Page
You can use this command to view the previous page of options
on any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.
Previous Page
Gives you available commands you can use on the current
screen.
Help
Included here are some of the most
popular commands for each SYNC 3
feature.
Audio Voice Commands
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
audio voice commands it can be the name
of a Sirius channel or a channel number, a
radio frequency number, or the name of a
artist, album, song or a genre.
To control the media features, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
DescriptionVoice command
You can say the Sirius channel name or number
such as "Sirius channel 16".
*Sirius Channel ___
You can also turn to a Sirius channel by saying the channel's name, such as "The Pulse".
Allows you to tune to a specific FM or AM
frequency such as "88.7 FM" or "1580 AM".
AM ___
FM ___
Allows you to tune to a specific HD frequency
such as “88.7 FM HD 1”.
*FM ___ HD ___
Allows you to listen to music on your Bluetooth-
connected device.
Bluetooth Audio
Allows you to listen to music on your USB
connected device.
USB
For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, song or a genre to listen to that
selection. Your system must finish indexing
before this option is available. For example, you
could say "Play artist, The Beatles" or "Play song,
Penny Lane".
Play Genre ___
Play Playlist ___
Play Artist ___
Play Album ___
Play Podcast ___
359
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionVoice command
Play Song ___
Play Audiobook ___
For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, or a genre to browse by that selec-
tion. Your system must finish indexing before this
option is available. For example you can say
"Browse The Beatles" or "Browse folk".
Browse ___
* This option may not be available in all markets or may require a subscription.
Phone Voice Commands
Pairing a Phone
You can use voice commands to connect
your Bluetooth-enabled phone to the
system.
To pair your phone, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
DescriptionVoice command
Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the pairing
process. See Settings (page 412).
Pair Phone
Making Calls
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
phone voice commands it can be the name
of the contact you wish to call or the digits
you want to dial.
Press the voice button and say a command similar to the following:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
such as "Call Jenny".
Call ___
Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
at a specific location such as "Call Jenny at Home".
Call ___ at ___
Allows you to dial a specific number such as “Dial 867-5309”.Dial ___
360
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Please make sure that you are saying the
contact name exactly as it appears in your
contact list.
Once you have provided the digits of the phone number, you can say the following
commands:
DescriptionVoice Command
If the full number was not entered with the first command, you
can continue saying the number.
<0-9>
Tells SYNC 3 to make the phone call.Dial
Tells SYNC 3 to erase the last block of digits stated.Delete
Tells SYNC 3 to erase the entire number.Clear
Text Message Voice Commands
To access text message options, press the voice button and say:
DescriptionVoice command
Listen to Message
You can say the number of the message you
would like to hear.
Listen to text message ___
Reply to Message
Navigation Voice Commands
Setting a Destination
You can use any of the following
commands to set a destination or find a
point of interest.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
navigation voice commands it can be a POI
category or an address.
You can find an address, a point of interest (POI), or search for points of interest
by category:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the address search functionality.Find an Address
State the name of the POI category you would like to search for
such as "Find restaurants".
Find a ___
Allows you to enter the POI search functionality.Find POI
361
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the intersection search functionality.Find Intersection
State the name of the POI category you would like to search for
nearby such as "Destination nearest restaurants".
Destination Nearest
___
Allows you to see a list of your previous destinations.Destination Previous
Destination
Allows you to route to your home address.Destination Home
In addition, you can say these commands when a route is active:
DescriptionVoice command
Cancels the current route.Cancel Route
Allows you to select an alternate route.Detour
Repeats the last guidance prompt.Repeat Instruction
Repeats the last guidance prompt.Show Route
Provides current location.Where Am I
Allows you to zoom in on the map.Zoom in
Allows you to zoom out from the map.Zoom out
Mobile App Voice Commands (If Equipped)
The following voice commands are always available:
DescriptionVoice command
SYNC 3 will prompt you to say the name of an app to start it on
SYNC 3.
Mobile Apps
SYNC 3 will list all of the currently available Mobile Apps.List Mobile Apps
SYNC 3 will search and connect to compatible app(s) running on
your mobile device.
Find New Apps
362
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
There are also voice commands that you can use when app(s) are connected to
SYNC 3:
DescriptionVoice command
At any time, you can say the name of a mobile app to start the
mobile app on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an
app
SYNC 3 will list the available voice commands for the specified
app if the app is running on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an
app, followed by
help
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
Voice Commands (If Equipped)
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may not
be available in all markets. Activation and
a subscription are required.
You can say the following commands to access SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link:
DescriptionVoice command
Displays a list of traffic incidents.Show Traffic
Displays the current weather map.Show Weather Map
Displays a list of fuel prices.Show Fuel Prices
Displays the 5 day weather forecast.Show 5 Day Fore-
cast
Help
Voice Settings Commands
You can say the following commands to access the voice settings:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the voice settings functionality.Voice Settings
Sets standard prompting with longer prompts.Interaction Mode
Standard
Sets advanced prompting with shorter prompts.Interaction Mode
Advanced
Allows the system to confirm before making a phone call.Phone Confirmation On
363
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionVoice command
The system does not confirm before placing a call.Phone Confirmation Off
The system displays a short list of available commands.Voice Command Lists On
The system does not display the list of commands.Voice Command Lists Off
You can use the volume control to adjust
the volume of the system voice prompts.
While prompt is active, adjust the volume
control up or down to your desired setting.
Note: Depending on the current climate
control settings, the fan speed may
automatically go down while issuing voice
commands or while making and receiving
phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount
of background noise in the vehicle. The fan
speed will automatically return to normal
operation once the voice session ends. Fan
speed can also be adjusted normally during
a voice session, simply press fan buttons (or
turn fan knob) to increase or decrease fan
speed to desired setting.
To disable this automatic fan speed
reduction feature during voice sessions,
press and hold the climate control AC and
Recirculated air buttons simultaneously,
release and then increase fan speed within
2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat
the above sequence.
364
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
ENTERTAINMENT
E207617
Message and descriptionMessage
SourcesA
Direct TuneB
PresetsC
You can access these options using the
touchscreen or voice commands.
Sources
Press this button to select the source of
media you want to listen to.
Menu item
AM
FM
*SIRIUS
CD
The name of the USB that is plugged in displays here.USB
365
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Menu item
Bluetooth Stereo
If you have SYNC 3 compatible apps on your connected smart phone, they
display here as individual source selections.
Apps
* This feature may not be available in all markets and requires an active subscription.
AM/FM Radio
Tuning a Station
You can use the tune or seek controls on
the radio bezel to select a station.
To tune a station using the
touchscreen, select:
Menu item
Direct Tune
A pop up appears, allowing you to type in
the frequency of a station. You can only
enter a valid station for the source you are
currently listening to.
You can press the backspace button to
delete the previously entered number.
Once you have entered the station's
call numbers, you can select:
Action and descrip-
tion
Menu item
Press to begin
playing the station
you have entered.
Enter
Press to exit
without changing
the station.
Cancel
Presets
To set a new preset, tune to the station
and then press and hold one of the
memory preset buttons. The audio mutes
briefly while the system saves the station
and then returns.
There are two preset banks available for
AM and three banks for FM. To access
additional presets, tap the preset button.
The indicator on the preset button shows
which bank of presets you are currently
viewing.
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If
Activated)
Note: This feature may not be available in
all markets and requires an active
subscription.
366
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
E234451
SIRIUS satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SIRIUS satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term
that begins on the date of sale or lease of
your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for
availability.
For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, and
other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS
at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right
to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming. This includes canceling,
moving or adding particular channels, and
its prices, at any time, with or without notice
to you. Ford Motor Company shall not be
responsible for any such programming
changes.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.
The following buttons are available for Sirius:
Action and descriptionMenu item
Touch this button to see a list of available stations.Browse
A pop-up appears, allowing you to type in the call numbers of
a station.
Direct Tune
Once you enter the stations call numbers, you can select:
The system tunes to the station you select.Enter
You exit the pop-up and the current station
continues to play.
Cancel
You can press the backspace button to delete the previous
number.
367
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and descriptionMenu item
Replay audio on the current channel. You can replay approx-
imately 45 minutes of audio as long as you remain tuned to
the current station. Changing stations erases the previous
audio.
Replay
When you are in replay mode, you are not
able to select a different preset until you
return to live audio. Pressing this button
returns you to the live broadcast.
Live
Save the current song, artist, or team as a favorite. The system
alerts you when it plays again on any channel.
ALERT
Selecting this button allows you to enable and edit alerts. See
Settings (page 412).
Memory Presets
To set a preset, tune to the station then
press and hold one of the memory preset
buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the
system saves the station and returns once
the station is stored.
There are three preset banks available for
SIRIUS. To access additional presets, tap
the preset button. The indicator on the
preset button shows which bank of presets
you are currently viewing.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. See
Settings (page 412).
SIRIUS Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues
For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear
of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
materials as far away from the antenna as possible.
Antenna obstructions
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunder-
storms can interfere with your reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower,
a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio
system may mute.
Station overload
Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate the interfer-
ence and the audio system may mute.
Satellite radio signal
interference
368
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Troubleshooting tips
ActionCauseMessage
No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.
Radio requires more than two
seconds to produce audio for
the selected channel.
Acquiring Signal
If this message does not clear
shortly, or with an ignition key
cycle, your receiver may have
a fault. See an authorized
dealer for service.
There is an internal module or
system failure present.
Satellite antenna fault
SIRIUS system failure
Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.
The channel is no longer avail-
able.
Invalid Channel
Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-539-
7474 to subscribe to the
channel, or tune to another
channel.
Your subscription does not
include this channel.
Unsubscribed Channel
The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.
The signal is lost from the
SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS
tower to your vehicle antenna.
Satellite acquiring
signal…
No action required. The
process may take up to three
minutes.
Update of channel program-
ming in progress.
Updating…
Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-539-
7474 to resolve subscription
issues.
Your satellite service is no
longer available.
Questions? Call 1-
888-539-7474
Use the channel guide to turn
off the Lock or Skip function on
that station.
All the channels in the selected
category are either skipped or
locked.
None found. Check
channel guide.
No action required.SIRIUS has updated the chan-
nels available for your vehicle.
SIRIUS Subscription
updated
HD Radio™ Information (If
Available)
Note: This feature may not be available in
all markets.
To activate HD radio, please see the Radio
Settings in the Settings Chapter. See
Settings (page 412).
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
369
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit:
Website
www.hdradio.com
When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the following indicators on
your screen:
E142616
The HD logo is grey when acquiring a digital
station, and then changes to orange when
digital audio is playing. When this logo is
available, you may also see Title and Artist
fields on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.
Note: There is also an additional feature
for stations that have more than 1 HD
multicast (For example, HD1 or HD2). The
HD logo and Radio text appears as a button.
Pressing this button allows you to cycle
through all of the HD stations on that
specific frequency. For example, if you are
on 101.1 and it has HD1, HD2, HD3, pressing
the button repeatedly causes the radio to
cycle through the HD stations in a cyclic
increasing order.
When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions:
Action and descriptionMessage
Allows you to save an active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns.
There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound
returns when the channel saves. When switching to an HD2
or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital
audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital
signal.
Presets
Note: As with any station you save, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is
outside the station’s reception area.
370
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues
If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the
fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to
weak signal strength.
Reception area
If you are listening to HD1, the system changes back to the
analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again.
However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7
multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless
it is able to connect to the digital signal again.
When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2-
HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog
version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio
station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station
quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station
changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from
analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound.
Station blending
In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.
Potential station issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. This is a
broadcast issue.
This is poor time alignment by
the radio broadcaster.
Echo, stutter, skip or
repeat in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.
No action required. The recep-
tion issue may clear up as you
continue to drive.
The radio is shifting between
analog and digital audio.
Sound fading or
blending in and out.
No action required. This is
normal behavior. Wait until the
audio is available.
The digital multicast is not
available until the HD Radio
broadcast is decoded. Once
decoded, the audio is available.
There is an audio mute
delay when selecting
HD2 or HD3, multicast
preset or Direct Tune.
371
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Potential station issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. The station
is not available in your current
location.
The previously stored multicast
preset or direct tune is not
available in your current recep-
tion area.
Cannot access HD2 or
HD3 multicast channel
when recalling a preset
or from a direct tune.
Fill out the station issue form.
*
Data service issue by the radio
broadcaster.
Text information does
not match currently
playing audio.
Fill out the station issue form.
*
Data service issue by the radio
broadcaster.
There is no text
information shown for
currently selected
frequency.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and
foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and
HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks
of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor
Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not
responsible for the content sent using HD
Radio technology. Content may be
changed, added or deleted at any time at
the station owner's discretion.
* You can find the form here:
Website
http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/
report_radio_station_experiences
CD
Once you select this option, the system
returns you to the main audio screen.
The current audio information appears on
the screen.
The following buttons are also available:
FunctionButton
You can use the browse button to select a track.Browse
Select this button and a small number one displays to indicate
the track is set to repeat.
Repeat
For MP3 CDs, this button allows you to toggle through repeat
off, repeat one track (a small number one displays), and repeat
current folder (a small folder displays).
Select the shuffle symbol to have the audio on the disk play
in random order.
Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
372
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Bluetooth Stereo or USB
Bluetooth Stereo and USB allow you to
access media that you store on your
Bluetooth device or USB device such as
music, audio books or podcasts.
The following buttons are available for Bluetooth and USB:
FunctionButton
Pressing the repeat button toggles the repeat setting through
three modes: repeat off (button not highlighted), repeat all
(button highlighted) and repeat track (button highlighted with
a small number one).
Repeat
Play the tracks in random order.Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
To get more information about the
currently playing track, press the cover art
or Info button.
For some devices, SYNC 3 is able to
provide 30-second skip buttons when you
listen to audio books or podcasts. These
buttons allow you to skip forward or
backward within a track.
While playing audio from a USB device you
can look for certain music by selecting the
following:
FunctionButton
If available, displays the list of tracks in the
Now Playing playlist.
Browse
This option, which is available under
browse, allows you to play all tracks or to
filter the available media into one of the
below categories.
New Search
Play All
Playlists
Artists
Albums
Songs
Genres
Podcasts
Audio books
373
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
FunctionButton
Composers
This button allows you to choose a specific
letter to view within the category you are
browsing.
A-Z Jump
If available, this allows you to browse the
folders and files on your USB device.
Explore Device
USB Ports
E211463
The USB ports are in the center console or
behind a small access door in the
instrument panel.
This feature allows you to plug in USB
media devices, memory sticks, flash drives
or thumb drives, and charge devices if they
support this feature.
Select this option to play audio from your
USB device.
Apps
The system supports the use of certain
audio apps such as Pandora or iHeartRadio
through a USB or bluetooth-enabled
device.
Each app gives you different on-screen
options depending on the app's content.
See Apps (page 409).
Supported Media Players, Formats
and Metadata Information
The system is capable of hosting nearly
any digital media player, including iPod,
iPhone, and most USB drives.
Supported audio formats include MP3,
WMA, WAV, AAC, and FLAC.
Supported audio file extensions include
MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
FLAC.
Supported USB file systems include: FAT,
exFAT, and NTFS.
SYNC 3 is also able to organize the media
from your USB device by metadata tags.
Metadata tags, which are descriptive
software identifiers embedded in the
media files, provide information about the
file.
If your indexed media files contain no
information embedded in these metadata
tags, SYNC 3 may classify the empty
metadata tags as unknown.
SYNC 3 is capable of indexing up to
50,000 songs per USB device, for up to 10
devices.
374
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
PHONE
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of the system. Once you pair your
cell phone, you can access many options
using the touchscreen or voice commands.
While the system supports a variety of
features, many are dependent on your cell
phone’s functionality.
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the
First Time
Pair your Bluetooth-enabled phone with
the system before using the functions in
hands-free mode.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary.
To add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
system on your phone.
3. Select your vehicle's make and model
as it displays on your phone.
4. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
5. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
6. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’s manual
or visit the website.
Alternatively, to add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
Then select:
Discover Other Bluetooth Devices
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’s manual
or visit the website.
At a minimum, most cell phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the
following functions:
•Answering an incoming call.
•Ending a call.
•Dialing a number.
•Call waiting notification.
•Caller identification.
375
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone’s compatibility,
see your phone’s manual or visit the
website:
Websites
owner.ford.com
Websites
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Phone Menu
This menu becomes available after pairing
a phone.
E205447
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
Displays your recent calls.Recent Call
List
A
You can place a call by selecting an entry from this list.
376
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
You can also sort the calls by selecting the drop down menu at
the top of the screen. You can choose:
MissedOutgoingIncomingAll
All of your contacts from your phone display in alphabetical
order.
ContactsB
Selecting this button allows
you to choose a specific letter
to view.
A-Z Jump
Displays the name of your phone and takes you to the phone
settings options.
Phone
Settings
C
From this menu, you can pair subsequent devices, set ring tones
and alerts. See Settings (page 412).
Displays all recent text messages.Text
Messages
D
Use this keypad to dial in a phone number.Phone
Keypad
E
Use the backspace button to delete numbers.
Press this button to begin a
call.
Call
Touch this button to send all calls directly to your voicemail.
New text message notifications are not displayed on the screen
and all ringtones and alerts are set to silent.
Do Not
Disturb
F
Users with phones having voice services
may see a button to access the feature.
For example, iPhone users see a Siri button.
A press and hold of the voice button on the
steering wheel also accesses this feature.
Making Calls
There are many ways to make calls from
the SYNC 3 system, including using voice
commands. See Using Voice
Recognition (page 358). You can use the
touchscreen to place calls as well.
377
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
To call a number in your contacts,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select the
name of the contact you
want to call. Any numbers
stored for that contact
display along with any
stored contact photos. You
can then select the
number that you want to
call. The system begins the
call.
Contacts
To call a number from your recent calls,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select an
entry that you want to call.
The system begins the call.
Recent Call
List
To call a number that is not stored in
your phone, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select the digits of the
number you wish to call.
Phone
Keypad
The system begins the call.Call
Pressing the backspace button deletes the
last digit you typed.
Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Caller information appears in the
display if it is available.
To accept the call, select:
Menu Item
Accept
Note: You can also accept the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
To reject the call, select:
Menu Item
Reject
Note: You can also reject the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC 3
logs it as a missed call.
During a Phone Call
During a phone call, the contacts name
and number display on the screen along
with the call duration.
The phone status items are also visible:
•Signal Strength.
•Battery.
•911 Assist (United States and Canada
only). See Settings (page 412).
You can select any of the following during
an active phone call:
378
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Item
Immediately end a
phone call. You can
also press the
button on the
steering wheel.
End Call
Press this to access
the phone keypad.
Keypad
You can switch the
microphone off so
the caller does not
hear you.
Mute
Item
Privacy Transfer the call to
the cell phone or
back to SYNC 3.
Text Messaging
Note: Downloading and sending text
messages using Bluetooth are cell
phone-dependent features.
Note: Certain features in text messaging
are speed-dependent and not available
when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over
3 mph (5 km/h).
Receiving a Text Message
When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a
pop-up with the caller name and ID, if supported by your cell phone. You can select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Have SYNC 3 read the message to you.Hear It
View the text on the touchscreen.View
To call the sender.Call
You can select from 15 preset messages. Press the message
that you would like to use and confirm to send the message.
SYNC 3 confirms when the message is sent successfully.
Reply
To exit the screen.Close
Smartphone Connectivity (If Equipped)
SYNC 3 allows you to use Apple CarPlay
and Android Auto to access your phone.
When you use Apple CarPlay or Android
Auto, you can:
•Make calls.
•Send and receive messages.
•Listen to music.
•Use your phone's voice assistant.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto disable
some SYNC 3 features.
Most Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
features use mobile data.
Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay requires an iPhone 5 or
newer with iOS 7.1 or newer. Updating to
the latest iOS version is recommended.
1. Plug your phone into a USB port. See
USB Port (page 305).
379
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
2. Select Apple CarPlay on the
touchscreen.
To disable this feature from the
Settings screen, select:
Menu Item
Apple CarPlay Preferences
Your device is listed if SYNC detects
Apple CarPlay. Select the name of your
device and select:
Disable
To return to SYNC 3, go to the Apple
CarPlay home screen and select the SYNC
app.
Note: Contact Apple for Apple CarPlay
support.
Android Auto
Android Auto is compatible with most
devices with Android 5.0 or newer.
1. Download the Android Auto app to
your device from Google Play to
prepare your device (this may require
mobile data usage).
Note: The Android Auto App may not be
available within your current market.
2. To switch this feature on from the
Settings screen, scroll left on the
screen and select:
Menu Item
Android Auto Preferences
Enable Android Auto
Note: Android Auto must be switched on
prior to plugging your device.
You can then plug your device into a USB
port. See USB Port (page 305).
To disable this feature from the
Settings screen, select:
Menu Item
Android Auto Preferences
Your device is listed if SYNC detects
Android Auto. Select the name of your
device and select:
Disable
Note: You may need to slide your Settings
screen to the left to select Apple CarPlay
Preferences or Android Auto Preferences.
To return to SYNC 3, select the
speedometer icon in the Android Auto
menu bar at the bottom of the
touchscreen, and then touch the option to
return to SYNC.
Note: Contact Google for Android Auto
support.
NAVIGATION (If Equipped)
Your navigation system is comprised of
two main features, destination mode and
map mode.
Map Mode
Map mode shows advanced viewing
comprised of 2D city maps, 3D landmarks
and 3D city models (when available). 2D
city maps show detailed outlines of
buildings, visible land use, landscape
features, and detailed railroad
infrastructure for the most essential cities
around the globe.
3D landmarks appear as clear, visible
objects that are typically recognizable and
have a certain tourism value.
380
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
3D city models are complete 3D models
of entire city areas including navigable
roads, parks, rivers and rendered buildings.
3D landmarks and city models appear in
3D map mode only. Coverage of these
varies and improves with updated map
releases.
E207752
Select the zoom in icon to see a
closer view of the map.
E207753
Select the zoom out icon to see
a farther away view of the map.
You can adjust the view in preset
increments. You can also pinch to zoom in
or out of the map.
The information bar tells you the names
of streets, cities or landmarks as you hover
over them with the crosshair curser.
You can change your view of the map by
tapping on the location indicator icon on
the right hand side of the screen. You can
choose from the following options:
E207750
Heading up (2D map) This
always shows the direction of
forward travel to be upward on
the screen. This view is available
for map scales up to 3 mi (5 km).
E207749
North up (2D map) always
shows the northern direction to
be upward on the screen.
E207748
3D map mode provides an
elevated perspective of the map.
Adjust this viewing angle and
rotate the map 180 degrees by
touching the map twice, and
then dragging your finger along the shaded
bar with arrows at the bottom of the map.
E207751
Re-center the map by pressing
this icon whenever you scroll the
map away from your vehicle’s
current location.
E207754
Points of Interest (POI)
grouping icon: You can choose
up to three POI icons to display
on the map. If the chosen POIs
are located close together or are
at the same location a box is used to
display a single category icon instead of
repeating the same icon, in order to reduce
clutter. When you select the box on the
map, a pop-up appears indicating how
many POIs are in this location. Select the
pop up to see a list of the available POIs.
You can scroll through and select POIs
from this list.
If your vehicle is low on charge or fuel,
station icons automatically display on the
map.
If you have subscribed to SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link (where available), traffic
flow will be indicated on the map by green
(clear), yellow (slowing), and red
(stopped) road highlights. Traffic flow is
indicated where the information is
available and varies across the US.
You can choose to display traffic icons on
the map representing twelve different
types of incidents. See Settings (page
412).
You can set a destination by hovering
above a location and selecting:
381
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Button
Start
Range Rings and Charge Points (Energi
Only)
Shaded rings appear on the map when you
are driving in EV Now mode. The inner ring
with no shading indicates a safe range you
can travel using plug-in power only. The
lightly shaded outer band reflects areas
you may or may not be able to reach while
in EV Now mode. If your destination is
within this band, your vehicle may operate
in Auto EV mode, running the engine as
needed. The darker shaded area, beyond
the rings, is not likely reachable using only
the vehicle's available plug-in energy.
The rings represent approximate ranges.
Actual route distances, road grades,
vehicle speed, accessory usage and other
conditions affect how far your vehicle can
travel in EV Now mode before recharging.
E235274
You can select charging POI's so that you
can always see them on the map when the
scale is 5 mi (8 km) or lower.
To switch this on from the settings menu
select:
Menu Item
Navigation
Map Preferences
You can then switch the POI Icons on.
Menu Item
With the POI icons switched on, you can
select:
Select POIs
Travel
Charging
382
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Destination Mode
To set a destination, press:
DescriptionMenu Item
Destination
Enter a navigation destination in any of the following formats:
Street AddressSearch
(number, street, city, state)
For example "12 Mainstreet Dearborn MI"
Partial Address
(number, street) if searching in current state
(number, street and zip code (or postal code in Canada)) if searching
out of state
You can enter unique addresses that contain door number prefixes
with or without the prefix. For example, you could enter "6N340
Fairway Lane" or "340 Fairway Lane".
City
(name or zip code)
Point of Interest
(name or category)
Intersection
(street 1 / street 2)
(street 1 and street 2)
(street 1 & street 2)
(street 1 @ street 2)
(street 1 at street 2)
Latitude and Longitude
(##.###### , ##.######)
This is in a decimal degrees format, one to six decimal places are
accepted.
You are given autocomplete options below the address bar to select
as you type.
If you do not give an exact destination, a menu displays with your
possible selections.
Collections of your last 40 navigation destinations display here.Previous Destina-
tions You can select any option from the list to select it as your destination.
383
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionMenu Item
These locations cannot be deleted individually. To delete them,
preform a master reset. See SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting (page 425).
Select to navigate to your set Home destination.Home
The time it takes to travel from your current location to Home displays.
To set your Home, press:
A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a
favorite for home. Select:
Home
Enter a location into the search bar and press:Yes
Save
Select to navigate to your set Work destination.Work
The time it takes to travel from your current location to Work displays.
To set your Work:
A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a
favorite for work. Select:
Work
Enter a location into the search bar and press:Yes
Save
Favorites include any location you have previously saved.Favorites
To add Favorites:
Select this button and enter a location into the destination
bar.
Add a
Favorite
Select this option to have the system locate the address
you have entered.
Search
Select this button when the address you have entered
appears on the screen.
Save
The address saves as a favorite and you see the favorites screen. You
can now select this address from the favorites screen.
POI categories that may display (based on market and vehicle
configuration):
Point of Interest
(POI) Categories
Food
Fuel
Hotel
ATM
384
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionMenu Item
Press to view additional categories. Once you have selected
a category, follow the menus to find what you are looking
for.
See All
Inside of these categories you can search by:
Nearby
Along Route
Near Destination
In a City
Once you have chosen your destination, press:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
This saves the destination to your favorites.Save
This shows you a map of your entire route. You can then choose your
route from three different options.
Start
Uses the fastest moving roads
possible.
Fastest
Uses the shortest distance possible.Shortest
Uses the most fuel-efficient route.Economical Route
The time and distance for each route also displays.
On the route screen, you can choose to cancel the current navigation.
The system asks for confirmation then returns you to the map mode
screen.
Cancel
Once you have chosen you destination, press:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The system uses a variety of screens and prompts to guide you to your
destination.
Start
During Route guidance, you can press the maneuver arrow icon on the
map if you want the system to repeat route guidance instructions.
When the system repeats the last guidance instruction, it updates the
distance to the next guidance instruction, since it detects that the
vehicle is moving.
385
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The navigation map shows your estimated time of arrival, remaining
travel time and the distance to your destination.
SYNC 3 may not always announce vehicle arrival at the exact point
of your destination and you may have to cancel a route manually.
Navigation Menu
In map mode and during active navigation
you can access the navigation menu.
During active navigation, touch the bottom
of the screen to view the menu and other
buttons.
To access the Navigation menu, press:
Button
Menu
You can then select:
A full screen map displays during navigation.Full MapScreen View
Highway exit information displays on the right hand side
of the screen during navigation.
Highway
Exit Info
Points of interest icons display for restaurants, hotels,
fuel stations and ATMs when they are present at the
exit. You can select the POI icons to receive a listing of
specific locations. You can select the POI location as a
waypoint or destination if desired.
Only available during an active route. Displays all of the
turns on the current route.
Turn List
You can choose to avoid any road on the turn list by
selecting the road from the list. A screen then appears
and you can press:
Avoid
The system calculates a new route and displays a new
turn list.
You can find the SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link information by
pressing this button. This information requires an active subscription
to SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.
Traffic List
When a route is not active, a list of nearby traffic incidents displays
(if any are present).
When a route is active, you can choose to display a list of traffic nearby
or on the route.
386
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Button
Press this button to adjust your preferences. See Settings (page 412).Navigation
Settings
Provides your current location city and the nearest road.Where Am I?
The following are only available on the menu during an active navigation route:
The system asks for confirmation and then returns you to the map
mode screen.
Cancel Route
Selecting this option switches off the audio navigation guidance. Press
the button again to un-mute guidance.
Mute Guidance
Press this to see a map of the full route.View Route
An alternate route displays in comparison with the current route.Detour
Only available if you have an active waypoint on your route. See
Waypoints later in this section for information on how to set
waypoints.
Edit Waypoints
Use this button to re-order or remove your waypoints.
Optimize OrderYou can
also have
the system
set the
order for
you by
pressing:
GoTo return to
your route
press:
Waypoints
You can add a waypoint to a navigation
route as a destination along your route.
To add a waypoint:
1. Select the search icon (magnifying
glass) while on an active route. This
brings up the destination menu.
2. Set your destination using any of the
given methods. Once the destination
has been selected, the screen allows
you to set the destination as a
waypoint by selecting:
387
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Menu Item
The waypoint list then appears and you are
able to re-order all of your waypoints by
selecting the menu icon on the right hand
side of the location. You can select up to
five waypoints.
Add Waypoint
Optimize OrderYou can also have the system set the order
for you by pressing:
GoTo return to your route, press:
cityseeker (If Equipped)
Note: cityseeker point of interest (POI)
information is limited to approximately 1100
cities (1049 in the United States, 36 in
Canada and 15 in Mexico).
E225487
cityseeker, when available, is a service that
provides more information about certain
points of interest such as restaurants,
hotels and attractions.
When you have selected a point of interest,
the location and information appear, such
as address, phone number and a star
rating.
Press More Information to see a photo,
a review, a list of services and facilities, the
average room or meal price and the web
address. This screen displays the point of
interest icons.
For restaurants, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, average
cost, review, handicap access, hours of
operation, and website address.
For hotels, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, price
category, review, check-in and checkout
times, hotel service icons and website
address. Hotel service icons include:
•Restaurant
•Business center
•Handicap facilities
•Laundry
•Refrigerator
•24 hour room service
•Fitness center
•Internet access
•Pool
•Wi-Fi
Attractions include nearby landmarks,
amusement parks, historic buildings and
more. cityseeker can provide information
such as star rating, reviews, hour of
operation and admission price.
388
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link is available
on vehicles equipped with navigation and
only in select markets. You must activate
and subscribe to receive SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link information. It helps you
locate the best gas prices, find movie
listings, get current traffic alerts, view the
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see current sports scores. See Apps
(page 409).
The system calculates a reasonable
efficient route based on available speed
limits, traffic, and road conditions. You may
know a local short cut that is more efficient
at a given time than the route provided by
SYNC 3, but you should expect a slight
difference in minutes or miles with the
SYNC 3 route.
Navigation Map Updates
Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase through your
dealership, by calling 1-866-462-8837 in
the United States and Canada or
01-800-557-5539 in Mexico. You can also
visit:
Website
www.navigation.com/sync
You need to specify the make and model
of your vehicle to determine if there is an
update available.
HERE is the digital map provider for the
navigation application. If you find map data
errors, you may report them directly to
HERE by going to
www.here.com/mapcreator. HERE
evaluates all reported map errors and
responds with the result of their
investigation by e-mail.
Map coverage includes the USA (including
Puerto Rico and the US Virgin Islands),
Canada and Mexico.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
INFORMATION
The power flow information for your Hybrid
vehicle is available through the Apps
section of the touch screen.
389
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
E231145
The charge settings information for your
vehicle is available through the Settings
section of the touch screen.
390
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
E231146
Charge Settings
This screen allows you to set up the
charging convenience features.
Note: You can set up and edit these
features using the MyFord Mobile internet
application. For more information on visit
the Ford website.
391
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
To improve the charging experience, your vehicle has the following convenience
features:
DescriptionFeature
Your vehicle schedules its charging time for when the utility rates
are lowest. Contact your utility company to see what rates are
available.
Value Charge
Your vehicle starts charging immediately after you connect the
charging plug.
Charge Now
Get the most miles out of every charge by conditioning your
plugged in vehicle. Set the cabin temperature when you set your
GO Time in order to use energy from your home, or charging
station, instead of your vehicle battery.
Cabin Conditioning
Setting GO Times allows you to control charging schedules and
cabin conditioning settings so your vehicle is ready to drive when
you are. By setting a GO Time, your vehicle can use your value
charge settings to minimize your electricity costs but still prioritize
getting a full charge before your GO Time. A calendar view allows
you to program two GO Times per day for each day of the week.
My GO Times
Note: Remember, you must plug in your vehicle for My GO Time
to work.
Note: Charging to 100% by your next GO
Time will always be the priority. When Value
Charge is selected, charging outside of
off-peak times may be necessary in order
to be fully charged by your GO Time.
Charge Settings Screen
Each of the four areas highlighted below
show a different feature of the charge
settings screen.
392
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
E231147
My GO Time summary displays the next GO Time and cabin temperature
setting.
A
Charging status and actual times displays charging status with the charging
start time, end time, and duration.
B
Charge profile and mode displays the charging profile and charging mode for
the vehicle's present location.
C
Estimated charge time limits displays the estimated minimum and maximum
times to fully charge the high-voltage battery and the battery’s present state
of charge as a percentage of total plug-in capacity.
D
393
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
My GO Time Summary
E231148
394
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
This area of the screen shows your scheduled Go Time and
your cabin conditioning information.
My GO TimesA
This is the time and date of your next set drive time. Your
vehicle automatically schedules charging and cabin condi-
tioning to finish by this time.
Next GO TimeB
This is the chosen cabin conditioning setting for this GO
Time.
TemperatureC
This accesses your GO Time Schedule (see GO Time
Schedule later in this section).
EditD
This cancels the cabin conditioning for the present GO Time.
Once you touch Skip, the GO Time and Temperature grey
out, and the LED illuminates on the Skip button. Touch the
button again to switch on the cabin conditioning. This
feature allows you to ignore the present GO Time without
having to delete it or having to switch off the entire schedule
(see GO Time Schedule later in this section). After the
present GO Time passes, this feature resets.
SkipE
Conflict Notification
The system alerts you to any conflicts by
highlighting areas of the screen in colored
text.
If your battery cannot have a full charge by the scheduled drive time, the system
highlights your next GO Time and Charge Complete time and the following
message appears:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
This is normal; the vehicle is informing you of the conflicting situation.
This notification only displays when the gearshift selector lever is in
position P.
Charge time
not sufficient
to meet
scheduled
GO Time
settings
Note: Charging occurs as soon as you plug the vehicle in. The system
limits cabin conditioning to 15 minutes before your GO Time.
395
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
To eliminate the conflict notification
immediately or to prevent a conflict in the
future, try the following:
•Switch the present GO Time to occur
later.
•Plug the vehicle into a 240V high
current charging station instead of
using the 120V low current convenience
cord. Higher power charging yields
shorter charge times.
•Plug the vehicle in sooner.
Charging Status and Actual Times
E231149
396
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
This is the status of the charging system, which includes
the charging plug, high-voltage battery and charger.
Charge StatusA
This means the vehicle is
unplugged. Charge Start and
Complete information is for the
present vehicle location.
Next Charge
This means you plugged the
vehicle in and it is ready to
charge. Typical of Value Charge
mode, the vehicle may not start
charging right away because it
is set to charge at times with
lower utility costs.
Waiting to charge
This means the high-voltage
battery is charging.
Charging
This informs you that the high-
voltage battery is fully charged
and not currently scheduled for
further charging.
Charged
This alerts you that a fault is
present and is preventing the
high-voltage battery from
charging. Check the charge
plug connection, charge cord,
and charging station.
Fault
This is the estimated time of charge completion.CompleteB
When the vehicle is in Charge
Now mode, and unplugged, the
system displays the charging
duration in hours. Once you
plug in the vehicle, the value
shows the estimated time to
finish charging.
Charge Now Duration
397
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
When the vehicle is in Value
Charge mode, the system
displays the estimated charge
complete time. It is normal for
the estimated complete time
to change when charging. The
vehicle keeps charging until the
high-voltage battery is fully
charged.
Scheduled Charge
Complete Time
This is the scheduled start time of charging.StartC
When the vehicle is in Charge
Now mode, and unplugged, the
message At Plug In appears,
indicating the vehicle immedi-
ately starts charging once you
plug it in. Once you plug it in,
the system shows the actual
charge start time.
At Plug-In
When the vehicle is in Value
Charge mode, the system
displays the scheduled charge
start time (for example, 8:00
PM). Once charging starts, the
system continues to display the
actual charge start time.
Scheduled Charge Start
Time
398
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Value Charge Profile and Mode
E231150
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
This is the name of the presently detected Value Charge
Profile.
Value Charge
Profile
A
399
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
The system detects a customer defined value charge
profile when the vehicle is within approximately 300 ft
(91.4 m) of the GPS location registered for the profile. If
the vehicle is close to more than one charge profile
location, it chooses the closest.
Displays if you have not set up
value charge profiles for
specific locations through
MyFord Mobile or if you are not
close enough to a defined
profile location.
Default Profile
Touch this button if you want your vehicle to immediately
charge when plugged in at this profile location. This
button illuminates when Charge Now is the charge mode
selected for the presently detected charge profile.
Charge NowB
Touch this button if you want to take advantage of off-
peak electricity rates. The vehicle optimizes the charge
schedule to be complete by the next GO Time. This
button illuminates when Value Charge is the charge mode
selected for the presently detected charge profile.
Value ChargeC
Touch this button to access your Value Charge profiles
settings screen (see Value Charge Profiles later in this
section).
EditD
400
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Estimated Charge Time Limits
E231151
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
This shows you the battery's current charge displayed
as a percentage. A reading of 100% means the battery
has a full charge. A reading of 0% indicates the battery
has no plug-in energy left.
BatteryA
240V / High Power is the estimated minimum charging
time from the present high-voltage battery level to full
charge (100%). This represents the shortest amount of
time you should expect the high-voltage battery to
recharge under ideal conditions. Ideal conditions include
a 240V charging station and a minimum 30A service and
high-voltage battery at a moderate temperature.
To Fully ChargeB
401
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
Note: Some charging stations use lower voltage (208V),
which result in longer charge times.
120V / Low Power is the estimated maximum charging
time from the present high-voltage battery level to full
charge (100%). This represents the longest amount of
time you should expect the high-voltage battery to
recharge under normal conditions. Normal conditions
include a 120V convenience cord and 12A service.
Note: Charging may take longer when the AC line voltage
is low and may indicate your electrical source is not
meeting certain requirements. See Charging the High
Voltage Battery (page 153).
Note: These charging times are only estimates. It is normal for your actual charge duration
to be longer.
GO Time Schedule
You can access the GO Time Schedule by
selecting the edit option under MY GO
Time on the Charge Setting screen.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
This turns on the GO Time schedule.On
This turns off the GO Time schedule. This also turns off the cabin
conditioning function. Use this mode to prevent using energy for
cabin preconditioning when you leave your vehicle plugged in and
do not plan to use it for a while, such as when on vacation.
Off
Note: If you choose to perform Value Charging with the schedule
off, the vehicle schedules charging to finish at the lowest cost
within 24 hours of plugging the vehicle in.
This displays the GO Time day-of-week and time. The blue high-
lighted GO Time is the present GO Time, which the vehicle is using
for charge scheduling and cabin conditioning. You can schedule
two GO Time events per day for each day of the week.
GO Time 1
402
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Allows you to edit the GO Time and
cabin conditioning temperature.
My GO Times
Indicates that you can add a GO
Time to this slot.
--:--GO Time 2
Note: If you set GO Time 2 to occur before GO Time 1, or if you
set GO Time 1 to occur after an existing GO Time 2, the GO Times
will automatically sort themselves and be displayed in the correct
order.
GO Time and Cabin Conditioning
This screen allows you to enter or change
the GO Time and cabin conditioning
temperature.
Press any GO Time on the Schedule screen
to enter the editing screen for that GO
Time.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
These change the hours and minutes of your GO Time. The
minutes change in increments of five. You can also switch the
settings for AM and PM by touching those buttons.
Time (+ and -)
These switch the setting for your selected cabin conditioning
temperature for this GO Time event. You can select from four
settings:
Cabin Conditioning
(+ and -)
Off85°F (29.5°C)72°F (22°C)65°F (18.5°C)
Note: Cabin conditioning can perform differently depending on
if you plug into a 120V convenience cord or 240V charging station.
The power available for conditioning is limited to the charging
station power available.
Note: Your vehicle may not always reach the set cabin temper-
ature due to charging and ambient temperature conditions. This
is normal operation.
Touching this button erases the GO Time and cabin conditioning
temperature.
Clear
Touching this button stores the GO Time and temperature
settings.
Save
Note: If you select a GO Time, but choose Off for the temperature setting, the vehicle
schedules charging to be complete by your GO Time and does not condition the cabin.
Note: Make sure you save your settings before returning to the previous screen. If you do
not touch Save, the system will not automatically store the settings.
403
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Value Charge Profiles
You can access the Value Charge Profile
screen by selecting the edit option in the
bottom right hand corner of the Charge
Settings screen.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
This displays the charging mode and off-peak times for your
Default Value Charge profile. The system displays off-peak times
for weekdays; the remaining hours of the day are considered peak
time. The system displays similar off-peak times for weekend
days.
Default
If you want your vehicle to immediately
charge when you plug it in at this profile
location.
Charge Now
If you want to take advantage of off-peak
electricity rates. The vehicle optimizes the
charge schedule to be complete by the next
GO Time.
Value Charge
To access your Default Value Charge Profile
settings screen (see Default Value Charge
Profile later in this section).
Edit
Once you create profile names, this section displays the Value
Charge Profile names and current Charge Mode for specific loca-
tions. You can set up and edit these profiles using the MyFord
Mobile internet application. You can program up to nine unique
charge profiles.
Customer Defined
Value Charge
Profiles
Default Value Charge Profile
You can access your Default Value Charge
Profile by selecting the edit option on the
Value Charge Profiles screen.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Set the Weekday times and Weekend times by pressing the
Weekday and Weekend buttons.
Weekday
Weekend
This displays the start and finish of off-peak charge times, which
you can modify, using the following:
Weekday Start
Allows you to switch the hours of your start
and finish times.
+ and -
Weekend Start
404
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Allows you to switch the time of your start
and finish time. This setting is viewable in
12-hour mode.
AMWeekday Finish
PMWeekend Finish
These buttons represent the voltage service that the default profile
is using. The system uses this selection to calculate estimated
charge times.
240V and 120V
Touching this button erases the Default Value Charge preferences.Clear
Touching this button stores your Default Value Charge preferences.
If you touch the back arrow button to return to the previous screen
without saving your settings, the system does not store them and
you need to enter them again.
Save
Note: Make sure you save your settings before returning to the previous screen. If you do
not touch Save the system does not store your settings.
Power Flow
E231152
405
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionItemCallout
This indicates which mode is active within the vehicle
system.
Power FlowA
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The electric motor and
gasoline engine are
powering the vehicle.
Status: Hybrid Drive
The hybrid system is
storing power in the high-
voltage battery.
Status: Charging HV
Battery
The vehicle is either at
rest, or sharing very little
power between the elec-
tric system parts.
Status: Idle
The vehicle is driving in
electric mode (the power
is coming from the elec-
tric motor). The gasoline
engine is off in this mode.
Status: Electric Drive
The high-voltage battery
charging from the char-
ging station is complete.
Status: Charge Complete
Shows the direction of power flow between the
wheels and the electric motor.
Motor-to-Wheel FlowB
Represents the hybrid electric motor. The higher the
motor power is, the larger the circle around this node.
Any time the vehicle is ready to be driven, the motor
node illuminates.
Electric MotorC
Shows the direction of power flow between the high-
voltage battery and the electric motor. Flow toward
the motor indicates the battery is providing power to
accelerate the vehicle (discharging the battery). Flow
toward the battery indicates the electric motor is
providing power to the battery (charging the battery).
1
Battery-to-
Motor Flow
D
Appears when you plug your vehicle into the charging
station. When charging the high voltage battery from
the charging station, you can see flow from the plug
to the battery on the screen.
PlugE
406
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionItemCallout
Includes all power usage from the low voltage
accessories such as the climate control fan, head-
lights and heated seats. The higher the power usage
is from these accessories, the larger the circle around
the node. This node illuminates anytime the vehicle
is on since there is always some low level power in
use.
2
OtherF
Includes the power usage from the high-voltage
climate control components such as the electric A/
C compressor and the electric heater. The higher the
power usage is from these components, the larger
the circle around this node.
2,3
ClimateG
Represents your high-voltage battery. A circle illumin-
ates around the node when the high-voltage battery
is receiving power from regenerative braking or engine
charging. The higher the power going into the high-
voltage battery, the larger the circle around this node.
BatteryH
Represents the fuel tank in the vehicle.FuelI
Shows flow from the fuel tank to the engine when
the engine is on and using fuel (there are some cases
where the engine is on, but not using any fuel). When
the engine is on, but not using fuel, the engine node
is active, but the fuel flow path is off. An example of
this is when your foot is off the accelerator pedal and
the vehicle is traveling at a high speed.
Fuel-to-Engine FlowJ
Provides you with the reason(s) the gasoline engine
is on. When the gasoline engine is off, this display
does not appear. Engine On due to reasons
displayed by the system are in a chart following this
list.
Engine On due to:K
Shows the direction of power flow between the
engine and the electric motor. The direction indicates
if the engine is providing power to the high-voltage
electrical system, or if the high-voltage electrical
system is providing power to control or start the
engine.
Motor-to-Engine FlowL
407
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionItemCallout
Represents the gasoline engine. It illuminates only
when the gasoline engine is on. The higher the engine
power is, the larger the circle around this node.
EngineM
Shows the direction of the power flow between the
engine and the wheels.
Engine-to-Wheels FlowN
Represents the power going to the wheels. The higher
the wheel power is, the larger the circle around this
node. When the engine is off, drive power displays in
blue. When the engine is on, drive power displays in
grey.
DriveO
1The battery-to-motor flow includes
battery power the vehicle is using for
acceleration. It does not include energy the
vehicle is using for accessories (such as air
conditioning, headlights and radio). This
screen displays accessories and climate
usage separately.
2Accessories indicates electrical power
demands from your vehicle’s accessory
systems. Accessories use power but do not
contribute to making the vehicle move. The
power flow displays power usage from the
climate control system and other
accessories separately.
3The climate control system may
determine A/C is necessary even when you
turn it off. In this case, you may see some
climate power when the A/C is off.
Engine On due to
The engine is on because of the heater setting. Reduce
or turn off the heater setting to return to electric mode.
Heater Setting
The engine is on because the vehicle speed exceeds
the level for electric mode operation. Reduce the speed
to return to electric mode.
High Speed
The engine is on when applying pressure to the acceler-
ator pedal or switching on the speed control. Reduce
pressure on the accelerator pedal or switch off the
speed control to return to full electric mode.
Drive Power
The engine is on because the vehicle is in neutral gear.
Shift out of neutral gear to return to electric mode.
Neutral Gear
The engine is on because the vehicle is in low gear. Shift
out of low gear to return to electric mode.
Low Gear
408
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Engine On due to
The engine is on to charge the high-voltage battery. The
vehicle returns to electric mode once the battery is
charged.
Battery Charging
The engine is on to maintain engine oil quality. The
vehicle returns to electric mode when low engine use
mode is complete. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle
Operation (page 137).
Low Use
The engine is on due to high or low high-voltage battery
temperature. This is a normal operating condition. The
vehicle returns to electric mode automatically when
possible.
Battery Temperature
The engine is on to optimize vehicle operation. The
vehicle returns to electric mode when possible.
Normal Operation
The engine is on to provide increased powertrain
braking. This can occur when you turn on the grade
assist feature, when speed control is on or when driving
with your foot off the accelerator pedal. Turning off
grade assist or speed control may allow the vehicle to
return to electric mode.
Engine Braking Active
Privacy Notice for GPS Mapping with
MyFord
MyFord allows for GPS mapping when a
vehicle is registered to a MyFord Mobile
account. To remove the vehicle from the
account, thereby removing GPS mapping
ability, a Master Reset can be performed
in the vehicle. See Settings (page 412).
Before transferring ownership of a vehicle,
owners may choose to execute a Master
Reset or Factory Reset (completed via the
MyFord Mobile website). Either method
removes the vehicle from all MyFord
Mobile accounts.
It is recommended that new owners
conduct a Master Reset upon taking
possession of the vehicle to remove it from
any existing MyFord Mobile accounts. The
new owner can activate a MyFord Mobile
account by completing registration process
on the website.
APPS
The system enables voice, steering wheel,
and touch screen control of SYNC 3
AppLink enabled smartphone apps. Once
an app is running through AppLink, you can
control main features of the app through
voice commands and steering wheel
controls.
Note: Available AppLink enabled apps will
vary by market.
409
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone via Bluetooth to SYNC 3 to
access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit:
Websites
owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps will work automatically with no
setup. Other apps will want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.
Note: We encourage you to review the
smartphone app’s terms of service and
privacy policies because Ford is not
responsible for your app or its use of data.
Note: AppLink is a native SYNC system
feature. Accessing mobile apps through
AppLink is only possible when Android Auto
or Apple CarPlay are disabled. Some apps
may only be accessible in the car through
Applink and others only through Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay. Please refer to the
Smartphone Connectivity information to
disable Android Auto or Apple CarPlay.
Note: In order to use an app with SYNC 3,
the App needs to be running in the
background of your phone. If you shut down
the app on your phone, it shuts down the
app on SYNC 3 as well.
Note: If a SYNC 3 AppLink compatible app
is not shown in the Apps Domain, make sure
the required app is running on the mobile
device.
Action and Descrip-
tion
Menu Item
SYNC 3 will search
and connect to
compatible app(s)
running on your
mobile device.
Connect Mobile
Apps
Enabling SYNC 3 Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC 3
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.
The connected device sends data to Ford
in the United States. The information is
encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, odometer, usage
statistics and debugging information. We
retain this data for only as long as
necessary to provide this service,
troubleshoot, and improve products and
services and to offer you products and
services that may interest you where
allowed by law.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Ford reserves the right to limit
functionality or deactivate mobile apps at
any time.
Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
You can enable and disable apps through
settings. See Settings (page 412).
410
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
App Permissions
The system organizes the App permissions
into groups. You can grant these group
permissions individually. You can change
a permission group status any time when
not driving, by using the settings menu.
While in the settings menu, you can also
see the data included in each group.
When you launch an app using SYNC 3,
the system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example Vehicle
information, Driving characteristics, GPS
and Speed, and/or Push notifications. You
can enable all groups or none of them
during the initial app permissions prompts.
The settings menu offers individual group
permission control.
Note: You are only prompted to grant
permissions the first time you use an app
with SYNC 3.
Note: If you disable group permissions,
apps will still be enabled to work with SYNC
3 unless you deactivate All Apps in the
settings menu.
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If
Equipped)
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may
not be available in all markets.
Note: In order to use SiriusXM Traffic and
Travel Link, your vehicle must have
navigation.
Note: A paid subscription is required to
access and use these features. Go to
www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more
information.
Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic and
click on Coverage map and details for a
complete listing of all traffic areas covered
by SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.
Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible
for any errors or inaccuracies in the SiriusXM
Traffic and Travel Link services or its use in
vehicles.
When you subscribe to SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link, it can help you locate the
best gas prices, find movie listings, get
current traffic alerts, view the current
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see scores to current sports games.
411
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route,
near your vehicle’s current location or near any of your favorite
places, if programmed.
Traffic on Route
Traffic Nearby
Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your
vehicle’s location or on an active navigation route.
Fuel Prices
Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their
show times, if available.
Movie Listings
Touch this button to view the nearby weather, current weather,
or the five-day forecast for the chosen area.
Weather
Select to see the weather map,
which can show storms, radar
information, charts and winds.
Map
Select to choose from a listing of
weather locations.
Area
Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety
of sports. You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier
access. The score automatically refreshes when a game is in
progress.
Sports Info
Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area.Ski Conditions
SETTINGS
Under this menu, you can access and
adjust the settings for many of the system
features. To access additional settings,
swipe the screen left or right.
Sound
Pressing this button allows you to adjust
the following:
Sound Settings
Returns Treble, Midrange, and Bass sound settings to factory levels.Reset All
Adjusts the high frequency level.Treble
Adjusts the middle frequency level.Midrange
Adjusts the low frequency level.Bass
Adjusts the sound ratio from side to side or front to back.Balance / Fade
412
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Sound Settings
Adjusts the amount the audio system volume increases with speed,
or turns the feature off.
Speed
Compensated
Vol.
Optimizes the sound based on the location of the listeners.Occupancy Mode
StereoSound Settings
Surround
Your vehicle might not have all of these features.
Media Player
This button is available when a media
device such as a Bluetooth Stereo or USB
device is the active audio source. Pressing
the button allows you to access the
following options for active devices only.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
For some Apple devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
podcasts. When a podcast is playing, you can choose:
Podcast Speed
FasterNormalSlower
For some Apple devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
audiobooks. When an audiobook is playing, you can choose:
Audiobook Speed
FasterNormalSlower
Cover art displays from your device’s music
files. If no cover art for the files exists on the
device, then the Gracenote Database provides
cover art.
Media PlayerCover Art Priority
The Gracenote Database supplied cover art is
used for your music files. This overrides any
cover art from your device.
Gracenote®
Switches on and off Gracenote® to provide metadata information
such as genre, artist, album.
Gracenote®
Management
413
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database.Gracenote® Data-
base Info
This allows you to view the manufacturer and model number of your
media device.
Device Informa-
tion
Erase the stored in media information in order to re-index.Update Media
Index
Clock
To adjust the time, select the up and down
arrows on either side of the screen. The
arrows on the left adjust the hour and
arrows on the right adjust the minute. You
can then select AM or PM.
You can adjust the following features:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select how time displays.Clock Format
When active, the clock adjusts to time zone changes.Auto Time Zone
Update This feature is only available in vehicles with navigation.
When selected, the vehicle clock resets to GPS satellite time.Reset Clock to
GPS Time
The system automatically saves any
updates you make to the settings.
Bluetooth
Pressing this button allows you to access
the following:
ActionMenu Item
Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all devices and does not permit
new connections.
Bluetooth
You must activate Bluetooth to pair a
Bluetooth-enabled device.
The processes of pairing a Bluetooth
device is the same as pairing a phone. See
Pairing a Device in Phone settings for how
to pair a device and the available options.
Phone
Pair your Bluetooth-enabled phone with
the system before using the functions in
hands-free mode.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary.
414
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
To add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
system on your phone.
3. Select your vehicle's make and model
as it displays on your phone.
4. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
5. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
6. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’s manual
or visit the website.
Alternatively, to add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
Then select:
Discover Other Bluetooth Devices
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’s manual
or visit the website.
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone’s compatibility,
see your phone’s manual or visit the
website:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Once you have paired a device you can
adjust the following options.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
View Devices
You can then select:
You can add a Bluetooth-enabled device by following the steps in
the previous table.
Add a Bluetooth
Device
You can select a phone by touching the name of the phone on the screen. You then
have the following options:
Depending on the status of the device, you can select either of these
options to interact with the selected device.
Connect
Disconnect
415
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Allows you to see phone and device information.Device Informa-
tion
Allows you to select this device to be your preferred device.Make Primary
Removes the selected device from the system.Delete
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Manage Contacts
You can then select:
Enable this option to have SYNC 3 periodically re-download your
phonebook to keep your contact list up to date.
Auto-Download
Contacts
Choose how you would like the system to display your contacts. You
can choose:
Sort By:
Last NameFirst Name
Select this option to re-download your contact list manually.Re-download
Contacts
Select this option to delete the in vehicle contact list. Deleting the
in vehicle list does not erase the contact list on the connected phone.
Delete Contacts
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Set Phone Ringtone
You can then select:
No sound plays when a call comes to your phone.No Ringtone
The currently selected ringtone on your phone plays when you receive
a call. This option may not be available for all phones. If this option
is available, it is the default setting.
Use Phone Ring-
tone
You can also select one of the three available ringers.
416
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Text Messaging
You can then select:
No sound plays when a message comes to your phone.No Alert
(Silence)
You can select one of the three available notification sounds.
When enabled, a voice prompt alerts you when you receive a new
message.
Voice Readout
You can enable and disable the following options as well:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
When enabled, vehicle audio (such as radio or apps) is muted for the
duration of the phone call even when the phone call is in privacy.
Mute Audio in
Privacy
When enabled, an alert displays that your phone is roaming when
you attempt to place a call.
Roaming
Warning
When enabled, a message displays when the battery on your phone
is running low.
Low Battery
Notification
911 Assist
Note: This service is only available in the
United States and Canada.
Select this button to modify the on or off
setting for this feature. If the mobile
phone’s contacts have been downloaded,
you can adjust the following option:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can select up to two numbers from your mobile device's phone-
book as emergency contacts for quick access at the end of the 911
Assist call process.
Set Emergency
Contacts
Radio
This button is available if a Radio source
such as AM or FM is the active media
source. Pressing the button allows you to
access the following features:
417
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Activation of this feature allows you to listen to HD radio broadcasts.FM HD Radio
AM HD Radio
(Dependent on
current radio
source, If Avail-
able)
This feature is available when FM Radio is your active media source.
Activate this feature to have the system display radio text.
Radio Text
RefreshAutoset Presets
(AST) Selecting this option stores the six strongest stations in your current
location to the last preset bank of the currently tuned source.
Navigation
You can adjust many of the Navigation
preferences by selecting the following
menus.
Map Preferences
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Map Preferences
Then select any of the following:
When this option is active, the system shows 3D renderings of build-
ings.
3D City Model
When enabled, your vehicle’s previously traveled route displays with
white dots.
Breadcrumbs
Enable this feature to display up to 3 POI icons on the navigation map.POI Icons
Select POIsOnce this feature is activated you can select
the icons you want displayed by selecting:
This menu allows you to choose which incident icons you would like
to have displayed on the navigation map.
Incident Map
Icons
418
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Route Preferences
Second Level Messages, Actions and DescriptionsMenu Item
Route Preferences
Then select any of the following:
Choose to have the system display your chosen route type.Preferred Route
EcoFastestShortest
Bypass route selection in destination programming. The system only
calculates one route based on your preferred route setting.
Always Use ___
Route
When activated, the system uses your selected route type to calculate
only one route to the desired destination.
The system selects High Occupancy Vehicle or car pool lanes when
providing route guidance.
Use HOV Lanes
The system searches for and displays available parking locations as
you approach your destination.
Automatically
Find Parking
Select a level of cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the
setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route.
Eco Time
Penalty
Enable or disable considering traffic information when planning a
route. The system can find a faster route based on heavy traffic flow
information or detect a Road Closed incident and find a detour route
if possible.
Dynamic Route
Guidance
Navigation Preferences
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Navigation Preferences
You can adjust how the system provides prompts.Guidance
Prompts
Then select any of the following:
Voice and Tones
Voice Only
Tones Only
419
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Mobile Apps
You can enable the control of compatible
mobile apps running on your Bluetooth or
USB device on SYNC 3. In order to enable
mobile apps, SYNC 3 requires user consent
to send and receive app authorization
information and updates using the data
plan associated with the connected device.
The connected devices sends data to Ford
in the United States. The encrypted
information includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, anonymous usage
statistics and debugging information.
Updates may take place automatically.
Note: Not all Mobile Apps may be
compatible with the system.
Note: Standard data rates will apply. Ford
is not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Enable or disable the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3.Mobile Apps
Disabling mobile apps in the settings menu disables automatic
updates and the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3.
You can view the status of mobile app permissions in the settings
menu.
Once Mobile Apps is enabled, you have the following options:
This provides information on the current state of available app
updates.
Update Mobile
Apps
There are three possible statuses:
Updating Mobile Apps…Up-To-DateUpdate Needed
The system is trying to receive
an update.
No update is
required.
The system has
detected a new app
requiring authoriza-
tion or a general
permissions update is
required.
Select this button if an
update is required and you
want to request this update
manually. For example, when
your mobile device is
connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot,
select:
Request Update
420
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Request Update
Grant or deny permissions to all apps at once.All Apps
Grant or deny an individual app particular permissions. App permis-
sions are organized into groups. By pressing the info book icon, you
can see which signals are included in each group.
There may also
be SYNC 3
enabled apps
listed under
these options.
Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.
General
Access and adjust the system settings,
voice features, as well as phone, navigation
and wireless settings.
Menu Item
Select to have the touch-
screen display in English,
Spanish or French.
Language
Select to display units in
kilometers or miles.
Distance
Select to display units in
Celsius or Fahrenheit.
Temperature
Select to have the system
beep to confirm choices
made through the touch-
screen.
Touch Screen Beep
When you activate this
option, the system auto-
matically updates when
you have an available
Internet connection
through a Wi-Fi network or
mobile connection.
Automatic System Updates
421
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Menu Item
Information pertaining to
the system and its soft-
ware.
About
Documentation of the
software license for the
system.
Software Licenses
Select to restore factory
defaults. This erases all
personal settings and
personal data.
Master Reset
Wi-Fi
You can adjust the following:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Enable this option to connect to Wi-Fi for SYNC 3 vehicle software
updates.
Wi-Fi
This provides you with a list of available Wi-Fi networks within range.View Available
Networks Clicking on a network from the list allows you to connect or disconnect
from that network. The system may require a security code to
connect.
When you click the information button next to a network, more
information about the network displays such as the signal strength,
connection status and security type.
The system alerts you when your vehicle is parked and a Wi-Fi
network is within range if SYNC is not already connected.
Wi-Fi Available
Notifications
Ambient Lighting (If Equipped)
Tap a color once to active ambient lighting.
This sets the color to the highest intensity.
You can drag the colors up and down to
increase or decrease the intensity.
To switch ambient lighting off, press the
active color once or drag the active color
all the way down to zero intensity.
Vehicle
Note: You vehicle may not have all of these
features.
You can select the following features to
update their settings.
422
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Door Keypad Code
Select this button to add or erase a
personal door keypad code. To add or
erase a personal code, you first need to
enter the five-digit factory set code. You
can find this code on the owner's wallet
card in the glove box or from your
authorized dealer.
Camera Settings
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Action and DescriptionMessage
Camera Settings
Then select from the following:
You can enable or disable this option using the slider.Rear Camera
Delay
You can find more information on the rear-view camera system in the parking aids chapter
of your owner manual.
Onboard Modem Serial Number (ESN)
Selecting this button on the settings menu
shows you the ESN number for your
system. You need this number for certain
registrations such as Satellite Radio.
Charge Port Light (If Equipped)
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Charge Port Light
You can then select:
Illuminates when plugging in, opening doors, pressing the
unlock button on your remote and while charging.
On
Does not illuminate.Off
Illuminates only when plugging in, opening doors, or
pressing the unlock button on your remote.
Limited
Note: Details on the charge port light
functions are in another chapter. See High
Voltage Battery (page 151).
423
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Display
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Make the screen display brighter or dimmer.Brightness
You can select:Mode
The screen automatically switches between day and
night modes based on the outside light level.
Auto
The screen displays with a light background to enhance
daytime viewing.
Day
The screen displays with a darker background to make
nighttime viewing easier.
Night
The screen goes black and does not display anything.
To switch the screen back on, simply tap the screen.
Off
Voice Control
You can adjust the voice control settings
by selecting the following options.
Menu Item
Enable this option to remove
additional voice prompts
and confirmations.
Advanced Mode
Enable this option to have
the system confirm a
contacts name with you
before making a call.
Phone Confirmation
Enable this option to have
the system display a list of
available voice commands
when the voice button is
pressed.
Voice Command List
Valet Mode
Valet mode allows you to lock the system.
No information is accessible until the
system is unlocked with the correct PIN.
424
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
When you select valet mode a pop up
appears informing you that a four digit
code must be entered to enable and
disable valet mode. You can use any PIN
you chose but you must use the same PIN
to disable valet mode. The system asks
you to input the code.
Note: If the system is locked and you
cannot remember the PIN, please contact
the Customer Relationship Center.
United States: 1-800-392-3673
Canada: 1-800-565-3673
To enable valet mode, enter your chosen
PIN. The system then asks to confirm your
PIN by reentering it. The system then locks.
To unlock the system, enter the same pin
number. The system reconnects to your
phone and all of your options are available
again.
SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC 3 system is easy to use.
However, should questions arise, please
refer to the tables below.
To check your cell phone's compatibility,
visit the Ford website.
Website
owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Refer to your device's manual about audio
adjustments.
The audio control
settings on your cell
phone may be affecting
SYNC 3 performance.
There is back-
ground noise
during a phone
call.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
During a call, I
can hear the
other person
but they cannot
hear me.
Make sure that the microphone for SYNC
3 is not set to off. Look for the microphone
icon on the phone screen.
To restart your system, shut down the
engine, open and close the door, and then
lock the door and wait for 2-3 minutes.
Make sure that your SYNC 3 screen is black
and the lighted USB port is off.
The system may need to
be restarted.
During a call, I
cannot hear the
other person
and they cannot
hear me.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
SYNC 3 is not
able to down-
load my phone-
book.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
contacts from your phone. Refer to your
cell manual.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
425
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
contacts from your phone. Refer to your
cell manual.
Limitations on your cell
phone's capability.
The system
says "Phone-
book down-
loaded" but my
SYNC 3 phone-
book is empty or
is missing
contacts.
If the missing contacts are stored on your
SIM card, move them to your cell phone's
memory.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
cell phone to
SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
Try deleting your device from SYNC 3 and
deleting SYNC from your device, then trying
again.
Always check the security and auto accept
prompt settings relative to the SYNC 3
Bluetooth connection on your cell phone.
Update your cell phone's firmware.
Switch the auto download setting off.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
Text messaging
is not working
on SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
iPhone •Go to your cell phone's Settings.
•Go to the Bluetooth Menu.
426
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
•Press the blue circle to the right of the
device named with your vehicle make
and model to enter the next menu.
•Turn Show Notifications on.
•Disconnect then reconnect your iPhone
from the SYNC 3 system to activate this
settings update.
Your iPhone is now set up to forward
incoming text messages to SYNC 3.
Repeat these steps for every other SYNC 3
vehicle that you connect. Your iPhone will
only forward incoming text messages to
SYNC 3 if the iPhone is not unlocked in the
messaging application.
Replying to text messages using SYNC 3 is
not supported by iPhone.
Text messages from WhatsApp and Face-
book Messenger are not supported.
Your cell phone must support downloading
text messages through Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
Audible text
messages do
not work on my
cell phone.
Because each cell phone is different, refer
to your device's manual for the specific cell
phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be
differences between cell phones due to
brand, model, service provider and software
version.
This is a cell phone limita-
tion.
427
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then reconnect it to
SYNC 3.
Possible device malfunc-
tion.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
device.
Make sure you are using the manufacturer's
cable.
Make sure to correctly insert the USB cable
into the device and your vehicle's USB port.
Make sure that the device does not have
an auto-install program or active security
settings.
Make sure your device is unlocked before
connecting it to SYNC 3.
The device has a lock
screen enabled.
Make sure you are not leaving the device in
your vehicle during very hot or cold
temperatures.
This is a device limitation.
SYNC 3 does
not recognize
my device when
I start my
vehicle.
Make sure you connect the device to SYNC
3 and that you have started the media
player on your device.
This is a device-
dependent feature.
Bluetooth audio
does not
stream. The device is not
connected.
Make sure that all song details are popu-
lated.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist,
song title, album or genre
information.
SYNC 3 does
not recognize
music that is on
my device.
Try replacing the corrupt file with a new
version.
The file may be
corrupted.
Some devices require you to change the
USB settings from mass storage to media
transfer protocol class.
The song may have
copyright protection that
does not allow it to play.
Convert the file to a supported format. See
Entertainment (page 365).
The file format is not
supported by SYNC 3.
428
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Update media index. See Settings (page
412).
The device needs to be
re-indexed.
Make sure your device is unlocked before
connecting it to SYNC 3.
The device has a lock
screen enabled.
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then connect it back
to SYNC 3.
This is a device limitation.
When I connect
my device, I
sometimes do
not hear any
sound.
To listen to Apple devices through USB,
select AirPlay from the devices Control
Center, then select Dock Connector.
To listen to Apple devices through
Bluetooth Stereo, select AirPlay from the
devices Control Center, then select SYNC.
Wi-Fi Issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Verify password.Password error.Failed connection.
Check for a poor Wi-Fi
signal.
Weak signal.
Use a unique name for your
SSID, don’t use the default
name unless it contains a
unique identifier, such as
part of the MAC address.
Multiple Access points
within range with the same
SSID.
Position the vehicle close to
the hotspot with the front of
the vehicle facing the
hotspot direction and
remove obstacles if
possible. Other Wi-Fi,
Bluetooth, microwave and
cordless phones may cause
interference.
Weak signal probably due
to distance from the
hotspot, obstruction or high
interference.
Disconnecting after
successful connection.
429
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Wi-Fi Issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
If the vehicle is equipped
with heated windshield, try
positioning the vehicle so
that the windshield is not
facing the hotspot. If you
have metallic window tinting
There may be an obstruction
between SYNC 3 and the
hotspot.
Poor signal seen by SYNC 3
despite being near a
hotspot.
but not on the windshield,
position the vehicle to face
the hotspot. If all windows
are tinted, you can open the
windows in the direction of
the hotspot if that is feas-
ible.
Try to remove other
obstructions that may
impact signal quality such
as opening the garage door.
Please set the network to
visible and try again.
The hotspot was defined as
a hidden network.
A hotspot is not listed in the
list of available networks.
SYNC 3 currently does not
provide a hotspot
SYNC 3 does not currently
provide a hotspot.
SYNC 3 is not seen when
searching for Wi-Fi networks
from your phone or other
devices.
Check the signal quality
(under network details), if
SYNC 3 indicates good or
excellent, test with another
high-speed equipped
hotspot where the environ-
ment is more predictable.
Poor signal strength, too far
from the hotspot, hotspot is
supporting multiple
connections, slow Internet
connection or other prob-
lems.
Software download takes
too long.
Test the connection with
another device, if the
hotspot requires a subscrip-
tion, you may contact the
service provider.
It is possible that there is no
new software. The
connected hotspot may be
a managed one and it
requires either a subscrip-
tion or agreeing to the terms
and conditions.
SYNC 3 seems to connect
with a hotspot and the
signal strength is excellent
but the software is not being
updated.
430
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Make sure you have a
compatible smartphone; an
Android with OS 2.3 or
higher or an iPhone 3GS or
newer with iOS 5.0 or higher.
Additionally, make sure youYou did not connect an
Applink Compatible phone
to SYNC 3.
AppLink Mobile Applica-
tions: When I select
"Connect Mobile Apps,"
SYNC 3 does not find any
applications.
pair and connect your phone
to SYNC 3 in order to find
AppLink-capable apps on
your device. iPhone users
must also connect to a USB
port with an Apple USB
cable.
Make sure you have down-
loaded and installed the
latest version of the app
from your phone's app store.
Make sure the app is running
on your phone. Some appsAppLink-enabled apps are
not installed and running on
your mobile device.
My phone is connected, but
I still cannot find any apps. require you to register or
login to the app on the
phone before using them
with AppLink. Also, some
may have a "Ford SYNC"
setting, so check the app's
settings menu on the phone.
Closing and restarting apps
may help SYNC 3 find the
application if you cannot
discover it inside the vehicle.
On an Android device, if
apps have an 'Exit' or 'Quit'
Sometimes apps do not
properly close and re-open
their connection to SYNC 3,
over ignition cycles, for
example.
My phone is connected, my
app(s) are running, but I still
cannot find any apps. option, then select it and
restart the app. If the app
does not have that option,
select the phone's settings
menu and select 'Apps',
431
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
then find the particular app
and choose 'Force stop.' Do
not forget to restart the app
afterward, then select
"Connect Mobile Apps" on
SYNC 3.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to
force close an app, double
tap the home button then
swipe up on the app to close
it. Tap the home button
again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a
few seconds, the app should
then appear in SYNC 3's
Mobile App's Menu.
Switch Bluetooth off and
then on to reset it on your
phone. If you are in your
vehicle, SYNC 3 should be
able to automatically re-
connect to your phone if you
press the "Phone" button.
There is a Bluetooth issue
on some older versions of
the Android operating
system that may cause apps
that were found on your
previous vehicle drive to not
be found again if you did not
switch Bluetooth off.
My Android phone is
connected, my app(s) are
running, I restarted them,
but I still cannot find any
apps.
432
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Unplug the USB cable from
the phone, wait a moment,
and plug the USB cable
back in to the phone. After a
few seconds, the app should
appear in SYNC 3's Mobile
Apps Menu. If not, "Force
Close" the application and
restart it.
You may need to reset the
USB connection to SYNC 3.
My iPhone is connected, my
app is running, I restarted
the app but I still cannot find
it on SYNC 3.
Increase the Bluetooth
volume of the device by
using the device's volume
control buttons which are
most often found on the
side of the device.
The Bluetooth volume on
the phone may be low.
I have an Android phone. I
found and started my media
app on SYNC 3, but there is
no sound or the sound is
very low.
Force close or uninstall the
apps you do not want SYNC
3 to find. If the app has a
"Ford SYNC" setting, disable
that setting in the app's
settings menu on the phone.
Some Android devices have
a limited number of
Bluetooth ports that apps
can use to connect. If you
have more AppLink apps on
your phone than the number
of available Bluetooth ports,
you will not see all of your
apps listed in the SYNC 3
mobile apps menu.
I can only see some of the
AppLink apps running on my
phone listed in the SYNC 3
Mobile Apps Menu.
Voice command issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Review the cell phone voice commands
and the media voice commands at the
beginning of their respective sections.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
what I am
saying.
Refer to the audio display during an active
voice session to find a list of voice
commands there.
Wait for the system to prompt you before
you state your command.
You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong
time.
433
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Voice command issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Review the media voice commands at the
beginning of the media section.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
the name of a
song or artist.
Say the song or artist name exactly as it is
displayed on your device. For example, say
"Play Artist Prince" or "Play song Purple
Rain".
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your device.
Make sure you are saying the complete title
such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
Nettles".
If there are any abbreviations in the name,
like ESPN or CNN, you have to spell those:
"E-S-P-N" or "C-N-N".
Make sure that song titles, artists, album,
and playlists names do not have any special
characters like *, - or +.
The song or artist name
may have some special
characters that are not
being recognized by
SYNC 3.
Make sure that you are saying the name
exactly as it appears on your phone. For
example, if your contact is "Joe Wilson",
say "Call Joe Wilson". If your contact name
is "Mom", say "Call Mom".
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your phone-
book.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
or is calling the
wrong contact
when I want to
make a call. Make sure that your contact names do not
have any special characters like *, - or +.
The contact name may
contain special charac-
ters.
SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the
contact names stored on your cell phone.
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your phone-
book.
The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having
trouble recog-
nizing foreign
names stored
on my cell
phone.
Helpful Hint: You can select your contact
manually. Press PHONE. Select the option
for phonebook and then contact name.
Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC
3 will read the contact name to you, giving
you some idea of the pronunciation it is
expecting.
434
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
Voice command issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the names
stored on your media player or USB flash
drive. It is able to make some exceptions
for very popular artist names (for example,
U2) such that you can always use the
English pronunciation for these artists.
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC 3.
The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having
trouble recog-
nizing foreign
tracks, artists,
albums, genres
and playlist
names from my
media player or
USB flash drive.
SYNC 3 uses a synthetically generated
voice rather than pre-recorded human
voice.
SYNC 3 uses text-to-
speech voice prompt
technology.
The system
generates voice
prompts and
the pronunci-
ation of some
words may not
be accurate for
my language.
SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
435
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
General
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 only supports four languages in a
single module for text display, voice control
and voice prompts. The country where you
bought your vehicle dictates the four
languages based on the most popular
languages spoken. If the selected language
is not available, SYNC 3 remains in the
current active language.
SYNC 3 does not support
the currently selected
language for the instru-
ment cluster and inform-
ation and entertainment
display.
The language
selected for the
instrument
cluster and
information and
entertainment
display does not
match the
SYNC 3 SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
language
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth
audio, voice
control and
voice prompts).
SYNC 3 System Reset
The system has a System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC
3 feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any
information previously stored in the system (such as paired devices, phonebook, call
history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold
the Seek Up (>>|) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. After
approximately 5 seconds the screen will go black. Allow 1-2 minutes for the system
reset to complete. You may then resume using the SYNC 3 system.
For additional assistance with SYNC 3
troubleshooting please call or visit the Ford
Website.
Ford Support
United States: 1-800-392-3673Customer Relation-
ship Center Canada: 1-800-565-3673
owner.ford.comWebsite
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
436
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3
For a complete listing of the accessories
that are available for your vehicle, please
contact your authorized dealer or visit the
online store web site:
Web Address (United States)
www.Accessories.Ford.com
Web Address (Canada)
www.Accessories.Ford.ca
Ford Motor Company will repair or replace
any properly authorized dealer-installed
Ford Original Accessory found to be
defective in factory-supplied materials or
workmanship during the warranty period,
as well as any component damaged by the
defective accessories.
Ford Motor Company warrants your
vehicle's accessory through the warranty
that provides the greatest benefit:
•24 months, unlimited mileage.
•The remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty.
Contact an authorized dealer for details
and a copy of the warranty.
Exterior style
•Custom graphics.
•Hood deflector*.
•Side window deflectors.
•Splash guards.
Interior style
•Accent lighting.
•Cargo area protector.
•Door sill plates.
•Floor mats.
Lifestyle
•Ash cup or smoker's packages.
•Cargo net*.
•Roof racks and carriers*.
•Soft cargo organizers.
•Tablet cradle*.
Peace of mind
•Bumper-mounted parking assist
system*.
•Car covers.
•Charge cord storage bag*.
•Keyless entry keypad.
•Rear bumper protector.
•Remote start.
•Roadside assistance kits*.
•Vehicle security systems.
•Wheel locks.
437
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Accessories
Footnote
*Ford Licensed Accessory. The accessory
manufacturer designs, develops and
therefore warrants Ford Licensed
Accessories, and does not design or test
these accessories to Ford Motor
Company engineering requirements.
Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the
manufacturer's limited warranty details,
and request a copy of the Ford Licensed
Accessories product limited warranty
from the accessory manufacturer.
For maximum vehicle performance, keep
the following information in mind when
adding accessories or equipment to your
vehicle:
•When adding accessories, equipment,
passengers and luggage to your
vehicle, do not exceed the total weight
capacity of the vehicle or of the front
or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as
indicated on the Safety Compliance
Certification label). Ask an authorized
dealer for specific weight information.
•The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and Canadian
Radio Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC) regulate the use
of mobile communications systems
that are equipped with radio
transmitters, for example, two-way
radios, telephones and theft alarms.
Any such equipment installed in your
vehicle should comply with Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
and Canadian Radio
Telecommunications Commission
(CRTC) regulations and should be
installed only by an authorized dealer.
•Mobile communications systems may
harm the operation of your vehicle,
particularly if their manufacturer did
not design them specifically for
automotive use.
•If you or an authorized Ford dealer add
any non-Ford electrical or electronic
accessories or components to your
vehicle, you may adversely affect
battery performance and durability. In
addition, you may also adversely affect
the performance of other electrical
systems in the vehicle.
438
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Accessories
PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING
COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD
PROTECT EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.
Ford Protect Extended Service
Plans (U.S. Only)
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan means
peace of mind. It’s the extended service
plan backed by Ford Motor Company, and
provides more protection beyond the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage. When
you visit your Ford Dealer, Insist on Ford
Protect Extended Service Plans!
Ford Protect Can Quickly Pay for Itself
One trip to the Service Center could easily
exceed the price of your Ford Protect
Extended Service Plan. With Ford Protect
you minimize your risk for unexpected
repair bills and rising repair costs.
Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle
Components
There are four mechanical Ford Protect
Extended Service Plans with different
levels of coverage. Ask your authorized
dealer for details.
1. PremiumCARE - Our most
comprehensive coverage. With over
1,000 covered components, this plan
is so complete it’s probably easier to
list what’s not covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components,
and includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical
components.
Ford Protect Extended Service Plans are
honored by all authorized Ford dealers in
the U.S., Canada and Mexico.
That means you get:
•Reliable, quality service at any Ford or
Lincoln dealership.
•Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts.
Rental Car Reimbursement
1st day Rental Benefit
If you bring your car into your dealer for
service, we’ll give you a loaner to use for
the day.
Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered
repairs, you are eligible for rental car
coverage, including warranty repairs, and
Field Service Actions.
Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance,
including:
•Towing, flat-tire change and battery
jump starts.
•Out of fuel and lock-out assistance.
•Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car.
•Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car
coverage or other transportation.
Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Ford
Protect Extended Service plan coverage
expires, you can transfer any remaining
coverage to the new owner. Which should
give you and your potential buyer a little
more peace of mind.
439
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Ford Protect
Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your
Vehicle
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan also
offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that
covers all scheduled maintenance, and
selected wear items. The coverage is
prepaid, so you never have to worry about
the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance.
Covered maintenance includes:
•Windshield wiper blades.
•Spark plugs.
•The clutch disc.
•Brake pads and linings.
•Shock absorbers.
•Struts.
•Engine Belts.
•Engine coolant hoses, clamps and
o-rings.
•Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment.
•Cabin air filter replacement every
20,000 mi (32,000 km) (electric
vehicles only).
Interest Free Finance Options
Just a 10% down payment will provide you
with an affordable, no interest, no fee
payment program allowing you all the
security and benefits Ford Protect
Extended Service Plan has to offer while
paying over time. You are pre-approved
with no credit check or hassles. To learn
more, call our Ford Protect Extended
Service Plan specialists at 800-367-3377.
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
P.O. Box 321067
Detroit, MI 48232
Ford Protect Extended Service
Plan (CANADA ONLY)
You can get more protection for your
vehicle by purchasing a Ford Protect
Extended Service Plan. Ford Protect
Extended Service Plan is the only service
contract backed by Ford Motor Company
of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan
you purchase, Ford Protect Extended
Service Plan provides benefits such as:
•Rental reimbursement.
•Coverage for certain maintenance and
wear items.
•Protection against repair costs after
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Coverage expires.
•Roadside Assistance benefits.
There are several Ford Protect Extended
Service Plans available in various time,
distance and deductible combinations.
Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving
needs, including reimbursement for towing
and rental. When you purchase Ford
Protect Extended Service Plan, you receive
added peace-of-mind protection
throughout Canada, the United States and
Mexico, provided by a network of
participating authorized Ford Motor
Company dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of
Canada, the United States and Mexico are
not eligible for Ford Protect Extended
Service Plan coverage.
This information is subject to change. For
more information; visit your local Ford of
Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan that
is right for you.
440
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Ford Protect
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when
you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle.
We have established regular maintenance
intervals for your vehicle based upon
rigorous testing. It is important that you
have your vehicle serviced at the proper
times. These intervals serve two purposes;
one is to maintain the reliability of your
vehicle and the second is to keep your cost
of owning your vehicle down.
It is your responsibility to have all
scheduled maintenance performed and to
make sure that the materials used meet
the specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 282).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
invalidates warranty coverage on parts
affected by the lack of maintenance.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive
factory-sponsored certification training to
help them become experts on the
operation of your vehicle. Ask your
dealership about the training and
certification their technicians have
received.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft®
Replacement Parts
Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and
Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured
replacement parts. These parts meet or
exceed our specifications. Parts installed
at your dealership carry a nationwide
24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer)
parts and labor limited warranty.
If you do not use Ford authorized parts they
may not meet our specifications and
depending on the part, it could affect
emissions compliance.
Convenience
Many dealerships have extended evening
and Saturday hours to make your service
visit more convenient and they offer one
stop shopping. They can perform any
services that are required on your vehicle,
from general maintenance to collision
repairs.
Note: Not all dealers have extended hours
or body shops. Please contact your dealer
for details.
Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays
dividends in the form of improved
reliability, durability and resale value. To
maintain the proper performance of your
vehicle and its emission control systems,
make sure you have scheduled
maintenance performed at the designated
intervals.
C-MAX Full Hybrid
Your vehicle is equipped with an
information display, which indicates the
proper oil change interval. This interval
may be up to one year or 10000 miles
(16000 kilometers).
441
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL
CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the
information display, it is time for an oil
change. Make sure you perform the oil
change within two weeks or 500 miles
(800 kilometers) of the ENGINE OIL
CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message appearing. Make
sure you reset the oil monitoring system
after each oil change.
If your information display resets
prematurely, becomes inoperative or the
vehicle battery becomes discharged or
disconnected, the oil monitoring system
resets to 100% oil life. You should change
your engine oil one year or 10000 miles
(16000 kilometers) from the previous oil
change. Never exceed one year or 10000
miles (16000 kilometers) between oil
change intervals.
C-MAX Energi Plug-in Hybrid
Your vehicle is equipped with the
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor system, which
displays a message in the information
display at the proper oil change interval.
This interval may be up to two years or
20000 miles (32000 kilometers).
When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL
CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the
information display, it is time for an oil
change. Make sure you perform the oil
change within two weeks or 500 miles
(800 kilometers) of the ENGINE OIL
CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message appearing. Make
sure you reset the Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor after each oil change.
If your information display resets
prematurely or becomes inoperative, you
should perform the oil change interval at
six months or 5000 miles (8000
kilometers) from your last oil change.
Never exceed two years or 20000 miles
(32000 kilometers) between oil change
intervals.
All Vehicles
Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built
with multiple, complex, performance
systems. Every manufacturer develops
these systems using different
specifications and performance features.
That is why it is important to rely upon your
dealership to properly diagnose and repair
your vehicle.
Ford Motor Company has recommended
maintenance intervals for various parts
and component systems based upon
engineering testing. Ford Motor Company
relies upon this testing to determine the
most appropriate mileage for replacement
of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at
the lowest overall cost to you and
recommends against maintenance
schedules that deviate from the scheduled
maintenance information.
We strongly recommend the use of only
genuine Ford, Motorcraft or
Ford-authorized re-manufactured
replacement parts engineered for your
vehicle.
Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and the Ford
Workshop Manual list the recommended
additives and chemicals for your vehicle.
We do not recommend using chemicals or
additives not approved by us as part of
your vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please
consult your warranty information.
442
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a
normal operating characteristic and, by
itself, does not necessarily indicate a
concern or that the fluid needs to be
changed. However, a qualified expert, such
as the factory-trained technicians at your
dealership, should inspect discolored fluids
that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination
immediately.
Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a
viable way to change fluid for many vehicle
sub-systems during scheduled
maintenance. It is critical that systems are
flushed only with new fluid that is the same
as that required to fill and operate the
system or using a Ford-approved flushing
chemical.
Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic
maintenance checks and inspections every
month or at six-month intervals.
Check every month
Engine oil level.
Function of all interior and exterior lights.
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.
Windshield washer fluid level.
Check every six months
Battery connections. Clean if necessary.
Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength.
Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
Parking brake for proper operation.
Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and safety belt) for operation.
Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
443
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Check Every 12 Months (C-MAX Energi
Plug-in Hybrid Only)
Inspect the engine oil filter for signs of
damage such as rust, paint blistering,
scratches or dents. If any of these
conditions are present, replace the filter.
See Normal Scheduled Maintenance
(page 445).
Multi-point Inspection
In order to keep your vehicle running right,
it is important to have the systems on your
vehicle checked regularly. This can help
identify potential issues and prevent major
problems. We recommend having the
following multi-point inspection performed
at every scheduled maintenance interval
to help make sure your vehicle keeps
running great.
Multi-point inspection
Hazard warning system operationAccessory drive belt(s)
Horn operationBattery performance
Radiator, cooler, heater and A/C hosesEngine air filter
Suspension components for leaks or
damage
Exhaust system
Steering and linkageExterior lamps operation
Tires for wear and proper pressure**
Fluid levels*; fill if necessary
Windshield for cracks, chips or pitsFor oil and fluid leaks
Washer spray and wiper operationHalf-shaft dust boots
* Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer
**If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration
Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
Be sure to ask your dealership service
advisor or technician about the multi-point
vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive
way to perform a thorough inspection of
your vehicle. Your checklist gives you
immediate feedback on the overall
condition of your vehicle.
444
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
NORMAL SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™ (If
Equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent
Oil-Life Monitor that determines when you
should change the engine oil based on how
your vehicle is used. By using several
important factors in its calculations, the
monitor helps reduce the cost of owning
your vehicle and reduces environmental
waste at the same time.
This means you do not have to remember
to change the oil on a mileage-based
schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when
an oil change is due by displaying a
message in the information display.
The following table provides examples of
vehicle use and its impact on oil change
intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil
change intervals depend on several factors
and generally decrease with severity of
use.
When to expect the message prompting you to change your oil
Vehicle use and exampleMiles (kilometers)
Normal
7500-10000
(12000-16000)
Normal commuting with highway driving
No, or moderate, load or towing
Flat to moderately hilly roads
No extended idling
Severe
5000-7499
(8000-11999)
Moderate to heavy load or towing
Mountainous or off-road conditions
Extended idling
Extended hot or cold operation
Extreme
3000-4999
(4000-7999) Maximum load or towing
Extreme hot or cold operation
Normal Maintenance Intervals
At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display.1, 2
Change engine oil and filter.3
Inspect automatic transmission fluid level. Consult dealer for requirements.
Inspect brake pads, rotors, hoses and parking brake.
445
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display.1, 2
Inspect engine cooling system and motor/electronics cooling system strength and
hoses.
Inspect exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect half-shaft boots.
Inspect steering linkage, ball joints, suspension and tie-rod ends.
Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.
1 Do not exceed two years or 20000 miles (32000 kilometers) between service intervals.
2 Perform multi-point inspection (recommended).
3 Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor system after engine oil and filter changes. See
Engine Oil Check (page 226).
Other maintenance items*
Replace cabin air filter.Every 20000 miles (32000
km)
Replace engine air filter.Every 30000 miles (48000
km)
Change engine coolant and motor/electronics coolant.**
At 100000 miles (160000
km)
Replace spark plugs.Every 100000 miles
(160000 km)
Change automatic transmission fluid.Every 150000 miles
(240000 km)
* Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the last
engine oil and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval.
** Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles (160000 kilometers), then every three
years or 50000 miles (80000 kilometers).
446
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
SPECIAL OPERATING
CONDITIONS SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any
of the following conditions, you need to
perform extra maintenance as indicated.
If you operate your vehicle occasionally
under any of these conditions, it is not
necessary to perform the extra
maintenance. For specific
recommendations, see your dealership
service advisor or technician.
Perform the services shown in the
following tables when specified or within
3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the
message appearing in the information
display prompting you to change your oil.
•Example 1: The message comes on at
28,750 mi (46,270 km). Perform the
30,000 mi (48,000 km) automatic
transmission fluid replacement.
•Example 2: The message has not
come on, but the odometer reads
30,000 mi (48,000 km) (for example,
the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor was
reset at 25,000 mi (40,000 km).
Perform the engine air filter
replacement.
Extensive idling or low-speed driving for long distances
Change engine oil and filter every 12 months or 10,000 mi
(16,000 km) unless otherwise indicated by the information
display. Perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled
Maintenance chart.*
As required
Replace cabin air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required Replace engine air filter.
Replace spark plugs.Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
*Reset the oil-life monitor after each engine oil and filter change. See Oil Change
Indicator Reset (page 227).
Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads)
Replace cabin air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required Replace engine air filter.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal
noise, wear, looseness or drag.
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread
depth.
447
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads)
Change engine oil and filter.*
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Perform multi-point inspection.
*Reset the oil-life monitor after each engine oil and filter change. See Oil Change
Indicator Reset (page 227).
Exceptions
There are several exceptions to the Normal
Schedule:
California Fuel Filter Replacement
If you register your vehicle in California, the
California Air Resources Board has
determined that the failure to perform this
maintenance item does not nullify the
emission warranty or limit recall liability
before the completion of your vehicle's
useful life. Ford Motor Company, however,
urges you to have all recommended
maintenance services performed at the
specified intervals and to record all vehicle
service.
Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals
Vehicles operating in the Middle East,
North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or
locations with similar climates using an
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification
mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal
oil change interval is 3,100 mi (5,000 km).
If the available API SM or SN oils are not
available, then the oil change interval is
1,900 mi (3,000 km).
Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air Filter
Replacement
The life of the engine air filter and cabin air
filter is dependent on exposure to dusty
and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in
these conditions require frequent
inspection and replacement of the engine
air filter and cabin air filter.
448
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
449
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
450
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
451
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
452
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
453
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
454
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
455
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
456
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
457
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
458
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
•You (“You” or “Your” as applicable)
have acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that
include software licensed or owned by
Ford Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those
software products of FORD MOTOR
COMPANY origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation
("SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
•The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES,
WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF
ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
•You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICES and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
•Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process. It is your responsibility to
monitor any speech recognition
functions included in the system.
•Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, translate, disassemble or
attempt to discover any source code
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the
SOFTWARE nor permit others to
reverse engineer, decompile or
disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation or
to the extent as may be permitted by
the licensing terms governing use of
any open source components included
with the SOFTWARE.
•Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to
the extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
459
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
•Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
•SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICES, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
•Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
may terminate this EULA if you fail to
comply with the terms and conditions
of this EULA.
•Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent
may automatically check the version
of the SOFTWARE and/or its
components that you are utilizing and
may provide upgrades or supplements
to the SOFTWARE that may be
automatically downloaded to your
DEVICES.
•Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or
its designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components".) SOFTWARE updates
may cause you to incur additional
charges from your wireless service
provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or third party software and services
suppliers provide or make available to
you Supplemental Components and
no other EULA terms are provided
along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this
EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to
you or made available to you through
the use of the SOFTWARE.
460
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
•Links to Third Party Sites: The
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites. The
third party sites are not under the
control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY,
its affiliates and/or its designated
agent. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its
designated agent are responsible for
(I) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
and/or its designated agent.
•Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICES operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and you agree to assume any risk
associated with the use of the
DEVICES.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip,
CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or
other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content outside its
intended use. All rights not specifically
granted under this EULA are reserved by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates,
and third party software and service
providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments.
461
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
party software and service providers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to
FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions
provided in the documentation for the
DEVICES product support, such as the
vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
please refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
Information Read and follow
instructions:
•Before using your SYNC® system, read
and follow all instructions and safety
information provided in this end user
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not
following precautions found in the
Owner Guide can lead to an accident
or other serious injuries.
General Operation
•Voice Command Control: Certain
functions within the SYNC® system
may be accomplished using voice
commands. Using voice commands
while driving helps you to operate the
system without removing your hands
from the wheel or eyes from the road.
•Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a
prolonged view of the screen while you
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting to access a
function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
•Volume Setting: Do not raise the
volume excessively. Keep the volume
at a level where you can still hear
outside traffic and emergency signals
while driving. Driving while unable to
hear these sounds could cause an
accident.
•Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully
read and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
•Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual
(non-verbal) setup. Attempting to
perform such set-up or insert data
while driving can distract your attention
and could cause an accident or other
serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe
and legal manner before attempting
these operations.
•Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only
as an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic
regulations. Any such feature is not a
462
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
substitute for your personal judgment.
Any route suggestions made by this
system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
•Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to
follow the suggested directions.
•Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps
used by this system may be inaccurate
because of changes in roads, traffic
controls or driving conditions. Always
use good judgment and common sense
when following the suggested routes.
•Emergency Services: Do not rely on
any navigation features included in the
system to route you to emergency
services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals
and clinics are likely to be contained in
the map database for such navigation
features.
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of
Risk
•You agree to each of the following:(a)
Any use of the SOFTWARE while
driving an automobile or other vehicle
in violation of applicable law or
otherwise driving in an unsafe manner
presents a significant risk of distracted
driving and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(b) Use of
the SOFTWARE at excessive volume
poses a significant risk of hearing
damage and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(c) The
SOFTWARE may not be compatible
with new or different versions of an
operating system, third party software,
or third party services, and the
SOFTWARE may potentially cause a
critical failure of an operating system,
third party software, or third party
service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software
used with the SOFTWARE (I) may
charge an additional fee for access, (ii)
may not work correctly, on an
uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii)
may change streaming formats or
discontinue operation, (iv) may contain
adult, profane or offensive content; and
(v) may contain inaccurate, false or
misleading traffic, weather, financial
or safety information or other content;
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may
cause you to incur additional charges
from your wireless service provider
(WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference
only, are not warranted in any way and
should not be relied upon in anyway.
•When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in
Section (a) – (e) above.
463
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY,
ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE
AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED
"AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL
FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY
HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN
ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY,
OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES
NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST
INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES,
(b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c)
THAT THE OPERATION OF THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d)
OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE
STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER,
SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT
FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE
WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR
COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE
WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING
WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE
EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT
BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE
WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
•The laws of the State of Michigan
govern this EULA and Your use of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the
SOFTWARE may also be subject to
other local, state, national, or
international laws. Any litigation arising
out of or related to this EULA shall be
brought and maintained exclusively in
a court of the State of Michigan
located in Wayne County or in the
United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
consent to submit to the personal
jurisdiction of a court in the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County and
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan for any
dispute arising out of or relating to this
EULA.
464
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Binding Arbitration and Class Action
Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to
any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT
INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO
COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
Dispute means any dispute, action, or other
controversy between You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, other than the
exceptions listed above, concerning the
SOFTWARE (including its price) or this
EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort,
statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other
legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the
party giving it, the facts giving rise to the
dispute, and the relief requested. You and
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to
resolve any dispute through informal
negotiation within 60 days from the date
the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days,
You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may
commence arbitration.
(c) Small claims court. You may also
litigate any dispute in small claims court
in your county of residence or FORD
MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of
business, if the dispute meets all
requirements to be heard in the small
claims court. You may litigate in small
claims court whether or not You
negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve
the dispute will be conducted exclusively
by binding arbitration. You are giving up
the right to litigate (or participate in as a
party or class member) all disputes in court
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes
will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator,
whose decision will be final except for a
limited right of appeal under the Federal
Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
over the parties may enforce the
arbitrator’s award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
forum will be conducted solely on an
individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
dispute heard as a class action, as a private
attorney general action, or in any other
proceeding in which any party acts or
proposes to act in a representative
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
be combined with another without the
prior written consent of all parties to all
affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any
arbitration will be conducted by the
American Arbitration Association (the
“AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules. If You are an individual and use the
SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or
if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or
less whether or not You are an individual
or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA
Supplementary Procedures for
Consumer-Related Disputes will also
apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for
Arbitration form to the AAA. You may
request a telephonic or in-person hearing
by following the AAA rules. In a dispute
involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will
be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds
good cause to hold an in-person hearing
instead. For more information, see adr.org
or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to
commence arbitration only in your county
of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
principal place of business. The arbitrator
465
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
may award the same damages to You
individually as a court could. The arbitrator
may award declaratory or injunctive relief
only to You individually, and only to the
extent required to satisfy Your individual
claim.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
•I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will
promptly reimburse your filing fees and
pay the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S last written settlement
offer made before the arbitrator was
appointed (“last written offer”), your
dispute goes all the way to an
arbitrator’s decision (called an
“award”), and the arbitrator awards
you more than the last written offer,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and
(3) reimburse any expenses (including
expert witness fees and costs) that
your attorney reasonably accrues for
investigating, preparing, and pursuing
your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator
will determine the amounts.
•ii. Disputes involving more than
$75,000. The AAA rules will govern
payment of filing fees and the AAA’s
and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
•iii. Disputes involving any amount. In
any arbitration you commence, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA
or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or
Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
or brought for an improper purpose. In
any arbitration FORD MOTOR
COMPANY commences, it will pay all
filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s
fees or expenses from you in any
arbitration. Fees and expenses are not
counted in determining how much a
dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed
within one year. To the extent permitted
by law, any claim or dispute under this
EULA to which this Section applies must
be filed within one year in small claims
court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section
d). The one-year period begins when the
claim or dispute first could be filed. If such
a claim or dispute is not filed within one
year, it is permanently barred.
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver
(Section e) is found to be illegal or
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
dispute, then that portion of Section e will
not apply to those parts. Instead, those
parts will be severed and proceed in a court
of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
in arbitration. If any other provision of that
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
unenforceable, that provision will be
severed with the remainder of Section e
remaining in full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
466
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software:
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise
drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended,
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes,
or in any manner inconsistent with this
Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
•Subject to your compliance with the
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav
hereby grants to you a personal,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license
(except as expressly permitted below
in connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software
license), without the right to
sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate
upon any termination or expiration of
this Agreement. You agree that you will
use the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial
navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
•(a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter
or otherwise change the TeleNav
Software or any part thereof; (b)
attempt to derive the source code,
audio library or structure of the
TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav;
(c) remove from the TeleNav
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d)
467
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
distribute, sublicense or otherwise
transfer the TeleNav Software to
others, except as part of your
permanent transfer of the TeleNav
Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
Software in any manner that
I. infringes the intellectual property or
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive,
harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar,
obscene, libelous, or otherwise
objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or
otherwise permit unauthorized access by
third parties to the TeleNav Software
without advanced written permission of
TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
•To the fullest extent permissible
pursuant to applicable law, in no event
will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers,
or agents or employees of any of the
foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
else in reliance on the information
provided by the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav also does not warrant the
accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data
may not always reflect reality due to,
among other things, road closures,
construction, weather, new roads and
other changing conditions. You are
responsible for the entire risk arising
out of your use of the TeleNav
Software. For example but without
limitation, you agree not to rely on the
TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the
well-being or survival of you or others
is dependent on the accuracy of
navigation, as the maps or functionality
of the TeleNav Software are not
intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
•TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS
AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM
OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE.
•Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
•TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV
OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT
OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA,
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
468
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL
DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN
CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE
ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT
ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES
AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
•You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the TeleNav
Software shall be settled by
independent arbitration involving a
neutral arbitrator and administered by
the American Arbitration Association
in the County of Santa Clara, California.
The arbitrator shall apply the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and
the judgment upon the award rendered
by the arbitrator may be entered by any
court having jurisdiction. Note that
there is no judge or jury in an arbitration
proceeding and the decision of the
arbitrator shall be binding upon both
parties. You expressly agree to waive
your right to a jury trial. This Agreement
and performance hereunder will be
governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State
of California, without giving effect to
its conflict of law provisions. To the
extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of the County of Santa Clara,
California. The United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not
apply.
7. Assignment
•You may not resell, assign, or transfer
this Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in
connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software, and
expressly conditioned upon the new
user of the TeleNav Software agreeing
to be bound by the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. Any such
sale, assignment or transfer that is not
expressly permitted under this
paragraph will result in immediate
termination of this Agreement, without
liability to TeleNav, in which case you
and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
any other party at any time without
notice, provided the assignee remains
bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
469
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
•The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement
includes end-user terms applicable to
these companies (included at the end
of this Agreement), and thus your use
of the Telenav Software is also subject
to such terms. You agree to comply
with the following additional terms and
conditions, which are applicable to
Telenav’s third party vendor licensors::
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
470
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from
the United States Postal Service® to
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
their licensors and suppliers) on the other
hand. 20xx. All rights reserved
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
for the internal business and personal
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or
other similar purposes. Accordingly, but
subject to the restrictions set forth in the
following paragraphs, you agree not to
otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
decompile, disassemble, create any
derivative works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.
Restrictions. Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by Telenav,
and without limiting the preceding
paragraph, you may not use this Data (a)
with any products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain
inaccurate or incomplete information due
to the passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic data, any of which may lead to
incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
471
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals
required under, applicable export laws,
rules and regulations, including but not
limited to the laws, rules and regulations
administered by the Office of Foreign
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such
export laws, rules or regulations prohibit
HERE from complying with any of its
obligations hereunder to deliver or
distribute Data, such failure shall be
excused and shall not constitute a breach
of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement. These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between Telenav (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used],
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
[insert “The Netherlands” where European
HERE Data is used] for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with these End-User Terms,
and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
472
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify HERE prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing
Data for the United States shall contain
the following notices:
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
information.”
“©United States Postal Service®
20XX. Prices are not established,
controlled or approved by the United
States Postal Service®. The following
trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States
Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
B. Canada Data. The following provi-
sions apply to the Data for Canada,
which may include or reflect data from
third party licensors (“Third Party
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada
Post”) and the Department of Natural
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provi-
sions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representa-
tions or warranties respecting such
data, either express or implied,
arising by law or otherwise, including
but not limited to, effectiveness,
completeness, accuracy or fitness
for a particular purpose.
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of
any claim, demand or action, irre-
spective of the nature of the cause
of the claim, demand or action
alleging any loss, injury or damages,
direct or indirect, which may result
from the use or possession of such
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the
Data.
473
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage
media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
for the copy; or (iii) other materials
packaged with the copy, such as user
manuals or end user license agree-
ments: “This data includes information
taken with permission from Canadian
authorities, including © Her Majesty
the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”
3. End-User Terms: Except as other-
wise agreed by the parties, in connec-
tion with the provision of any portion
of the Data for the Territory of Canada
to End-Users as may be authorized
under the Agreement, Client shall
provide such End-Users, in a reason-
ably conspicuous manner, with terms
(set forth with other end user terms
required to be provided under the
Agreement, or as otherwise may be
provided, by Client) which shall include
the following provisions on behalf of
the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan:
The Data may include or reflect
data of licensors, including Her
Majesty the Queen in the Right of
Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
and the Department of Natural
Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, complete-
ness, accuracy or fitness for a
particular purpose. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in
respect of any claim, demand or
action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or posses-
sion of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not
be liable in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the data
or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
and their officers, employees and
agents from and against any claim,
demand or action, irrespective of
the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action, alleging loss,
costs, expenses, damages or injuries
(including injuries resulting in death)
arising out of the use or possession
of the data or the Data.
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addi-
tion to all of the rights and obligations
of the parties under the Agreement.
To the extent that any of the provi-
sions of this Section are inconsistent
with, or conflict with, any other provi-
sions of the Agreement, the provisions
of this Section shall prevail.
474
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional
de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice:
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía)”
III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeTerritory
“INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM-
2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
ENERO DE 2011”
Ecuador
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
Guade-
loupe,
French
Guiana
and
Marti-
nique
Mexico
IV. Middle East Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry
“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The
foregoing notice requirement
for Jordan Data is a material
term of the Agreement. If
Client or any of its permitted
Jordan
sublicensees (if any) fail to
meet such requirement, HERE
shall have the right to
terminate Client’s license
with respect to the Jordan
Data.
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enter-
prise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers.
In addition, Client, its permitted subli-
censees (if any) and End-Users are
restricted from using the Jordan Data in
Enterprise Applications if such party is
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a
Jordan-based customer. For purposes
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applica-
tions” shall mean Geomarketing applic-
ations, GIS applications, mobile business
asset management applications, call
center applications, telematics applica-
tions, public organization Internet
applications or for providing geocoding
services.
475
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
and agrees that in certain countries of
the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
party RDS-TMC code providers to
receive and use the Traffic Codes in
the Data and to deliver to End-Users
Transactions in any way derived from
or based on such Traffic Codes. For
such countries, HERE shall deliver the
Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
Client only after receiving certification
from Client of its having obtained such
rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
each Transaction that uses Traffic
Codes for Belgium, provide the
following notice to the End-User:
“Traffic Codes for Belgium are
provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
license granted to Client relating to
making, selling or distributing paper
maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
paper-like medium): (a) such license
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
entering into and complying with a
separate written agreement with the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
OS any and all applicable paper map
royalties, and Client’s complying with
the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior
written consent from Kartografie a.s.;
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d)
Client is restricted from using Data for
the Territory of France to create paper
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted
from using any Data to create, sell or
distribute paper maps that are the same
or substantially similar, in terms of data
content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung-
swesen of Austria, and the National
Land Survey of Sweden.
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain,
Client acknowledges and agrees that
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring
a direct action against Client to enforce
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper
map requirements (see Section IV(B)
above) contained in this Agreement.
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry(ies)
476
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
“© Bundesamt für Eich-
und Vermessungswesen”
Austria
“© EuroGeographics”
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
France
“Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung
der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”
Germany
“Contains Ordnance
Survey data © Crown
copyright and database
right 2010 Contains Royal
Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
right 2010”
Great Britain
“Copyright Geomatics
Ltd.”
Greece
“Copyright © 2003; Top-
Map Ltd.”
Hungary
“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando
quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed
al tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”
Italy
“Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Norway
“Source: IgeoE – Portugal”Portugal
“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”
Spain
“Based upon electronic
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.”
Sweden
“Topografische
Grundlage: © Bundesamt
für Landestopographie.
Switzerland
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not
received approvals to distribute map
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus,
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan.
HERE may update such list from time to
time. The license rights granted to Client
under this TL with respect to the Data
for such countries are contingent upon
Client’s compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations, including, without
limitation, any required licenses or
approvals to distribute the Application
incorporating such Data in such
respective countries.
VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).
477
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing
RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
shall contain the following notice:
“Product incorporates traffic location
codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corpora-
tion Limited and its licensors.”
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
to the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
as necessary for your personal use to (i)
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce,
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or
reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease
using this Data if you fail to comply with
these terms and conditions.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as
described in applicable written materials
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s
support engineers will make commercially
reasonable efforts to solve any problem
issues.
rigCustomer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
be warranted for the remainder of the
original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
nor any product support services offered
by NAV2 are available without proof of
purchase from an authorized international
source.
478
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its
suppliers and are protected by applicable
copyright and other intellectual property
law and treaties. The Data are provided
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between
us with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to
(i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
United Nations Convention for Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods, which
is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder shall be
submitted to the Shanghai International
Economic and Trade Arbitration
Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
479
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote
Software, copyright © 2000-2007
Gracenote. This product and service may
practice one or more of the following U.S.
Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773;
6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459;
6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device. This device
may contain content belonging to
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
will use the content from Gracenote
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal,
non-commercial use only. You agree not
to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software
or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag
associated with a music file) to any third
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights
in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and the Gracenote Servers and
Gracenote Content, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will either
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide,
including any copyrighted material or
music file information. You agree that
Gracenote may enforce its respective
rights, collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
480
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Radio Frequency Statement
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
AND CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept
certain terms and conditions. The following
is a brief summary of the terms and
conditions that apply to you. To view the
full terms and conditions relevant to your
use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
1. Acceptance
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at:
481
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for
your personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services.
3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are
intended as an aid to personal motoring
and travel planning, and do not provide
comprehensive or accurate information on
all occasions. On occasions, you may
experience additional delay as a result of
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You
acknowledge that it is not intended, or
suitable, for use in applications where time
of arrival or driving directions may impact
the safety of the public or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and
active, remain at all times responsible for
observing all relevant laws and codes of
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only
actively operate SUNA Products and/or
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete
stop and it is safe to do so.
5. Service Continuity and Reception of
the SUNA Traffic Channel
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
SUNA Products and/or Services at any
time.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
the manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
any third party for any damages either
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
inability to use SUNA Products and/or
Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. You also acknowledge that the
neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
guarantees nor make any warranties that
relate to the availability, accuracy or
completeness of SUNA Products and/or
Services, and to the extent which it is
lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State
or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development
may mean that some information is not
entirely up-to-date. The information in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
482
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
483
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
484
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
A
A/C
See: Climate Control.........................................109
About This Manual...........................................7
ABS
See: Brakes............................................................162
ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes................................................................163
Accessories....................................................437
Exterior style........................................................437
Interior style..........................................................437
Lifestyle..................................................................437
Peace of mind.....................................................437
Accessories
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation............................................12
Active Park Assist.........................................170
Automatic Steering into Parking
Space...................................................................171
Deactivating the Park Assist Feature...........172
Troubleshooting the System..........................173
Using Active Park Assist...................................170
Adjusting the Headlamps.........................236
Horizontal Aim Adjustment............................237
Vertical Aim Adjustment.................................236
Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................68
Airbag Disposal..............................................46
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control.........................................109
Air Filter
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter.............244
Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm.........................................67
Ambient Lighting.............................................77
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................67
Arming the Alarm.................................................67
Disarming the Alarm...........................................67
Appendices....................................................459
Apps.................................................................409
.................................................................................409
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.....................411
At a Glance........................................................16
Audible Warnings and Indicators..............91
Automatic Transmission Warning
Chime...................................................................91
Engine On Warning Chime.................................91
Headlamps On Warning Chime.......................91
Key in Ignition Warning Chime.........................91
Keyless Warning Alert .........................................91
Parking Brake On Warning Chime...................91
Audio Control..................................................68
Seek, Next or Previous.......................................69
Audio System................................................289
General Information.........................................289
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Satellite Radio...........................................298
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/
CD..................................................................290
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Premium
AM/FM/CD..................................................293
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/
FM/CD...........................................................294
Menu Structure..................................................296
Autolamps.........................................................74
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps.........................................................75
Automatic Climate Control......................109
Dual Zone Temperature Control.....................111
Single Zone Temperature Control.................110
Smart Zone.............................................................111
Temperature Control..........................................110
Automatic Engine Shutdown...................133
Automatic Transmission...........................159
Brake-Shift Interlock.........................................160
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow...................................................................161
Understanding the Shift Positions of your
Automatic Transmission.............................159
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check.............................................................232
Autowipers.........................................................71
Auxiliary Power Points................................126
110 Volt AC Power Point...................................126
12 Volt DC Power Point.....................................126
Locations...............................................................126
B
Battery
See: Changing the 12V Battery......................233
Blind Spot Information System...............179
Switching the System Off and On................181
System Errors......................................................180
Using the System................................................179
485
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Body Styling Kits..........................................254
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........222
Booster Seats..................................................25
Types of Booster Seats......................................26
Brake Fluid Check........................................232
Brakes...............................................................162
General Information..........................................162
Breaking-In.....................................................194
Bulb Specification Chart...........................242
C
Cabin Air Filter.................................................113
California Proposition 65..............................11
Capacities and Specifications...............286
Specifications.....................................................286
Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................247
Center Console..............................................128
Changing a Bulb...........................................238
Replacing Fog, Park and Direction Indicator
Bulbs..................................................................239
Replacing Headlamp Bulbs...........................238
Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb............241
Replacing Reverse Lamp and Tail Lamp
Bulbs...................................................................241
Replacing Tail, Brake and Direction
Indicator Bulbs..............................................240
Replacing the Center High Mounted Brake
Lamp Bulbs.....................................................242
Changing a Fuse..........................................220
Fuses......................................................................220
Changing the 12V Battery.........................233
Changing the Engine Air Filter................244
Air Cleaner Assembly Components...........244
Installing the Engine Air Filter
Element............................................................246
Removing the Engine Air Filter
Element............................................................245
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................235
Changing the Rear Window Wiper
Blade.................................................................236
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades...............................................................235
Service Position..................................................235
Charging the High Voltage Battery........153
Charge Port...........................................................156
Charging.................................................................156
Charging Equipment..........................................153
Disconnecting the Charging Coupler..........158
Locking the Charging Coupler........................157
Waiting to Charge...............................................157
Checking MyKey System Status...............55
MyKey Distance....................................................55
Number of Admin Keys......................................55
Number of MyKeys..............................................55
Checking the Wiper Blades......................234
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance.................................................36
Child Restraint Positioning..........................27
Child Safety.......................................................18
General Information.............................................18
Child Safety Locks.........................................28
Left-Hand Side......................................................29
Right-Hand Side...................................................29
Cleaning Leather Seats.............................252
Cleaning Products........................................247
Materials................................................................247
Cleaning the Engine....................................249
Cleaning the Exterior...................................247
Body Paintwork Preservation.......................248
Cleaning Stripes or Graphics.........................248
Cleaning the Chrome Trim.............................248
Cleaning the Headlamps................................248
Cleaning the Rear Window............................248
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens..........................251
Cleaning the Interior...................................250
Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats, Headliners
and Floor Mats...............................................250
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens
and Radio Screens........................................251
Leather Interior...................................................250
Rear Windows......................................................251
Seatbelts..............................................................250
Storage Compartments, Cup Holders and
Ashtrays.............................................................251
Suede Micro Fiber Fabric................................250
Cleaning the Wheels..................................252
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades...........................................................249
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................53
Climate Control............................................109
486
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Collision, Damage or Fire Event..............201
Guidance for Ford Motor Company Electric
and Hybrid-Electric Vehicles Equipped
With High Voltage Batteries......................201
Coolant Check
See: Engine Coolant Check............................228
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator........45
Creating a MyKey............................................53
Programming/Changing Configurable
Settings...............................................................53
Cross Traffic Alert..........................................181
False Alerts...........................................................183
Switching the System Off and On...............184
System Errors.......................................................184
System Lights, Messages and Audible
Alerts..................................................................183
System Limitations............................................183
Using the System................................................181
Cruise Control.................................................69
Principle of Operation........................................177
Cruise control
See: Using Cruise Control.................................177
Customer Assistance.................................204
D
Data Recording..................................................9
Event Data Recording..........................................10
Service Data Recording........................................9
Daytime Running Lamps.............................76
Digital Radio.................................................300
HD Radio Reception and Station
Troubleshooting.............................................301
Direction Indicators........................................76
Doors and Locks..............................................57
Driver and Passenger Airbags...................39
Children and Airbags..........................................39
Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating
Adjustment........................................................39
Driver Knee Airbag.........................................43
Driving Aids......................................................179
Driving Hints...................................................194
Driving Through Water................................195
DRL
See: Daytime Running Lamps.........................76
E
Economical Driving......................................194
EcoSelect.........................................................139
Electric Vehicle Information....................389
Charge Settings...................................................391
Power Flow..........................................................405
Emission Control System..........................149
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...................149
Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) Testing...................................................150
End User License Agreement.................459
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT (EULA) ................................459
Engine Block Heater.....................................132
Using the Engine Block Heater......................133
Engine Coolant Check...............................228
Adding Coolant...................................................228
Coolant Change.................................................230
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management...................................................231
Fail-Safe Cooling...............................................230
Recycled Coolant...............................................229
Severe Climates.................................................230
Engine Immobilizer
See: Passive Anti-Theft System....................66
Engine Oil Check..........................................226
Adding Engine Oil..............................................226
Low Engine Use...................................................227
Operating in Cold Climates and Short
Driving Cycles..................................................227
Engine Oil Dipstick......................................226
Engine Specifications................................282
Entertainment..............................................365
AM/FM Radio......................................................366
Apps........................................................................374
Bluetooth Stereo or USB.................................373
CD.............................................................................372
HD Radio™ Information (If
Available)........................................................369
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If
Activated).......................................................366
Sources..................................................................365
Supported Media Players, Formats and
Metadata Information.................................374
USB Ports..............................................................374
Environment......................................................15
487
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Event Data Recording
See: Data Recording..............................................9
Export Unique Options..................................13
Exterior Mirrors................................................79
Blind Spot Information System.......................81
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors..............................80
Heated Exterior Mirrors......................................80
Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors..........................80
Power Exterior Mirrors........................................79
Puddle Lamps.......................................................80
Signal Indicator Mirrors.....................................80
F
Fastening the Seatbelts................................31
Seatbelt Locking Modes....................................32
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy.................31
Flat Tire Inflation
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................255
Floor Mats.......................................................195
Fog Lamps - Front
See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................76
Ford Credit..........................................................11
US Only......................................................................11
Ford Protect...................................................439
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
(CANADA ONLY)..........................................440
Ford Protect Extended Service Plans (U.S.
Only)..................................................................439
Front Fog Lamps............................................76
Front Parking Aid..........................................169
Front Passenger Sensing System............40
Fuel and Refueling.......................................142
Fuel Consumption.......................................148
Calculating Fuel Economy..............................148
Filling the Fuel Tank...........................................148
Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................144
Fuel Filter........................................................233
Fuel Quality.....................................................143
Choosing the Right Fuel...................................143
Fuel Freshness Mode........................................143
Fuel Shutoff...................................................198
Fuses...................................................................211
Fuse Specification Chart.............................211
Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel.............217
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel.........214
Power Distribution Box......................................211
Pre-Fuse Box.........................................................211
G
Garage Door Opener
See: Universal Garage Door Opener.............121
Gauges...............................................................84
Left Information Display....................................84
Right Information Display.................................86
General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................47
Intelligent Access..................................................47
General Maintenance Information........441
Multi-point Inspection.....................................444
Owner Checks and Services..........................443
Protecting Your Investment............................441
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?..........................441
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?......................................................441
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada.........................................................207
Getting the Services You Need..............204
Away From Home.............................................204
Global Opening...............................................79
Opening the Windows........................................79
H
Handbrake
See: Parking Brake.............................................163
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................198
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps.....................236
Headlamp Exit Delay.....................................75
Headlamp Removal
See: Removing a Headlamp..........................238
Head Restraints..............................................114
Adjusting the Head Restraint..........................115
Heated Seats.................................................120
Heated Windows and Mirrors....................112
Heated Exterior Mirrors......................................113
Heated Rear Window.........................................112
Heating
See: Climate Control.........................................109
High Voltage Battery Cut-Off
Switch............................................................158
High Voltage Battery....................................151
General Information...........................................151
Hill Start Assist..............................................163
Switching the System On and Off...............164
488
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Using Hill Start Assist.......................................164
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate............................................................111
Cooling the Interior Quickly..............................112
Defrosting and Defogging the Windows
Quickly.................................................................112
General Hints..........................................................111
Heating the Interior Quickly.............................112
Recommended Settings for Cooling ...........112
Recommended Settings for Heating............112
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather..............................................................112
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes............................................................163
Home Screen.................................................357
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........222
Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Questions.....................................................140
Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........................135
Battery:...................................................................136
Braking:...................................................................136
Driving:....................................................................135
Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy..............136
Engine:....................................................................136
Starting:..................................................................135
Stopping:................................................................135
Transmission Operation:..................................135
I
Ignition Switch...............................................129
In California (U.S. Only)............................205
Information Display Control.......................70
Multimedia Controls...........................................70
Information Displays.....................................92
General Information............................................92
Information Messages.................................101
AdvanceTrac®......................................................101
Alarm........................................................................101
Battery and Charging System (High
Voltage)............................................................102
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic
Alert System....................................................103
Doors.......................................................................103
Fuel..........................................................................103
Hill Start Assist...................................................104
Keys and Intelligent Access............................104
Maintenance........................................................105
MyKey.....................................................................106
Park Aid..................................................................106
Park Brake..............................................................107
Power Steering....................................................107
Remote Start........................................................107
Tire Pressure Monitoring System..................107
Transmission........................................................108
Installing Child Restraints............................19
Child Seats...............................................................19
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts.........................20
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren (LATCH)............................................22
Using Tether Straps.............................................24
Instrument Cluster........................................84
Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................75
Instrument Panel Overview........................16
Interior Lamps.................................................76
Front Interior Lamp..............................................76
Front Interior Lamp - With Panorama
Roof.......................................................................77
Rear Interior Lamp................................................77
Interior Mirror....................................................81
Auto-Dimming Mirror...........................................81
Introduction.........................................................7
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................199
Connecting the Jumper Cables.....................199
Jump Starting.....................................................200
Preparing Your Vehicle.....................................199
Removing the Jumper Cables......................200
K
Keyless Starting............................................129
Ignition Modes.....................................................130
Keys and Remote Controls.........................47
L
Lighting Control...............................................74
Headlamp Flasher................................................74
High Beams.............................................................74
Lighting...............................................................74
Load Carrying.................................................186
489
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Load Limit........................................................187
Special Loading Instructions for Owners of
Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type
Vehicles..............................................................191
Vehicle Loading - with and without a
Trailer..................................................................187
Locking and Unlocking.................................57
Activating Intelligent Access ..........................58
Autolock..................................................................59
Battery Saver.........................................................60
Illuminated Entry.................................................60
Illuminated Exit.....................................................60
Mechanical Key.....................................................58
Opening a Rear Door from Inside..................58
Power Door Locks.................................................57
Remote Control.....................................................57
Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead
Transmitter........................................................59
Smart Unlocks For Intelligent Access Keys
................................................................................59
Luggage Covers.............................................186
Removing the Shade........................................186
M
Maintenance..................................................222
General Information..........................................222
Manual Liftgate................................................61
Closing the Liftgate..............................................61
Opening the Liftgate............................................61
Manual Seats..................................................116
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward..............................................................116
Recline Adjustment.............................................117
Media Hub......................................................305
Message Center
See: Information Displays.................................92
Mirrors
See: Heated Windows and Mirrors................112
See: Windows and Mirrors................................78
Mobile Communications Equipment.......13
Motorcraft Parts...........................................283
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................55
MyKey™.............................................................52
Principle of Operation.........................................52
N
Navigation......................................................380
cityseeker.............................................................388
Destination Mode..............................................383
Map Mode............................................................380
Navigation Map Updates...............................389
Navigation Menu...............................................386
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link..................389
Waypoints.............................................................387
Normal Scheduled Maintenance..........445
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™........................445
Normal Maintenance Intervals....................445
O
Oil Change Indicator Reset.......................227
Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring
System...............................................................227
Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check......................................226
Opening and Closing the Hood..............222
Closing the Hood................................................223
Opening the Hood.............................................222
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature.....................................................208
Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual.........209
Overhead Console........................................128
P
Parking Aids...................................................168
Principle of Operation......................................168
Parking Brake.................................................163
Passive Anti-Theft System........................66
SecuriLock®...........................................................66
PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System....................66
Perchlorate.........................................................11
Personal Safety System™..........................37
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work?...................................................................37
Phone...............................................................375
During a Phone Call..........................................378
Making Calls.........................................................377
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First
Time...................................................................375
Phone Menu.........................................................376
490
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Receiving Calls....................................................378
Smartphone Connectivity..............................379
Text Messaging...................................................379
Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........137
ECO Cruise............................................................138
EV Modes...............................................................137
Fuel Freshness.....................................................139
Low Engine Use...................................................139
Plug-in Power Mode and Hybrid
Mode...................................................................137
Post-Crash Alert System..........................203
Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking..............................57
Power Liftgate.................................................62
Hands-Free Feature............................................64
Obstacle Detection.............................................64
Opening and Closing the Liftgate..................62
Setting the Liftgate Open Height...................63
Stopping the Liftgate Movement...................63
Power Seats.....................................................117
Power Lumbar......................................................119
Power Steering Fluid Check.....................232
Power Windows..............................................78
Accessory Delay....................................................79
Bounce-Back.........................................................78
One-Touch Down.................................................78
One-Touch Up.......................................................78
Window Lock.........................................................78
Protecting the Environment........................15
R
Rear Parking Aid...........................................168
Rear Seat Armrest........................................120
Rear Seats........................................................119
Folding the Seatback ........................................119
Unfolding the Seatback....................................119
Rear Under Floor Storage.........................186
Rear View Camera........................................174
Using the Rear View Camera System..........174
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera....................................174
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........73
Rear Window Washer.........................................73
Rear Window Wiper.............................................73
Refueling..........................................................145
Easy Fuel™ Capless System..........................145
Remote Control...............................................47
Car Finder................................................................49
Integrated Keyhead Transmitters ..................47
Intelligent Access Key........................................48
Remote Start (If Equipped).............................50
Replacing the Battery.........................................48
Sounding a Panic Alarm....................................50
Remote Start...................................................113
Automatic Settings.............................................113
Removing a Headlamp..............................238
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............252
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................12
Collision Repairs....................................................12
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs..................................................................12
Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................12
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control..............................................................51
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only).............................................................209
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only).............................................................209
Roadside Assistance...................................197
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside
Assistance........................................................197
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside
Assistance Program Coverage.................198
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using Roadside
Assistance........................................................198
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting
Roadside Assistance....................................197
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using
Roadside Assistance....................................197
Roadside Emergencies...............................197
Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................194
Running Out of Fuel....................................144
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................144
Filling a Portable Fuel Container..................144
S
Safety Canopy™............................................43
Safety Precautions.......................................142
491
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Satellite Radio..............................................303
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number
(ESN)................................................................304
Satellite Radio Reception Factors..............303
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service.................303
Troubleshooting................................................304
Scheduled Maintenance Record...........449
Scheduled Maintenance...........................441
Seatbelt Extension........................................36
Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................33
Seatbelt Reminder........................................34
Belt-Minder™........................................................34
Seatbelts...........................................................30
Principle of Operation........................................30
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime...............................................................33
Conditions of operation.....................................34
Seats...................................................................114
Security..............................................................66
Settings............................................................412
911 Assist................................................................417
Ambient Lighting...............................................422
Bluetooth...............................................................414
Clock........................................................................414
Display...................................................................424
General...................................................................421
Media Player.........................................................413
Mobile Apps........................................................420
Navigation.............................................................418
Phone......................................................................414
Radio........................................................................417
Sound......................................................................412
Valet Mode...........................................................424
Vehicle....................................................................422
Voice Control.......................................................424
Wi-Fi........................................................................422
Side Airbags.....................................................42
Sitting in the Correct Position...................114
Snow Chains
See: Using Snow Chains..................................276
Special Notices................................................12
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.........................12
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector............................................................13
Special Instructions..............................................12
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance...............................................447
Exceptions...........................................................448
Speed Control
See: Cruise Control.............................................177
Stability Control............................................166
Principle of Operation......................................166
Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch...........................................129
Starting a Gasoline Engine.......................130
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes................132
Important Ventilating Information...............132
Switching Off the Vehicle When It Is
Moving................................................................132
Switching Off the Vehicle When It Is
Stationary..........................................................131
Vehicles with an Ignition Key.........................130
Vehicles with Keyless Start............................130
Starting and Stopping the Engine..........129
General Information..........................................129
Steering............................................................184
Electric Power Steering....................................184
Steering Wheel...............................................68
Storage Compartments.............................128
Sun Shades......................................................82
Bounce-Back.........................................................82
Opening and Closing the Sun Shade...........82
Sun Shade Relearning........................................82
Sun Visors.........................................................82
Illuminated Vanity Mirror...................................82
Supplementary Restraints System.........38
Principle of Operation........................................38
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
SYNC™ 3........................................................344
General Information.........................................344
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................425
SYNC™ Applications and Services.......322
911 Assist...............................................................322
SYNC Mobile Apps............................................324
SYNC™...........................................................306
General Information.........................................306
SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................336
T
Tailgate
See: Manual Liftgate............................................61
See: Power Liftgate.............................................62
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications............282
492
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only)......................206
Tire Care...........................................................261
Glossary of Tire Terminology.........................263
Information About Uniform Tire Quality
Grading..............................................................261
Information Contained on the Tire
Sidewall...........................................................264
Temperature A B C............................................262
Traction AA A B C...............................................262
Treadwear.............................................................262
Tire Inflation When Punctured
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................255
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........276
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System........................................277
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System .......................................277
Tire Repair Kit
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................255
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................255
First Stage: Inflating the Tire with Sealing
Compound and Air........................................257
General Information.........................................256
Second Stage: Checking Tire
Pressure............................................................259
Tips for Use of the Kit......................................256
What to Do After the Tire has Been
Sealed...............................................................259
What to Do When a Tire Is
Punctured.........................................................257
Tires
See: Wheels and Tires.....................................255
Towing a Trailer.............................................192
Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels...........................................................192
Emergency Towing.............................................192
Recreational Towing..........................................192
Towing..............................................................192
Traction Control............................................165
Principle of Operation.......................................165
Transmission Code Designation............285
Transmission..................................................159
Transmission
See: Transmission..............................................159
Transporting the Vehicle...........................203
U
Under Hood Overview - Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV).............................................223
Under Hood Overview - Plug-In Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (PHEV)..........................225
Unique Driving Characteristics................135
Universal Garage Door Opener.................121
HomeLink Wireless Control System.............121
USB Port.........................................................305
Using Cruise Control.....................................177
Switching Cruise Control Off..........................178
Switching Cruise Control On...........................177
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems..........................................................55
Using Snow Chains.....................................276
Using Stability Control................................167
Using Summer Tires....................................275
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player.............................................................327
Accessing Your USB Song Library................331
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings.............................................................333
Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the
USB Port...........................................................327
Media Menu Features......................................330
Media Voice Commands.................................328
USB 2......................................................................333
Voice Commands for Audio Sources.........334
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............310
Accessing Features through the Phone
Menu...................................................................315
Accessing Your Phone Settings....................318
Bluetooth Devices..............................................319
Making Calls.........................................................314
Pairing a Phone for the First Time.................311
Pairing Subsequent Phones...........................312
Phone Options during an Active Call..........314
Phone Voice Commands.................................312
Receiving Calls.....................................................314
System Settings.................................................320
Text Messaging....................................................316
Using Traction Control................................165
Switching the System Off...............................165
System Indicator Lights and
Messages..........................................................165
Using a Switch.....................................................165
493
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Using the Information Display
Controls.............................................................165
Using Voice Recognition...........................308
Audio Voice Commands.................................359
Initiating a Voice Session...............................308
Mobile App Voice Commands......................362
Navigation Voice Commands........................361
Phone Voice Commands...............................360
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link Voice
Commands.....................................................363
System Interaction and Feedback.............309
Voice Settings Commands............................363
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only).........................207
V
Vehicle Care...................................................247
General Information..........................................247
Vehicle Certification Label.......................285
Vehicle Identification Number................284
Vehicle Storage.............................................253
12V Battery...........................................................254
Body........................................................................253
Brakes....................................................................254
Cooling System..................................................254
Engine.....................................................................253
Fuel System.........................................................253
General..................................................................253
Miscellaneous.....................................................254
Removing Vehicle From Storage.................254
Tires........................................................................254
Ventilation
See: Climate Control.........................................109
VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number............284
Voice Control...................................................69
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................87
Anti-Lock Braking System................................88
Battery.....................................................................88
Blind Spot Monitor..............................................88
Brake System........................................................88
Cruise Control.......................................................88
Direction Indicator...............................................88
Door Ajar.................................................................88
EcoSelect................................................................88
Engine and Motor Coolant
Temperature.....................................................88
Engine Oil................................................................89
EV Later...................................................................89
EV Now....................................................................89
Fasten Seatbelt....................................................89
Front Airbag...........................................................89
Front Fog Lamps..................................................89
Grade Assist...........................................................89
High Beam..............................................................89
Liftgate Ajar............................................................89
Low Battery............................................................89
Low Fuel Level......................................................89
Low Tire Pressure Warning..............................89
Parking Lamps......................................................90
Powertrain Fault...................................................90
Ready to Drive.......................................................90
Service Engine Soon...........................................90
Stability Control...................................................90
Stability Control Off.............................................91
Stop Safely..............................................................91
Vehicle Plugged in.................................................91
Washer Fluid Check....................................232
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................247
See: Wipers and Washers...................................71
Waxing.............................................................248
Wheels and Tires.........................................255
Technical Specifications................................280
Windows and Mirrors....................................78
Windshield Washers......................................72
Windshield Wipers..........................................71
Intermittent Wipe..................................................71
Speed Dependent Wipers..................................71
Wiper Blades
See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................234
Wipers and Washers......................................71
494
C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index

Navigation menu